Home

Fujitsu 300GB Hard Disk Drive

1. sseeccesseeeeeeeesseneeesseeeeeeeeneeneeees 6 1 6 1 Defect Management eE ea ENEE EEE aA ENEE TS EE STE TENSES 6 1 6 2 Disk Media Initialization ensena e e 6 4 6 2 1 Initialization during installation 0 0 eee ececeeesseceenceeeeseeeeseceeeaeeeees 6 4 62 2 ResimitialiZzati OMe o oE EE TEE TEET T EE 6 5 6 3 Data Block Verification Methods Recommended cccesseceeeeenees 6 7 6 4 Alternate Block Allocation Processing cesscesceseceeeeeseeeeseceteeeeeeeees 6 8 C141 C008 Contents GLOSSARY secies cscs cues dirasai awada aeea saaa eadarra aaa aeoiee ai aaaea iaaa awa daidai aaan GL 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations cssssssesssseeeeeneeneneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees AB 1 e E TTE EEEE IN 1 C141 C008 xiii Contents Figures xiv Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 1 5 Figure 1 6 Figure 1 7 Figure 1 8 Figure 1 9 Figure 1 10 Figure 1 11 Figure 1 12 Figure 1 13 Figure 1 14 Figure 1 15 Figure 1 16 Figure 1 17 Figure 1 18 Figure 1 19 Figure 1 20 Figure 1 21 Figure 1 22 Figure 1 23 Figure 1 24 Figure 1 25 Figure 1 26 Figure 1 27 Figure 1 28 Figure 1 29 Figure 1 30 Figure 1 31 Figure 1 32 Figure 1 33 Figure 1 34 Figure 1 35 Illustrations Example of FC AL connection eessssseeseereesssreeresreererrrsserrreseeeresreee 1 2 Port bypass CIrCult eiet ieee e a a i oh 1 4 Buffer to buffer frame transfer esseeeeseeeessessseesse
2. Error was detected in Initiator Control of Class 3 Service Parameter for PLOGI or PDISC 05h Service Parameter error Recipient Control Error was detected in Recipient Control of Class 3 Service Parameter in PDISC or PLOGI 07h Service Parameter error Receive Data Field Size Error was detected in Receive Data Field Size of Class 3 Service Parameter in PDISC or PLOGI OFh Invalid Common Service Parameters Error was detected in Common Service Parameter for PDISC or PLOGI 1Fh Invalid N_Port Identifier Error was detected in N_Port Identifier 29h Insufficient resources to support Login Drive had not sufficient resources to Login 2Ah Unable to supply requested Data Drive could not supply requested Data 2Ch Request not Supported C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 11 Fabric login FLOGI FLOGIACC The drive issues FLOGI to Fabric to establish the public loop environment The payload field of FLOGI frame is described in Figure 1 38 and that of FLOGI_ACC is in Figure 1 39 Word Header SEQ_ID DF_CTL ee ae 00 00 OX_ID RX_ID XX XX FF FF PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 Payload 0 LS_Command Code 00 Figure 1 38 Fabric login FLOGI C141 C008 1 69 Fibre Channel Interface 1 70 FLOGI_ACC Word Header 01 eee DF_CTL ES gn OX_OD RX_ID PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 Payload 0 LS_Command Code 02 00 00 00 Figure 1 39 Fabric login FLOGI_ACC Word xx and byte y of the payload are repres
3. For a response to ABTS respond with the same OX_ID as received 10 RX_ID Responder Identifier Set FFFFh to indicate that RX_ID is unused 11 Parameter Unused in the Basic Link Service 1 6 1 Abort sequence ABTS C141 C008 Word Header 0 PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 Figure 1 18 Abort sequence ABTS The initiator issues an Abort Sequence ABTS to abort one SCSI Exchange SCSI CMD or FC Exchange one link service For the header field refer to Section 1 6 Basic Link Service As shown in the figure for the Abort Sequence frame this ABTS frame has no payload The ABTS frame has a value of 81h in R_CTL of the header 1 35 Fibre Channel Interface 1 6 2 Basic accept BA_ACC 1 36 4 Ox_ID XX PARAMETER 00 00 xX 00 Payload 0 SEQ ID Last Reserved Valid SEQ_ID 00 00 1 OX_ID Aborted RX_ID Aborted 2 Lowest SEQ CNT Highest SEQ CNT Figure 1 19 Basic accept BA_ACC The drive responds with BA_ACC to the initiator when the received ABTS frame is correct The payload field of the BA_ACC frame is described below For the header fields refer to Section 1 6 Basic Link Service Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 SEQ_ID Valid PL W00 B0 00h Indicates that last SEQ_ID of word 0 byte 1 is invalid 80h Indicates that last SEQ_ID of word 0 byte 1 is valid 2 Last SEQ_ID PL W00 B1 Indicates that SEQ_ID of last sequence abort
4. ccccssscccesssscecesssececesesneeeceessneeeenss 5 17 Table 5 6 Error recovery processing procedures eeeeeseeseeseeeereeeeeeseeeeeee 5 20 Table 5 7 Disk drive errors and number Of retries ccccsssccecesssceeesseseeeeeees 5 29 C141 C008 CHAPTER 1 Fibre Channel Interface 1 1 Topologies in Fibre Channel Interface 1 2 Information Transmitted on the Loop 1 3 Physical Requirements Electrical Requirements 1 4 Drive Operation on the Loop 1 5 Ordered Sets Refer to FC PH Section 11 4 and FC AL Chapter 6 1 6 Basic Link Service 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop initialization 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 1 10 Errors on Loop Refer to FC PH Section 29 9 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI 1 12 Public Loop 1 13 Dual Loop This chapter describes the topology physical and electrical requirements interface protocol and operation of the fibre channel interface C141 C008 Fibre Channel Interface 1 1 Topologies in Fibre Channel Interface Three kind of topologies are defined in ANSI standards Arbitrated Loop Fabric and Point to Point The drive supports Arbitrated Loop and Fabric as the primary topologies for the drive connections Figure 1 1 shows the example of connection for disk drives in FC AL Hode 1 Hode Figure 1 1 Example of FC AL connection BC are port bypass circuits on the back plane commonly where Node mean the Target or initiator
5. y The spindle motor is not at its regular rotation speed or has information Logical unit not ready Disk drive is in start command waiting state initializing command required 04 Logical unit not ready The drive cannot be accessed since it is being formatted format in progress Logical unit not ready Self The drive cannot be accessed since it is being Self Test Test in progress 01 Specified temperature Temperature exceeded established value exceeded 0C Write error recovered with A write error was recovered with auto reallocation auto reallocation Write error auto Write auto reallocation or the write that was applied to auto reallocation failed reallocation was failed Write Error Unrecovered Write Offtrack Error e Write retries are exhausted in case of AWRE 0 Write Error Unrecovered Reported if a write offtrack occurred during the Format unit Write Offtrack Error command execution Write offtrack retries are exhausted C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier C141 C008 5 7 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 5 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 2 6 11 Unrecovered Read Error Unrecovered read error occurs during reading data field eee e me T Error detected by SCSI portion 01 Read retries exhausted retries exhausted Unrecovered error was detected Unrecovered error was detected during data read retry out data read retry out 02
6. 3 1 Data Buffer Management INIT Write gt Write gt lt Read lt Read _ _ _ Segment __ Segment 7 Segment 6 Segment 5 Segment 4 Segment 3 Segment 2 Segment 1 Segment 0 Disk Media Valid Data Figure 3 1 Data buffer configuration in the case of 8 cache segments The basic functions and operations of the data buffer in a read operation and a write operation are shown below 1 Read operation 3 2 Data read from the disk media are temporarily stored in the data buffer Then they are transferred to the FC interface with the timing specified in the MODE SELECT parameter The basic read operation procedure is as shown below 1 2 3 4 When the IDD receives a command normally it disconnects from the FC interface through disconnect processing and locates the data block specified by the command where it is stored on the disk media When the target data block has been located the IDD reads the data form the disk media to the data buffer At this time if a recoverable error is detected the IDD performs error recovery processing according to the specification in the MODE SELECT parameter or corrects the data in the data buffer When the IDD has read the amount of data specified by the buffer
7. 4 99 WRITE EXTENDED 2A ee 4 139 WRITE LONG 3F ereer 4 199 Write OPeratiON oo eee irie iie 3 4 WRITE phase ceeceeeceeeeeseeeeeeeees 1 104 write processing oes eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeee 2 9 write related command operation 2 15 write retention priority 0 eee 4 50 WRITE SAME 41 eisses 4 200 writing data pattern eee eeeeeereeereeeees 6 7 C141 C008 Comments concerning this manual can be directed to one of the following addresses FUJITSU LIMITED Storage Products Group 4 1 1 Kamikodanaka Nakahara ku Kawasaki 211 8588 J apan TEL 81 44 754 2130 FAX 81 44 754 8346 FUJITSU COMPUTER PRODUCTS OF AMERICA INC 2904 Orchard Parkway San J ose California 95134 2009 U S A TEL 1 408 432 6333 FAX 1 408 894 1709 FUJITSU CANADA INC 2800 Matheson Blvd East Mississauga Toronto Ontario L4W 4X5 CANADA TEL 1 905 602 5454 FAX 1 905 602 5457 FUJITSU EUROPE LIMITED Hayes Park Central Hayes End Road Hayes UB4 8FE U K TEL 44 20 8573 4444 FAX 44 20 8573 2643 FUJITSU DEUTSCHLAND GmbH Frankfurter Ring 211 80807 Munchen GERMANY TEL 49 89 323780 FAX 49 89 32378100 FUJITSU NORDIC AB Kung Hans Vag 12 S 192 68 Sollentura SWEDEN TEL 46 8 626 4500 FAX 46 8 626 4588 FUJITSU ITALIA S p A Via Nazario Sauro 38 20099 Sesto S Giovanni MI ITALY TEL 39 2 26294 1 FAX 39 2 26294 201 FUJITSU FRANCE S A 1 Place des Etats Unis SILIC 310 94588 Rungis
8. Each Loop signal is transmitted by one way direction and made of electrical wires called link Each node is connected to the loop vial the port which the node owns Each port consists of the receiver which receives information from the loop and the transmitter which sends information In this example each node has two ports building two independent loops Information is propagated between the nodes on the loop through serial signals This section describes the Node Port BC and link forming the above diagram and the signals propagated on the link 1 2 C141 C008 1 1 Topologies in Fibre Channel Interface 1 1 1 Node port 1 1 2 Link Any device connected to Fibre Channel topology is called node In the application of this drive the drive itself and the initiator are the nodes Each node has at least one port to connect other nodes and the port is called N_port Especially in FC AL the port is called NL_Port where NL stands for node loop The drive provides two ports and each port is connected to each FC AL See Figure 1 1 Each port provides both Receiver and Transmitter The drive uses electrical wires differential signal to receive or transmit the information This pair of wires is called a link See Figure 1 1 The drive Link Rate is selectable either 2 Gbps or 1 Gbps by DEV_CTL signals on the Back Plane via SCA 2 Connector It is commonly use for both Ports See Table 1
9. NCITS Project FIBRE CHANNEL ARBITRATED LOOP 2 American National 1133 D Revision 7 0 FC AL 2 Standards Institute ANSD SFF 8045 Small Form Factor SFF document SFF 8045 Small From Factor 40 pin SCA 2 Connector W Parallel Selection committe SFF 8067 Small Form Factor SFF document SFF 8067 Small From Factor 40 pin SCA 2 Connector W Bi directional ESI committe vi C141 C008 CHAPTER 1 C141 C008 Contents Fibre Channel Interface ssssssssssssssssersesnsesensseesesnserens 1 1 1 1 Topologies in Fibre Channel Interface ee eeseeeseceneeeneecnseceseeenees 1 2 LLT DNode port oc sics csscecstest teen eric end eeu ec ak eee 1 3 T2 Einka e Hitt steanth efi beat sands Mia tae hele been ote 1 3 L133 Arbitrated lOp ae e a a ied eet oe 1 3 1 1 4 Port bypass circuit BC oe ee eeceeeseeeneeeseeeeeeeeaeeeneecaaecnaeseseeenaeenaes 1 4 1 1 5 Encoding amp decoding iecerei ainiin 1 4 1 1 6 Buffer to buffer frame transfer oo elec cnecsseceneecneecnseceseeenaes 1 5 1 2 Information Transmitted on the LOOP 2 00 cece eeseceseceseeenseenseceseceseeenaees 1 5 1 2 1 Ordered sets refer to FC PH section 11 4 ecceceesseceeeneeees 1 6 12 1 Primitive signal Secene etenas r spect lodges toi ee ah E a 1 7 F242 Frame delimiters 2c ccbecs cesses toa i be bevodece e E ieee E 1 7 T213 Primitive segu nt seron eaae eects EA A Ea 1 7 1 2 2 Frame structure refer to FC PH chapter 17 esesssssssssssssesssssesses 1 8 1 3 P
10. 4 114 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 10 Self test result page X 10 Table 4 77 Self test result page X 10 po eheh a XO REN Page Length SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e Self test result parameter data page 10 code 0001 0014 Table 4 78 Self test result parameter data page 10 code 0001 0014 X 0001 X 0014 Parameter code Self Test Result Parameter X 10 Parameter Length 3 Self Test Code or Self Test Result Value Self Test Segment Number Time Stamp K a Address of First Failure x w ojojo o sew Additional Sense Code Qualifier X xx Vendor specific C141 C008 4 115 Command Specifications When the self test is initiated the value specified in the SELF TEST CODE field in the CDB is reported to the SELF TEST CODE field by a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command The values reported to the Self Test Result Value field are defined in Table 4 79 Table 4 79 Self test results values 4 116 The self test completed without error The background self test was aborted by the application client using a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command with the SELF TEST CODE field set to 100b Abort background self test The self test routine was aborted by an application client using a method other than a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command with the SELF TEST CODE field set to 100b e g reception of
11. 4 2 7 SEEK 0B pe ee X OB Logical Block Address a Se oe o 0 6 0 R ae ee ee This command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track where the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB exists When disconnect processing is permitted the IDD performs disconnect processing after receiving the CDB After that the IDD executes reconnect processing at the point when the seek operation is completed and reports the status When disconnect processing is not permitted the IDD executes the seek operation while still connected to the FC interface and when it is completed reports the status of this command 4 142 C141 C008 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 8 SEEK EXTENDED 2B C141 C008 This command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track where the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB exists The functions and operation of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 SEEK command Section 4 2 7 except that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses 4 143 Command Specifications 4 2 9 SET LIMITS 33 not supported coos eo al a X337 ee ee eo Se Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address 2 ee a ee rk Cau 88 gt Jojo o ofeja This command specifies the address range of logical data blocks on an ID which it is possible to access by commands which follow this comman
12. Ifthe frame is Link Data the payload has control information for the drive or the response data to the initiator d CRC Calculates without including SOF and EOF delimiters e EOF End of frame indicates the end of a frame 1 R_CTL Routing Control The high order bits bits 31 28 specify the frame type as follows 0000 FC 4 Device_Data frame 0010 Extended Link_Data frame 0011 FC 4 Link_ Data frame 0100 Video_ Data frame 1000 Basic Link_ Data frame 1100 Link_ Control frame Others Reserved The low order bits bits 27 24 specify the Information field values Those values have the meaning with combination with the value of the high order bits 31 28 C141 C008 1 9 Fibre Channel Interface Table 1 2 R_CTL 0001 S 0011 S Type 0x08 0000 0001 S 0011 S 0000 Uncategorized olicited Data 0010 Unsolicited Control olicited control 0100 Unsolicited data 0101 Data descriptor 0110 Unsolicited 0111 Command status 0000 Uncategorized olicited data 0010 Unsolicited control olicited control Not supported Read and write data Not supported Not supported Not supported Transfer ready Command Response Not supported Not supported Request Reply 0100 Unsolicited data 0101 Data descriptor 0110 Unsolicited command 0111 Command status Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported Type 0x01 0010 Type 0x00 1000 2 Type Data Structure Type 0
13. SCSI 3 mode Byte 3 AERC Asynchronous event reporting capability Asynchronous condition notify function 0 NORMACA Normal ACA supported ACA support 0 HISUP Hierarchical support Defined the hierarchical addressing model to assign LUN 0 Byte 5 SCCS SCC support Embedded storage array controller equipment 0 Byte 6 BQue Basic queuing Combination with CMDQUE 0 EncServ Enclosure service Enclosure service 1 MultiP Multi port Supported multi port 1 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands MChngr Medium changer Medium Changer 0 Addrl6 Wide SCSI address 16 16 bit SCSI addressing 0 Byte 7 RelAdr Relative addressing Relative logical block addressing 0 WBus16 16 bit wide data transfer Data transfer on a 2 byte bus 0 Sync Synchronous data transfer Data transfer on the synchronous mode 0 Linked Linnked command Command link function 0 TranDis Transfer disable Continue task and target transfer disable message 0 CmdQue Command queuing Command queuing function 1 Table 4 3 Command queuing a en ar No command queuing of any kink supported ee a a Command queuing with all types of task tags supported a a Basic task set model supported Illegal combination of BQue and CmdQue bits VS Vendor specific Not defined 0 SCSI 2 mode Byte 3 AENC Asynchronous
14. SEB eee Page Code Header ES Page Parameter Length MSB BE Page Parameter Length LSB w ee e e SE parameters When it is connected to Enclosure of the SFF 8045 conformity it is finished with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Unsupported Enclosure Function 35 01 Short Enclosure Status Table 4 123 in SFF 8045 form is reported in the case of SFF 8045 with parallel ESP Table 4 123 Short enclosure status X 08 Page Code Ee 8045 EFW P ESIS P_ESI4 P_ESI3 P_ESI2 P_ESI1 P_ESIO X 00 Page Parameter Length X 00 Page Parameter Length C141 C008 4 185 Command Specifications 4 4 3 WRITE BUFFER 3B a om bat eo oo tee 4 Buffer Address MSB Buffer Address srr Leng 8 ee e gt fete fo 0 0 ofoya This command is used in combination with the READ BUFFER command to diagnose the normality of the IDD s data buffer memory or the FC bus or to download microcode to the IDD The IDD stores data transferred from the INIT in accordance with the specifications in this command s CDB to in the data buffer in the IDD The IDD have 6 733 K 6 895 200 byte data buffers This command using buffer addresses with a range of X 000000 to X 693660 must specify data storage positions in 1 byte units and with 4 byte units addresses The INIT can know the IDD s buffer configuration and the units which addresses can be specified in by issuing the READ BUFFER co
15. The period over which the reserved status continues should be managed by the system but normally an INIT that receives this status reissues the original command after waiting an appropriate length of time The wait time until a command is reissued is generally an inherent value of the system and it is necessary that consideration be given to the operating states of the other INITs in the system when deciding it Of the INIT which reserved the IDD falls into a state which it cannot recover from for any reason before the reserved state is released it will be impossible for other INITs to access the IDD because that reserved state will continue In such a case it is necessary for the INIT to take one of the following measures to forcibly release the reserved state and recover the access right e TARGET RESET e Lip y x 3 Command completion wait time out C141 C008 This error is a state where the completed status for a command is not reported within the time expected by the INIT that issued the command One cause of this error occurring besides a malfunction of the IDD is that the command was cleared by some method which the INIT that issued the command cannot clearly detect such as a TARGET RESET or the command was cleared when an unrecoverable error was detected in arbitration processing executed by the IDD etc When this error occurs then judge which recovery method to use based on the contents of the sense data see Section
16. 04h O5h Task Management Function Complete or No Failure FCP DATA length different than Burst Length FCP CMND fields invalid RO in the data frame header mismatch with FCP DATA RDY DATA RO Task Management Function not support Task Management Function failed 1 95 Fibre Channel Interface 1 9 4 3 FCP sense information pe bo k b k b k kK pP epeo 0 vatiity vit Error Code h 70 or h 71 h 00 po lt lt lt Ghee po p eo ee Information Command Specific Information 11 T Additional Sense Code ASC EA Additional Sense Code Qualifier ASCQ Reserved h 00 Sense key Specific Information o pe J o ee o CDB Operation Code R N Detailed Information Refer to Section 5 1 Sense Data Figure 1 54 FCP sense information 1 96 C141 C008 1 10 Errors on Loop Refer to FC PH Section 29 9 1 10 Errors on Loop Refer to FC PH Section 29 9 This section describes errors which may occur on the loop and actions to be taken for them Table 1 27 Detail errors and action lists types of errors and actions for them by number For details of the actions to be taken for errors refer to Table 1 28 Actions by recipient Table 1 27 Detail errors and action 1 2 Error Category Specific Error Seq Recp Action 1 Loop Failure a Loss of signal b Loss of Sync gt timeout period 2 Loop Errors c Loss of Sync o o 3 Sequence timeout timeout dur
17. Preface MANUAL ORGANIZATION Product Manual Interface Specifications This Manual Maintenance Manual C141 C008 Outline Specifications Data Format Installation Conditions Installation Procedure Diagnosis and Maintenance Fibre Channel Interface Command Processing Data Buffer Management Command Specifications Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Disk Media Management Specifications and Equipment Configuration Maintenance and Diagnosis Troubleshooting Removal and Replacement Procedures Operating Theory Preface REFERENCED STANDARDS The product specifications and functions described in this manual conform to the following standards Specification Namie Concerned document number organization NCITS TR 19 FIBRE CHANNEL PRIVATE LOOP SCSI American National DIRECT ATTACH FC PLDA Standards Institute ANSI ANSI X3 230 1994 FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL AND American National SIGNALING INTERFACE FC PH Standards Institute ANSI ANSI X3 297 1996 FIBRE CHANNEL PHYSICAL AND American National SIGNALING INTERFACE 2 FC PH 2 Standards Institute ANSI ANSI X3 272 199x FIBRE CHANNEL ARBITRATED LOOP American National FC AL Standards Institute ANSI ANSI X3 269 199x FIBRE CHANNEL PROTOCOL FOR SCSI American National SCSI FCP Standards Institute ANSI NCITS TR 20 FIBRE CHANNEL FABRIC LOOP American National ATTACHMENT FC FLA Standards Institute ANSI
18. RECOVERED ERROR 1 Indicates that the command which was executed last was terminated normally with a recovery operation by the IDD If multiple errors which were successfully recovered from during processing of a single command occurred the last error to have occurred is reported 2 Rounding processing of the MODE SELECT parameter was performed NOT READY The disk drive is not in a state where it can be accessed 3 MEDIUM An irrecoverable error was detected due to a defect in the disk media or an error in ERROR the recorded data HARDWARE ERROR The IDD detected an error in the hardware for which recovery processing is impossible during command execution or self diagnosis ILLEGAL REQUEST An illegal value was detected in the parameter transferred in the CDB or the specification in the command Also an error in the LUN specification If the IDD detects an illegal parameter in the CDB it terminates the command without changing the contents of the disk media If an illegal parameter is detected in the parameters transferred from the INIT the contents of the disk media may be changed by that command UNIT A UNIT ATTENTION condition occurred ATTENTION 7 DATA 1 An illegal operation was attempted in an area where a read or write operation is PROTECT prohibited In this case that command is not executed 2 A SET LIMITS command was issued 2 times in a group of commands linked in a series ABORTED The IDD terminated a command abnorma
19. Table 4 6 Support Support Bit a fa fo description O Description Data about the requested SCSI operation code is not currently available The device server does not support the tested SCSI operation code All data after byte 1 is undefined E E Reene The device server supports the tested SCSI operation code in conformance with an e a standard yeop nde __ device server supports the tested SCSI operation code in a vendor ee N manner O S If the Support field contains 000b all data after byte 1 is not valid One possible reason for support being 000b is the device server s inability to retrieve information stored on the media When this is the case a subsequent request for command support data may be successful c CDB size This field contains the number of bytes in the CDB for the operation code being queried and the size of the CDB Usage Data field in the return data d CDB usage data This field contains information about the CDB for the operation code being queried The first byte of the CDB usage data contains the operation code for the operation being queried All bytes except the first byte of the CDB usage data contains a usage map for bits in the CDB for the operation code being queried The bits in the Usage map have a one for one correspondence to the CDB for the operation code being queried If the device server evaluates a bit as all or part of a field in the CDB for the operation cod
20. This field indicates the total number of logical data blocks the block length is shown in the Data block length field existing in the User Space on the disk media This value does not include the number of spare sectors reserved for alternate block processing Furthermore when this command specifies to transfer the Default value and Variable value the value shown in this field is X 000000 which C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands means the maximum number of logical data blocks that it is possible to rank in the User Space b Data block length This field indicates the length byte length of 1 logical data block on the disk media 3 Page descriptor The Page descriptor is configured from a parameter field which follows a 2 byte page header and is divided into units called Page for each parameter s functional attributes See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 concerning the configuration of each page descriptor and their contents a PS bit When this bit is 1 the parameter value defined in that Page descriptor can be saved on the disk media and when it is 0 it indicates that this is a parameter which cannot be saved to the disk It is possible to save all the Page descriptors supported by the IDD However 1 is always indicated in this bit for all Page descriptors transferred by this command b Page length This field indicates the length of the parameter field
21. a Ob Data Overlay Allow bit6 The drive does not support this field and responds with Ob by ACC b Ob Initiator Function bit5 The drive responds with 0b by ACC c 1b Target Function bit4 The drive responds with 1b by ACC d Ob Command Data Mix Allowed bit3 The drive does not support this bit and responds with 0b by ACC e Ob Data Response Mix Allowed bit2 The drive does not support this bit and responds with 0b by ACC f 1b Read Transfer Ready Disable bit1 The drive responds with 1b by ACC g Ob Write Transfer Ready Disable bit0 The drive responds with 0b by ACC C141 C008 1 7 4 Process logout PRLO PRLO_ACC PRLO ae e e eE SOF Word Header 0 R_CTL TYPE F_CTL 1 29 00 00 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT 00 00 00 0 OX_ID RX_ID XX XX FF FF PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 PRLO Payload f NY Payload 0 e o N 1 7 Extended Link Service PRLO_ACC EAREN SOF F_CTL 98 00 00 DF_CTL SEQ_ CNT 00 00 OXx_ID RX_ID XX XX FF FF PARAMETER 00 00 PRLO_ACC Payload Figure 1 28 Process logout PRLO PRLO_ACC Byte The initiator issues PRLO to the drive to cancel the established login The drive responds with PRLO_ACC when the frame of the received PRLO is correct The payload field of the PRLO PRLO_ACC frame is described below C141 C008 1 55 Fibre Channel Interface PRLO Payload
22. field in the CDB When a value larger than that is specified data transfer is not executed with the INIT Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data transfer being executed 4 188 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 3 Mode 0 0 1 0 Data only with address specification In this mode data transfer from the INIT includes buffer data only without the 4 byte header being added The top address of the data buffer where the data transferred from the INIT are to be stored can be specified in the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred by the INIT The IDD stores data transferred from the INIT in the data buffer beginning at the byte position specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB Furthermore a value less than the IDD s buffer size value specified in the Buffer address field must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value larger than that is specified data transfer is not executed with the INIT Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data transfer being executed 4 Mode 0 1 0 0 Microcode download without saving In this mode the controller s microcode or control information is transferred to the IDD s control memory
23. i A H E E EE ate dots Wit aaa teckel detente dees 1 90 Detail errors and actiOn cee ceeceecesseceseceseceseceseeeseeceseceseesseeesneeess 1 97 Actions bY TECIPIENt assein iiaii a i 1 98 COMMAND bytes definition eseseeeeeseeeeesesreesrsreeseerresrssrssresresre 1 102 ASC ASQQ defined for ESI conditions cccccceesseceeeesteeeeeeeees 1 104 Friclosure reqgU Stisen aea E E EEE E TEE 1 107 ACUON Codesni han cee a Au ae ci 1 108 Enclosure initiated ESI page format cece eeseesseceseceeeeceeeeeeeees 1 108 Device standard inquiry data eee eeeceeeeeeneesseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeenaes 1 109 Device addresses page escesccessecssecesecesecseceseeesseceseeeseeeseeeeneesaes 1 110 LOOP position MAP Page ceecescescesecesseceeeceteceseeeseeeeeeeeaeeeneeenaes 1 111 Initiate LIP action specific bits ee ceeceseecsseceseceeeeesaecnaeeneeees 1 111 Device identification Page ee eeeessccseeceseeeeeeeeeeeesneeeseeeaeeenaes 1 112 DEVICE temperatuer cise aa hotest ie 1 112 xvii Contents xviii Table 1 40 Port parameters mareren eee ene a e a E A 1 113 Table 1 41 Link status page pcc eee ceecceeceseeceseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeesaecaaecaesesaeesaees 1 114 Table 1 42 Transmitting and receiving of frames at the interface 1 119 Table 2 1 6 Byte CDB basic format eee eeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeecaeeeseeeaaeenaees 2 2 Table 2 2 10 Byte CDB basic format eee eee eeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseecaeeceaeeeseeeaeeenaees 2 2 Table 2 3 12 Byte
24. 0 Header data without address specification When this mode is specified the data stored in the IDD s data buffer are transferred to the INIT after the 4 byte header Zero must be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB The Transfer byte count field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of the header and buffer data which can be received by the INIT The IDD reads the data from the data buffer from the top Address X 000000 then adds the 4 byte header to it and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of the header and data from the IDD s data buffer specified in the Transfer byte length field has been transferred or at the point when transfer of the header and all the data in the IDD s data buffer to the final byte position has been completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer The format of the data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is shown in Table 4 127 Table 4 127 READ BUFFER command buffer data mode 0000 0001 Header 4 194 Data 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Effective Buffer Data Length MSB Effective Buffer Data Length Effective Buffer Data Length LSB Buffer Data Byte 0 Buffer Data Byte 1 Buffer Data Byte n 4 The Effective buffer data length field in the header indicates
25. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port B 02h Port B Port _Identifier 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port B Name 3 11 15 Port A Name 25 29 39 e Node Name A 64 bit Fibre Channel unique Name_Identifier assigned to the drive e Port_Identifier The FC 24 bit address assigned to the port The lower byte is the current FC AL AL_PA for this port If the port does not have a Port_Identifer a value of FF FF FFh is returned in the Port_Identifier field e Port Position The offset value for this port s AL_PA in the FC AL AL Loop Initialization Loop Position LILP Frame If the port does not have an AL_PA a value of FFh is returned in the Port Position field e Port Name A 64 bit Fibre Channel unique Name_Identifier assigned to the Port C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI Table 1 36 Loop position map page 7fetsfsfeletrle 0 ESI Page 00h 0 Action Code 02h Page Length m 3 Lr 2 3 Offset Port A n 4 5 n l LSB Loop Map Port A Offset Port B m n 1 Loop Map Port B e Offset The offset field frorn the FC AL LILP frame The offset field indicates the number of bytes in the Loop Map A value of 00h indicates the Loop Map is not available for the port e Loop Map Valid AL_PA entries from the payload of the FC AL LILP frame Only the valid AL_PA entries are transferred to minimize the transfer time on the ESI interface The maximum Loop Map size is 127 bytes Table 1 37 Initiate LIP action spe
26. 1 64 TPRLO TPRLO_ACC pot tf 2 3 fee fo Tos Tz 73 SOF R OTL x Ve TEE SEG ID OF ae lt Ra Byte Tar RX_ID xX xx FF FF PARAMETER 00 00 TPRLO_ACC Payload ure 1 35 Third party process logout TPRLO TPRLO_ACC The initiator issues TPRLO to the drive to cancel the established login specified by Third Party Originator N_Port ID The drive responds with TPRLO_ACC when the frame of the received TPRLO is correct The payload field of the TPRLO TPRLO_ACC frame is described below Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 LS_Command code PL W00 B0 24h Indicates TPRLO 02h Indicates TPRLO_ACC 2 Page Length PL W00 B1 10h Logout Parameter page length in bytes of TPRLO or Logout Parameter Response page length in bytes of TPRLO_ACC The drive responds with LS_RJT O3h 00h when this field from 10h to 14h For ACC the drive responds with 14h C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 3 Payload Length PL W00 B2 3 18h Payload length 24 bytes of TPRLO or Payload length 24 bytes of TPRLO_ACC The drive responds with LS_RJT O3h 00h when this field 4 from 14h to 18h For ACC the drive responds with 18h 4 Logout Parameter pages PL W01 05 Forms the payload of TPRLO For details refer to 1 7 9 1 Logout Parameter pages 1 7 9 1 Logout parameter pages C141 C008 Eo cD RREI aE Byte Ori
27. 2 1 command inherent information 5 4 command link eee eeeeeeeeeeeereeereeeneees 2 15 command other than INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE ossee 2 20 COMMAND phase ossee 1 102 command processing 2 1 command processing exception 2 21 command processing in not ready L r AASA A T E N 2 23 command queuing function 0 0 0 0 2 16 command specification cee eeeeeeeeeeeee 4 1 command support data ssseseeeeeeeeeeee 4 10 command supported data 00 0 eeeeeeeeee 4 3 COMMAND TERMINATED status 2 7 command transfer eee eeeeeseeeeeeneees 1 30 COMMAND WRITE phase 1 102 common service parameter eee 1 44 communication between initiator and target nienia 1 29 comparison of definition between BC and SCS livia 2 26 CONDITION MET status eee 2 7 connect time limit oe ee eeeeeeeeeeee 4 36 control DY les isis tee a ni 2 5 control command s 4 1 control feldene rtp i aa yek 1 82 control mode parameter seseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 53 C141 C008 CONTROL_MCM neeese 4 66 correctable bit length 4 28 4 46 correctable data read error eee 5 25 correction of defect descriptor 4 162 COUNE Basis ceneni aaan a 4 98 Cylinder COUNL eee ne irei 4 44 cylinder skew factor seser 4 41 D D Staneta eaae 4 149 4 154 6 1 D 3 tO DQ sites ecstatic 1 23 data access command cee eeeeeeeeeee 4 135 data block addressing 0 0 0
28. 4 126 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action and valid PALAMCICL wees e E eveces ee 4 129 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service ACTION code 4 126 physical requirement eee eeeeeeeeeeee 1 15 physical SeCtOL ele eeeeeeeeereeereeeeeeees 4 40 physical sector address format defect descriptor 4 155 PLOGI PLOGI_ACC eee eee 1 40 PEPB ieee eet enearo tones 4 65 aLe a TE E EE E ees AT 1 3 POR Tiree E EAR 5 13 port bypass circuit 1 4 port CISCOVETY incnnnseiiierunini ii sis 1 59 POr e aie eee e 1 22 POLE V012 010 I APERET 1 49 port name format 1 42 POLL OUT res el e o aa 1 22 port parameter cece eeeees 1 113 position map information eee 1 79 POS Io 8 0 se ear Oe Or er 4 27 pre fetch inhibit block count 4 50 prepare for removal 1 106 prevent loop port bypass eee eee 4 65 primary defect list eee eeeeereees 4 149 primary iStore ipne ed cee 4 164 C141 C008 primitive SEQUENCE sssr 1 7 primitive signal ceeeeeesteceeneeeee 1 7 PRED oyei e bsbin Ge Moiese s 1 50 PREL ACCO Veeteren eene esetnek ts 1 50 PRLOw ila Gna is 1 55 1 56 PREO ACE teres Sooitces sieve 1 55 1 56 process for selecting loop master 1 27 process Jozin en ene eee 1 50 process lOQOUEK iinei nats 1 55 process outline 1 24 product ID field essensies sasits 4 8 product revision field eee eee eeteeeeee 4 9 PS Dit sascha Waa is 4 77 p blic LOOP cece iiien atinin 1 117 public loop configurat
29. Als PA naute e ea eee ds 1 25 AL_PA priority oe eee eeri nenia 1 25 AL PA valeen aa neii 1 25 allow login without loop initialization s es 4 64 lternate Area ciiise igei asetetuista 2 34 alternate block allocation eee eee 6 2 alternate block allocation method 6 2 alternate block allocation PLOCESSING 0 eee eeeeceeeceeeceteeeeeeeees 6 3 6 8 alternate block allocation processing by REASSIGN BLOCKS command o 6 3 C141 C008 alternate block allocation processing during FORMAT UNIT command CXECULION eeeeeceesseeeeeee 6 3 alternate c l ecese see 6 2 alternate sector count Zone ccceeeee 4 39 alternate sector processing 6 2 alternate track count drive eee 4 39 alternate track count ZONe cece 4 39 ALWE oriee reens aia EREE esse 4 64 analysis of termination status 5 14 application client page X OF 4 114 arbitrated LOOP cee ceeeeeeeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 arbitrated loop physical address AL_PA Value cece eceecsceceesteeeeees 1 21 Pao G6 0 erea a 1 29 ARRE aaie Aa EEE DARA EN 4 26 ASC ASCQ defined for ESI condi ion se a a 1 104 assign AL_PA frame oseese 1 78 auto alternate block allocation POCESSINE criin init 5 26 6 3 auto alternate block allocation processing during read operation 5 26 auto alternate block allocation processing during write Operation Terosen iT 5 27 auto alternate
30. C141 C008 4 179 Command Specifications 4 4 2 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 1C 3 Transfer Byte Length MSB Transfer Byte Length LSB 4 180 This command transfers data response data which show the results of executing the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command from the IDD to the INIT The format and content of response data are determined by the parameter list page code specified by the INIT in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The Transfer byte length field in the CDB shows the maximum number of bytes of response data that can be received by the INIT by this command The IDD transfers the number of bytes of data specified by this field or all the bytes of the effective response data whichever is smaller in length Also when zero is specified in this field this command is terminated without anything being transferred IMPORTANT Exercise caution in the following points when using this command 1 In order to avoid damage to the results of SEND DIAGNOSTIC command execution response data from a command issued by another INIT during the interval until this command is issued either this command should be linked to the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command when it is issued or the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and this command should be executed after the IDD is reserved Response data are valid only when 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit and after a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command which specifies a specific operation in the parame
31. Fibre Channel Interface Figure 1 4 shows category of the data on the loop Data Ordered Sets Frame Delimiters Primitive Signals Primitive Sequence Frame Link Data Basic Link Service Extended Link Service FC 4 Device Data Command Frame Data Frame Transfer ready Frame Response Frame Notes Example SOF EOF Idle R_RDY OPN CLS LIP LPE LPB ABTS BA_ACC BA_RJT PLOGI PRLI PDISC LISM FCP_CMND_IU FCP_DATA_IU FCP_XFER_RDY_IU FCP_RSP_IU a Ordered Sets is mainly used for control of port circuit b FC 4 Device Data is used for implementation SCSI protocol c Link Data is used for transmission and response for port control data Figure 1 4 Data category on the loop 1 2 1 Ordered sets refer to FC PH section 11 4 There are three kind of Ordered Sets 1 Primitive signals 2 Frame delimiters 3 Primitive sequence which consist of four 10 bit character combination Each ordered set has string of data shown in Figure 1 5 1 6 C141 C008 1 2 Information Transmitted on the Loop The K28 5 special character is always used as the first character of all ordered sets Figure 1 5 Format of ordered sets 1 2 1 1 Primitive signals Primitive Signals have a control function to indicate status of the drive or to perform some operation to the port being connected Primitive Signals are recognized when one ordered set is detected A minimum of six Primiti
32. In such cases the host probably detects the timeouts of operations For the same reasons any operation from another port during that time is not recommended 8 Mode 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer In this mode the IDD transfers data from the INIT and stores it in the echo buffer The BUFFER ID and BUFFER OFFSET fields are ignored in this mode 4 192 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 4 4 READ BUFFER 3C 6 er a ean e X 00 Buffer ID 2 S S SB Ce e OUS gt e eyo o o op This command is used in combination with the WRITE BUFFER command to diagnose the normalcy of the IDD s data buffer memory and the FC interface The IDD have a 6 733 K 6 895 200 byte size data buffer In this command each data byte position in the data buffer must be specified in 4 byte units using buffer addresses within the range X 000000 to X 693660 The functions of this command and the contents of the data transferred to the INIT are specified by the Mode field in the CDB and one of the transfer modes shown in Table 4 126 can be selected Table 4 126 READ BUFFER transfer mode Mode Bit 3 2 1 Transfer Mode Header Data without Address Specification Header Data with Address Specification Data Only with Address Specification Buffer Descriptor Echo buffer pe PF Oo Oo Oo Oo co O S Orre e e e O Echo buffer descriptor C141 C008 4 193 Command Specifications 1 Mode 0 0 0
33. In this case if that command is now being executed on the FC LOOP the INIT sends ABORT TASK SET at the desired point Either that or a tag is specified and ABTS is sent In the case of ABORT TASK SET only commands issued in the past currently being executed or in the queue in the logical unit specified at that time by the INIT which issued the ABORT TASK SET are cleared and other commands are not influenced however exercise caution because this IDD supports only LUN 0 5 ABTS This processing is implemented by Basic Link Service If the OX_ID of the exchange you would like to abort is set in the ABTS header and transferred if there are no errors in the header information BA_ACC is sent as a response and if there are errors BA_RJT is sent as a response Furthermore ABTS is used to abort not only for SCSI commands but also to abort Extended Link Service When ABTS is received since only the exchange specified by the ABTS is cleared there is no influence on the other commands Concerning commands which are cleared by this processing no RESPONSE is reported In particular if a command to write data to the disk medium which is currently being executed is cleared the IDD aborts processing of that command as shown in Table 2 11 Stopping overlapped commands which are currently being executed see 2 7 1 is accomplished by the same treatment The INIT must investigate the command completion status then if necessary it must impl
34. Logout Parameter Page ES a a SIRRINA Byte Payload Length 0x0014 Type Code 0x08 Type Code Extention 0x00 Originator Responder 0 0 0 0 0 0 Process Associator Associator Reserved Valid 8 MSB Originator 9 Process 10 Associator 11 LSB 12 MSB Responder l 3 Process 15 Associator LSB Figure 1 29 Payload field of the process logout PRLO PRLO_ACC Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 LS_Command code Byte0 21h Indicates PRLO 02h Indicates PRLO_ACC 2 Page Length Byte1 10h Logout Parameter page length in bytes of PRLO or Logout Parameter Response page length in bytes of PRLO_ACC The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 00h when this field 10h For ACC the drive responds with 10h 3 Payload Length Byte2 3 0014h Payload length 20 bytes of PRLO or Payload length 20 bytes of PRLO_ACC The drive responds with LS_RJT O3h 00h when this field 4 0014h For ACC the drive responds with 0014h 1 56 C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 4 1 Logout parameter pages PRLO Payload Logout Parameter Page Bed etal eee er sot ae weed Byte es 2 3 EE Payload Length 0x001 4 Type Code 0x08 Type Code Extention 0x00 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reserved Reserved Originator Process Associator LSB Responder Process Associator LSB C Figure
35. P List o Defect list error in grown list An error was detected during reading of the defect list G List 30 Log information read error An error was detected during reading of statistical information ES 81 Log information write error A write error was detected during writing of statistical 3 information 84 Mode Select SA write Error An error was detected during writing of SA information Mode 3 Select Paramenter Ax Drive Parameter SA write An error was detected during writing of SA information Device 3 Error Information Bx Drive Parameter SA write An error was detected during writing of SA information Device 3 Error Information ll Parameter list length error There is a mistake in the indication of the parameter list page EA length C Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier 17 5 8 C141 C008 5 1 Sense Data Table 5 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 3 6 Sense 1C Primary defect list not found The defect list P List header is incorrect Grown defect list not found The defect list G List header is incorrect 3 SA information list not found The SA information MODE SELECT parameter header is incorrect Miscompare during verify Comparison of data transferred from the INIT by a VERIFY operation command when the Byte Check mode was specified with data read from the disk media was terminated unsuccessfully Miscompare during self There is an unm
36. Page codenrrsnsniiiiniek ani e e ade tentagees 4 92 hable 4 4 1 Page descriptor ed iietra ar eE E GA EEEE 4 92 Table 4 42 Page Code assignment for the log pages ees eeeceeeeeeseeeteeeeeeees 4 95 Table 4 43 Support log page X 00 oe eee eeseeeseeeseecseecnsecssecesaecaecsaecnaeenseenes 4 96 Table 4 44 Buffer overrun underrun page X 01 oo eee ceeceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 97 Table 4 45 Write error count page X 02 oo eee ceecceseceseceeeceseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeees 4 98 Table 4 46 Write errors recovered without delays page 02 code 0000 sc rnini eerie ii e i aie 4 99 Table 4 47 Write errors recovered with possible delays page 02 code 000er enee i a i 4 99 Table 4 48 Total write errors posted page 02 code 0002 4 100 Table 4 49 Total recoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0003 Jrs oneer onrerien tarea ety at iiaee si 4 100 Table 4 50 Total write bytes processed page 02 code 0005 4 101 Table 4 51 Total unrecoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0006 eneee E E E E code a a 4 101 Table 4 52 Read error count page X 03 0 eee eseesseeeneeeseeeseeeeecnaeeeseeeneeenaees 4 102 C141 C008 X1X Contents XX Table 4 53 Table 4 54 Table 4 55 Table 4 56 Table 4 57 Table 4 58 Table 4 59 Table 4 60 Table 4 61 Table 4 62 Table 4 63 Table 4 64 Table 4 65 Table 4 66 Table 4 67 Table 4 68 Table 4 69 Table 4 70 Table 4 71 Table 4 72 Table 4 73 Table 4 74
37. Responder of Exchange Last Sequence of Exchange SEQ_ID Sequence Identifier The drive does not check this item The drive responds with FFh DF_CTL Data Field Control Set 00h because no optional header is used SEQ_CNT Sequence Count The drive does not check this item The drive responds with 0000h OX_ID Originator Exchange Identifier The drive responds with OX_ID received from the initiator 10 RX_ID Responder Identifier Set FFFFh to indicate that RX_ID is unused 11 Parameter C141 C008 Unused in the Extended Link Service 1 39 Fibre Channel Interface 1 7 1 N_ Port login PLOGI PLOGI_ACC The initiator issues PLOGI to establish the connection with the drive by notifying the drive of the service parameter The drive responds with PLOGI_ACC when the frame of the received PLOGI is correct The payload field of the PLOGI frame is described in Figure 1 22 and that of the PLOGI_ACC is in Figure 1 23 For the header field refer to Section 1 7 Extended Link Service Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By PLOGI Byte Word Header 0 1 2 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT 00 60 00 00 4 OX_ID RX_ID xx xx FF FF 5 PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 Payload 0 EE aoa o y OAU A WD BF Figure 1 22 Payload field of the PLOGI frame 1 40 C141 C008 C141 C008 Payload 0 PLOGI ACC SEQ ID DF ag io 4 Ox_ID RX_ID
38. Setting parameters by the MODE SELECT command Issue the MODE SELECT or the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and prohibit retry processing data correction and operation of the Read Ahead Cache feature The necessary parameter settings are as shown below a Read Write Error Recovery Parameters Page 1 AWRE 0 ARRE 0 TB Oorl EER 0 PER 1 DTE 1 and DCR 1 Number of Retries during Read Zero Number of Retries during Write Zero b Verify Error Recovery Parameters Page 1 EER 0 PER 1 DTE 1 and DCR 1 Number of Retries during Verify Zero c Caching Parameters Page 8 RCD 1 2 Writing a data pattern C141 C008 Write a data pattern for verification in the data block which is the object The recommended data pattern at this time is X 0123456789ABCDEF repeated The WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE SAME command can be used to write data Disk Media Management 3 Reading and verification of data Issue the READ READ EXTENDED or VERIFY command and verify that the data written to the disk media in item 2 were read correctly To verify reading of data it is recommended that reading of the same data block be done at lease 2 times but the number of times verification is performed is determined by the conditions on the system If reading of all data is completed normally it can be recognized that use of that data block can be used normally 4 Error verification When an error relat
39. analyzing the command execution termination state and recommended procedures for error recovery processing executed by the INIT in accordance with the results are explained 5 2 1 Termination status analysis and error recovery methods Figure 5 1 shows a model of the INIT s general processing flow from issuing of the command until reception of the termination status Command issue END status received Normal end To item 1 PRESERVATION CONFLICT See item 4 To item 2 See item 3 Cy To Section 5 2 2 Figure 5 1 Analysis of the termination status 5 14 C141 C008 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended 1 TASK FULL status This status indicates that the IDD is currently executing processing of another command and that a new command cannot be received The INIT that receives this status can reissue the original command Under a multi initiator environment when an INIT receives this status the time until the IDD can receive the next command depends on the operating state with other INITs so ordinarily it cannot be predicted In such a case it is necessary for the INIT that issued the command for which this status was received to repeatedly issue the command until it is accepted 2 RESERVATION CONFLICT status This status shows under a multi initiator environment that the IDD is currently reserved by another INIT and cannot be used until that reserved status is released
40. and the sense code sub sense codes show Diagnostic failure on component nn 40 nn nn is the code in the range X 80 to X FF which shows the type of error This code is a Fujitsu unique definition for the purpose of analysis when there is a failure and its meaning is not released to the public The user should present the value displayed in this sense data as repair information to the Fujitsu representative Furthermore error recovery processing when diagnostic tests seek tests and write read data comparison tests related to the disk drive are executed are in accordance with the mode set in the MODE SELECT command s parameters Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery parameter Page code 21 Additional Error Recovery parameter except in the following special cases Special cases of MODE SELECT parameters during a self diagnosis test are as shown below e The AWRE ARRE and TB flags are not applied e The PER and DTE flags are as shown in Table 4 107 4 170 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 107 Error recovery control flags during the self diagnosis test C141 C008 The diagnostic test continues when error recovery is successful The contents of recovered errors are not reported When an error which cannot be recovered from is detected the diagnostic test terminates at that point with an error Setting prohibited The diagnostic test continues when error recovery is s
41. but INIT A has the reserve right In this case TARG INIT 1 has an exclusive monopoly of TARG 0 However if TARG INIT 1 issues a RESERVE command that command is rejected with aRESERVATION CONFLICT status Also a RELEASE command is terminated normally but it has no influence on the TARG 0 reserve right INIT A can issue INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE RELEASE and RESERVE commands to TARG 0 but other commands are rejected with aRESERVATION CONFLICT status A RELEASE or RELEASE EXTENDED command issued by INIT A releases TARG 0 s reserved state Also a RESERVE or RESERVE EXTENDED command changes the reserve state of TARG 0 4 84 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Commands issued by INIT B to TARG 0 are rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status except the INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE and RELEASE commands A RELEASE command is terminated normally but it has no influence on the TARG 0 reserve right 3 An example of the third party reserve function is applicable when using the COPY command For example TARG INIT 1 supports the COPY command uses the COPY command and in the case that a data transfer between TARG 0 and TARG INIT 1 is executed if the third party reserve in 2 is executed before INIT A issues a COPY command to TARG INIT 1 access to TARG 0 by INIT B during execution of the COPY command can be prohibited 4 1 11 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 Together with the RELEASE command this command controls exc
42. disk GOOD status is reported SIZE size enable not supported 1 Divides the data buffer in accordance with the value specified for the cache segment size bytes 14 15 0 Divides the data buffer in accordance with the value specified for the number of cache segments byte 13 This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 0 DISC discontinuity 1 Even if a track switch occurs during Look Ahead the Look Ahead operation continues without interruption 0 Look Ahead is terminated at the point where track switch occurs during Look Ahead This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 1 IC initiator control enable 1 Dividing of cache segments is according to the SIZE bit specification 0 Dividing of the cache segments is performed by an algorithm that is inherent in the IDD This bit can be changed and its operation is as specified Demand read retention priority not supported This field advises the device server the retention priority to assign for data read into the cache that has also been transferred from the logical unit to the application client The IDD are not supported this field Thus the IDD disregards the specification in this field F Data put into the cache via a READ command was not replaced if there is other dat
43. eeeeeeeeeeeee 2 30 data block Count c cece 4 22 4 76 data block length 00 eee 4 22 4 77 data block verification method 6 7 data builer c 2 Aussies aan 3 1 data buffer configuration eee 3 2 data buffer configuration and basic Operation oenen sprees pt seater ees 3 1 data buffer management eee 3 1 data byte length eee eeeecetecneeee 4 40 data category on 1OOP sesser 1 6 data defect list eeeeeseeeseeeteeees 4 149 data only with address specification oe eeeeeeee 4 189 4 195 data Overt sireenit irais 4 98 data space configuration 2 32 data strobe offset Count eee 4 29 data transfer disconnect control 4 36 data transfer protocol eee eee 1 99 data UNderrun wo eee eee esecnecneceneeeneee 4 98 date of manufacture eee eee 4 111 DCER nrnna eetere gis 4 28 DCR Peresno ianea ia 4 152 DDIS aeee aeee ieai 4 65 GECOdING eea p a a EEEE 1 4 defect data condition ssseeeeeseeeeeeeeee 4 166 defect data configuration 4 164 4 169 defect data format 4 164 defect data type eee eeeseceseceseeeteeees 4 163 defect descriptor eee eee 4 154 4 155 defect descriptor list eee eeeeeeeeeeee 4 165 defect listir 4 149 4 154 6 1 defect list format 00 cc 4 150 4 165 C141 C008 Index defect list length 0 0 4 153 4 165 defect management elec eeeeeeteees 6 1 defect processing during initialization 4 157 definition of C
44. number of bytes from byte 2 excluding the page header of that Page descriptor The IDD always shows a value in this field which is the same as the length defined in that Page descriptor regardless of the type of parameter requested in the PC page control field of the CDB and reports all the parameter fields that Page descriptor in byte 2 and subsequent bytes c Parameter field The parameter field in byte 2 and subsequent bytes indicates parameter values of the type current values variable values default values or save values requested in the PC page control field of the CDB See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 concerning the definition of each parameter Default values and Variable values C141 C008 4 77 Command Specifications 4 1 7 MODE SENSE EXTENDED 5A Page Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ee Transfer Byte Length MSB FB Transfer Byte Length LSB MEAE E Lee This command reports the values for each type of parameter related to the disk drive s physical attributes data format timing for FC interface Loop OPEN CLOSE processing error recovery procedures etc as well as the attributes of those parameters to the INIT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command Section 4 1 7 except that the format of data MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT differs somewhat Table 4 37 lists the data configuration of the
45. or the Parameter List Length Furthermore depending on the command use of this field can have other meanings or no meaning at all There are also some commands which allocate 3 or more bytes as the transfer data length field Detailed standards concerning these commands are described in the specifications for individual commands in Chapter 4 a Transfer block count When the Transfer Data Length field is specified as the Number of Transfer Blocks this field specifies the number of logical data blocks transferred between the INIT and IDD In a command with a 1 byte length if the value specified in this field is zero it is regarded that 256 blocks have been specified and specification in a range of from 1 to 256 blocks is possible On the other hand in a command with a 2 byte length when the value specified in this field is zero data transfer is not executed Specification in a range of from 0 to 65 535 blocks is possible C141 C008 5 Control byte 2 1 Command Format Transfer byte length or parameter list length When the transfer data length is specified as the Transfer Byte Length or Parameter List Length this field specifies the length of the data transferred between the INIT and IDD by that command in number of bytes When zero is specified in this field data transfer is not executed except in cases where it is particularly stipulated in the specifications for individual commands in Chap
46. target reset el Q FCP RP Figure 2 6 TARGET RESET outline sequence TARGET RESET can be used to reset only the specific FC device TARG selected by the INIT and can initialize it to the same state as when the TARG s power is turned on but in a multi initiator environment it is necessary to exercise caution because all the commands including commands issued by other INITs are cleared 3 CLEAR TASK SET C141 C008 This processing is the same as the processing of SCSI equivalent messages as can be understood from Table 2 10 However this processing is transferred to the IDD by the FCP_CMND frame and after processing is completed notification is made of completion by the FCP_RSP frame The operation sequence is the same as that in Figure 2 6 CLEAR TASK SET clears all commands which are currently being executed or which are queued The previously set environment and conditions such as the MODE SELECT parameters are not changed 2 27 Command Processing 4 ABORT TASK SET This processing is the same as the processing of SCSI equivalent messages as can be understood from Table 2 10 However this processing is transferred to the IDD by the FCP_CMND frame and after processing is completed notification is made of completion by the FCP_RSP frame The operation sequence is the same as that in Figure 2 6 For an INIT which wants to clear only specific commands that it has issued ABORT TASK SET or ABTS must be used
47. that command is executed immediately in parallel with a look ahead operation Also in the case of a command which disables all data which are objects of caching see Section 3 2 1 3 the look ahead operation is halted and that command is executed immediately When commands exist in the queue the look ahead operation is halted at the point when reading of the specified amount of data at the minimum pre fetch volume is completed then execution of the new command starts When there are no commands that need to be newly executed the data look ahead operation is continued even after the volume of data specified as the minimum amount of pre fetch data have been read until one of the following conditions 1 3 or 4 occurs When 1 is specified in the DISC bit if look ahead of data equal in volume to a cache segment is completed When 0 is specified in the DISC bit if look ahead of all the data is completed up to the track boundary or the cylinder boundary During a data look ahead operation when any error occurs the data look ahead operation is terminated at that point retry is not executed When receiving LIP y x or when any INIT issues a TARGET RESET FCP TASK MANAGEMENT the look ahead operation is terminated at that point and all the look ahead data stored in the data buffer are invalidated During a look ahead operation if sector slip processing is applied or defective sectors exist in the same cylind
48. that issued this command The details of the function are described in Section 4 1 10 RESERVE 16 Figure 4 1 shows the relation between the three types of parameters Current Save and Default C141 C008 MODE SELECT 4 1 Control Sense Commands C141 C008 Power on i Current values LIP y x m Save values 4 TARGET RESET Command to all INITs K Command to all INITs Pages Pages 1 2 7 8 A C 19 i MODE SEPECIGE Dus 1 2 7 8 A C 19 1C 1C 21 21 Power on Command to Ke Command to all INITs all INITs Block descriptor FORMS PUNE Block descriptor Pages 3 4 gt Pages 3 4 Remark Power on LIP y x When the drive is shipped from the factory TARGET RESET there are not parameter page Save values except for Page 3 Format Parameters and my Page 4 Drive Parameters Save values for the paramters pages specified in the MODE SELECT command are generated Command to all INITs for the first time when that command is executed with 1 specified in the SP bit m Default values Pages 1 2 7 8 A C 19 1C 21 Figure 4 1 MODE SELECT parameter structure The MODE SELECT parameters include parameters which can be changed by the INIT as desired parameters which the INIT cannot change which whose values are determined by the IDD unilaterally and paramet
49. the maximum permissible value is specified the IDD performs rounding down of the parameter and sets a value equal to this parameter s maximum permissible value If the above rounding processing is performed a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 Rounded parameter 37 00 is reported for that command Alternate track count zone This parameter specifies the area secured for alternate blocks as the number of tracks per one cell It is impossible to change this parameter When a value other than zero is specified in this field the IDD performs rounding down processing of this parameter and always sets this parameter value at zero Alternate track count drive This parameter specifies the area secured for alternate blocks as the number of tracks per disk drive In the IDD this parameter indicates the number of tracks in the spare area secured as alternate cells This value is fixed at a value that equals the number of tracks per cylinder multiplied by the number of zones in the IDD This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT 4 39 Command Specifications b Parameters specifying track format bytes 10 11 Sector count track This parameter specifies the number of physical sectors per 1 track In the IDD the number of physical sectors in a track is set unilaterally according to the data format specified by the Data Block Length parameter in the block descriptor or the Data byte length Physical sector parameter
50. 00 0 byte of fill 0 field fill bytes 01 1 byte of fill 02 2 bytes of fill 03 3 bytes of fill C141 C008 1 11 Fibre Channel Interface 1 Link Data Link Data is used when the initiator transmit control code to the target or when the target responses to the initiator Link Data supported by the drive are listed below Link Service 1 BASIC LINK SERVICES Table 1 5 BASIC LINK SERVICES Basic Link Service Request Frames Abort Sequence ABTS Basic Link Service Request Frames 2 EXTENDED LINK SERVICES Table 1 6 EXTENDED LINK SERVICES 1 2 Address Discovery o Address Discovery oa ee Fme J a O e Reinstate Recovery Qualiter Reo vs 1 12 C141 C008 1 2 Information Transmitted on the Loop Table 1 6 EXTENDED LINK SERVICES 2 2 Extended Link Service Request Frames Extended Link Service o Frames Accept Link Service Reject LS_RJT J 2 e Extended Link Services Loop Initialization Table 1 7 Extended Link Services Loop Initialization Extended Link Service Request Frames LOOP INITIALIZATION Fabric Assign AL_PA LIFA Previously Acquired AL_PA LIPA 2 FC 4 Device Data Exchanges consist of two or more frame sequences between the initiator and the target Exchanges starts from command frame by the initiator and ends at response frame by the target Four FC 4 Device Data FCP_CMND_IU FCP_DATA_RDY_IU FCP_DATA_IU FCP_RSP_IU are used to implement SCSI protocol Figur
51. 00 e Micro code has been change 3F 01 However if the IDD responds with a TASK SET FULL because the issued command is not received the Unit Attention condition is not cleared 2 INQUIRY command The INQUIRY command is executed normally but the Unit Attention condition is not cleared 3 REQUEST SENSE command The IDD executes the REQUEST SENSE command normally and sends the sense data which show the Unit Attention condition which is currently being held to the INIT At this time the Unit Attention condition with respect to that INIT is cleared 2 20 C141 C008 2 6 Sense Data Hold State 4 REPORT LUN command The REPORT LUN command is executed normally but the Unit Attention condition is not cleared 2 5 3 UNIT ATTENTION condition multiple hold If any Unit Attention condition occurs and another Unit Attention condition occurs which is caused by other factors before the first Unit Attention condition is cleared by the INIT for which that condition is held those multiple Unit Attention conditions are held and the IDD reports multiple unit attention conditions in sequence 2 6 Sense Data Hold State If the status is the Check Condition status when the status is reported this IDD adds that sense data to the response frame and notifies the INIT of it Therefore the sense data hold state does not occur and the CA status does not occur The function which reports sense data automatically is called the Auto Sense fu
52. 1 An Initializing LIP is not issued when the IDD enters the loop Ifthe Initializing LIP is received operation corresponds to the Initialization LIP When a Loop Failure is detected the Loop Failure LIP LIP F8 x is issued When clearing a Loop Failure the Initializing LIP LIP F7 x is issued 0 An Initializing LIP is issued when the IDD enters the Loop b DTIPE disable target initiated port enable This bit is possible to specify and operates according to the specification This bit specifies concerning Port Enable 1 Before the IDD enters the Loop it has the Loop Port Enable Primitive from the INIT It uses the hard address which is usable by a SCA connector or a device address jumper 0 The IDD does not have the Loop Port Enable primitive so it enters the loop port c ALWLI allow login without loop initialization This bit is possible to specify and operates according to the specification This bit specifies concerning Loop Initialization 1 The IDD uses the hard address which is usable by a SCA connector or a device address jumper and in loop initialization it makes the address to respond to login without confirming it Loop Initialization is not performed 0 The IDD carries out confirmation of the address in the Loop Initialization process 4 64 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands RHA require hard address This bit is possible to specify and oper
53. 12 1 1 3 Arbitrated loop C141 C008 Arbitrated loops are defined as private loop or public loop Private loop has no FL_port for fabric loop and all nodes are NL_ports If there is a FL_port which is managing the loop the loop is called a public This can connect up to 126 active NL_port and one FL_port to the same loop And the NL_ports use arbitration to establish an Initiator Target connections See Figure 1 1 1 3 Fibre Channel Interface 1 1 4 Port bypass circuit BC Port bypass circuit is to bypass the drive if it cannot provide loop services For example by removing the drive unable to obtain valid data or by any special condition The port bypass circuit is located external to the drive for example on the back plane Figure 1 2 shows the relationship between the drive and the circuit Port_B Sun TE BC TEE Select Drive Output 2 M u x gt To next port Yo Input lt EER ee eee From previous port 1 Regular route Bypass circuit off 2 Via bypass Bypass circuit on Figure 1 2 Port bypass circuit 1 1 5 Encoding amp decoding On FC AL the data is encoded prior to transmission and should be decoded when receiving The 10 bit character consists of 1 024 data space with 13 bit data mapped 1 control character This method is called 8B 10B encoding And to prevent too many same signal ones or zeros 10 bit character has an option to bala
54. 17h when RX_ID OxFFFF of RRQ is received Association Header PL W03 10 The drive neither supports nor checks this field 1 61 Fibre Channel Interface 1 7 8 Read link error status block RLS RLS_ACC RLS RLS_ACC Po loi 2f j o i fT 2 J Word SOF Word SOF Header 0 R_CTL D_ID Header 0 R_CTL D ID 22 xx xx XX 23 XX XX xX a xXx xx xX 2 TYPE F_CTL 2 TYPE F_CTL 01 29 00 00 01 98 00 00 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT 3 SEQ_ID DF CTL SEQ_CNT 00 00 00 00 FF 00 o 0 4 ox_ID RX_ID 4 OX_ID 5 PARAMETER 5 00 00 00 00 00 Gr an 00 Payload 0 LS_Command Code Payload 0 LS_Command Code OF 00 00 00 Reserved Port_Identifier 02 00 00 00 Link Failure Counter 1 Loss of Syne Counter Loss of Signal Counter Primitive Seguence Protocol Error Invalid Transmission Word Invalid CRC Counter CRC EOF Qon A O N Figure 1 34 Read link error status block RLS RLS_ACC The initiator issues RLS to the drive when requesting the drive for Fibre Channel link error information The drive responds with Link Error Status Block by RLS_ACC when the frame of the received RLS is correct The payload field of the RLS RLS_ACC frame is described below Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 LS_Command code PL W00 B0 OFh Indicates RLS 02h Indicates RLS_ACC 2 Port Identifier PL W01 B 1 3 Specifies the port of Link Error Status
55. 2 10 are transferred to the INIT e REZERO UNIT command If the direct drive s spindle motor has reached the rated speed even if reading of system information failed these commands are executed When the spindle motor has not reached the rated speed or if reading of system information is in progress the IDD responds with the CHECK CONDITION status in the same way as in item 2 7 4 1 3 Operation if formatting is not completed normally While the FORMAT UNIT command is not being executed following a change of parameters related to data format with the MODE SELECT command or if the operation terminates abnormally for any reason for example the power going off or a RESET condition during FORMAT UNIT command execution the data on the disk medium cannot be accessed normally In this case the IDD responds to disk medium access commands with the CHECK CONDITION status The sense data generated at this time show MEDIUM ERROR 3 Medium format corrupted 31 00 in the case of the former and MEDIUM ERROR 3 FORMAT command failed 31 01 In both cases the IDD is restored to a usable condition by using the FORMAT UNIT command and reinitializing the disk medium 2 24 C141 C008 2 7 Command Processing Exceptions 2 7 5 Error recovery processing When an error which it is possible to retry is detected in the IDD the IDD attempts error recovery processing of the detected error during command execution The INIT can specify w
56. 21 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 a a D ye a ie E X A4 Service Action X 06 D ojo w S S a jam E E E DEE ae A E o o o o o o o o o o ol o o Allocation Length MSB Allocation Length Allocation Length Allocation Length LSB i A o gt o ofe o This command requests that the device identifier information in the logical unit be set to the value received in the SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list E 0 EA BE Ee o On successful completion of this command a unit attention shall be generated for all initiators except the one that issued the service action When reporting the unit attention condition the additional sense code shall be set to DEVICE IDENTIFIER CHANGED The Service Action field can be specified only X 06 The Allocation Length field specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier that shall be transferred from the application client to the device server The maximum value for this field shall be 512 bytes A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data shall be transferred and that subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands shall return an Identifier length of zero Logical units that implement this command shall be capable of accepting a parameter list length of 512 bytes or less If the parameter list length exceeds 512 bytes and the logical unit is not capable of storing the requested number of bytes then the device server shall return CHECK CONDITION statu
57. 35 as the value reported to the INIT by this command if parameter rounding processing is applied by the IDD or in cases of a parameter or bit with a specified value that is disregarded different values than those specified by the INIT will be reported For details see the descriptions of each page descriptor in Section 4 1 4 Also 0 is reported in byte positions and bit positions which are reserved in each page descriptor C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 35 MODE SENSE data type specifications Type of Parameter Transferred to the INIT Current Values Reports each Current parameter value The Current values are either of the following values Values specified by a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command which is finally normally terminated When a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is not executed after the power is switched on after a LIP or after a TARGET RESET issued by any INIT is received the same values as Save values However if Save values do not exist for parameters other than those on Page 3 and Page 4 excluding byte 17 the same values as Default values Variable Values The INIT reports variable parameter fields and parameter bits through the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command A 1 is reported in the variable fields and bit positions in each page descriptor and 0 is reported in the fields and bit positions which cannot be changed See the description of ea
58. 4 16 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands When the PF page format bit in CDB byte 1 is 1 it indicates that the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT by this command are in the Page Descriptor format The IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and regards the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT as being in the Page Descriptor format and executes this command The SP save pages bit in CDB byte 1 specifies whether or not to save the MODE SELECT parameters specified in this command on the disk It is possible for the IDD to save all the MODE SELECT parameters described in the Page Descriptor except for those on page C but this bit s specification is valid only for parameters other than Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 excluding byte 17 If 1 is specified in the SP bit the parameters transferred from the INIT are saved to the disk when this command is executed except for Format parameters page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 excluding byte 17 When the SP bit is 0 these parameters are not saved to the disk On the other hand as for Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 excluding byte 17 regardless of the specification of the SP bit when this command is executed these parameters are always saved to the disk when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed The Parameter length field of the CDB specifies the total by
59. 5 2 2 Not only does command execution time differ widely depending on the type and specified contents of the command but since it has an influence on the following factors it is necessary to give adequate consideration to these points when setting the monitoring time value at the INIT e Since the command stack feature exists see Section 1 4 even if the IDD accepts a command normally if a command issued by another INIT is being Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 4 Loop error executed or if there are other commands in the stack execution of the command is caused to wait until all the other commands have been processed The execution wait time is dependent upon the type of command issued by the other INITs and the contents of its specifications e Ifthe IDD has executed error recovery processing retried for an error that occurred on the FC bus or in the disk drive command completion time will be longer than normal This error occurs in the case that the FC Loop enters the initialization at a time when the INIT is not expecting it during execution of a command on the FC Loop Even in cases where a Lip is generated by another FC device on the bus the same state occurs but the occurrence of an unexpected Loop initialize should be processed as an abnormal state of the system The cause of this error is the occurrence of an unrecoverable error on the FC Loop the occurrence of a serious protocol error etc When this error
60. 7 Control mode parameters page code 0A The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 4 22 Table 4 22 MODE SELECT parameters control mode parameters Pee RAE ES ES EARS EED a OR a ee aS a a a X OA or X 06 Page Length o ew po Coen o o fo o fe e E eee fe ae a a ae ee A ee a The parameters defined on this page control the operations of the tagged queuing function and statistical information function C141 C008 4 53 Command Specifications 4 54 TST task set type This field specifies the type of task set defined below Table 4 23 TST 000b Task set per logical unit for all initiators 001b Task set per initiator per logical unit The IDD operates according to 000b If other value is specified in this field the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in list 26 00 Queue algorithm qualifier This parameter controls the execution order algorithm of a command issued together with a SIMPLE QUEUE TAG message 0000 The IDD executes commands queued from each INIT in the order in which they were received However the command execution order for the READ READ EXTENDED and PRE FETCH commands may be changed 0001 The IDD executes queued commands by the method selected by the IDD At this time the INIT must verify the correctness of the data through appropriate commands and QUEUE TAG messages 1111 The IDD p
61. ABTS and its responses Basic Accept BA_ACC or Basic Reject BA_RJT Other Basic Link Services are discarded The header field of the basic link service is defined in Figure 1 17 Header 0 3 SEO TD wE CTL geg ONT ars 5 Pe EIER Figure 1 17 Header field of the basic link service 1 R_CTL Routing Control The high order four bits 8h represent Basic Link Service and the low order four bits each Basic Link Service 2 D_ID Destination Identifier Address of the drive which receives ABTS Address of the initiator for a response to ABTS 3 S_ID Source Identifier Address of the initiator which sends ABTS Address of the drive for a response to ABTS 4 Type The Basic Link Service uses 00h 5 F_CTL Frame Control Set 090000h for the transmission of ABTS Originator of Exchange Last Data Frame of Sequence Transfer Sequence Initiative Set 990000h for a response to ABTS Responder of Exchange Last Sequence of Exchange C141 C008 1 6 Basic Link Service 6 SEQ_ID Sequence Identifier The drive does not check this item For a response to ABTS respond with the same SEQ_ID as received 7 DF_CTL Data Field Control Set 00h because no optional header is used 8 SEQ _CNT Sequence Count Set 0000h to indicate the first frame of a sequence 9 OX_ID Originator Exchange Identifier Assigned for the initiator to begin the exchange of ABTS
62. Block which the drive should respond with 0 Link Error Status Block concerning the port which has received RLS 1 Link Error Status Block concerning Port A 2 Link Error Status Block concerning Port B 1 62 C141 C008 C141 C008 3 1 7 Extended Link Service The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 1Fh when this field is any value other than the above Link Error Status Block PL W01 06 This field is used by ACC of the drive Individual ERRORS are counted in each Port respectively a b c d e Link Failure Count PL W01 The drive counts the number of times when synchronization is not achieved for a minimum of R_T_TOV 100ms and enters it in this field Loss of Synchronization Count PL W02 The drive counts the number of times when loss of synchronization is detected and enters it in this field Loss of Signal Count PL W03 The drive does not support this field and responds with all zeros Primitive Sequence Protocol Error PL W04 The drive does not support this field and responds with all zeros Invalid Transmission Word PL W0S5 The drive counts the number of times when Invalid transmission word is detected and enters it in this field Invalid CRC Count PL W06 The drive counts the number of times when Data Frame has CRC ERROR is detected and enters it in this field 1 63 Fibre Channel In terface 1 7 9 Third party process logout TPRLO TPRLO_ACC Word Header 0 Fig
63. But the IDD s action is not changed For LOG SENSE command these bits always report value defined in each log page see 4 2 4 1 16 LOG SENSE 4D se coe Page Code a er a a a aO PARARE This command provides a means for the application client to retrieve statistical or other operational information maintained by the device about the device or its logical units It is a complementary command to the LOG SELECT command The Parameter Pointer Control PPC bit is not supported It should be zero An Save Parameters SP bit of zero indicates the device server performs the specified this command and does not save any log parameters If saving log parameters is implemented an SP bit of one indicates that the device server performs the specified this command and saves all log parameters identified as savable by the DS bit to the disc medium The Page Control PC field defined the type of parameter values to be selected see 4 1 15 for the definition of the page control field 4 94 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands The PC bits are ignored by the drive The drive assumes that current cumulative parameters are selected The Page Code field identifies which page of data is being requested If the page code is reserved or not implemented the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Page Code assignments for the log pages
64. CNT 00 00 00 00 00 4 OX_ID RX_ID we ae eee XX XX FF FF 5 PARAMETER PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 Payload 0 Payload 1 2 3 RNC Payload RNC ACC Payload 127 127 Figure 1 40 RNC RNC_ACC 1 2 C141 C008 1 71 Fibre Channel Interface 1 72 RNC RNC_ACC Payload Bit 7 5 4 3 2 1 Byte T LS_Command 2 Payload Length 4 BNE Reserved Flag a VU Information Length Vendor Identifier Capability Entry Figure 1 40 RNC RNC_ACC 2 2 1 LS_Command Code PL W00 B0 53h Indicates RNC 02h Indicates RNC_ACC 2 Payload Length PL W00 B2 3 If RNC Flag is 1 drive responds that payload length is 10h in RNC_ACC If RNC Flag is 0 drive responds that payload length is 20h in RNC_ACC 3 RNC Flag PL W01 B0 1 Select option requested 0 Report all capabilities 4 VU Information Length PL W01 B7 Drive does not check this field 5 Vendor Identifier PL W02 03 Drive does not check this field C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 6 Capability Entry PL W04 W127 Drive does not check this field If RNC Flag given from Initiator is 1 drive responds RNC_ACC as follows Payload Length 10h RNC Flag 1 VU Information Length 0 Vendor Identifier FUJITSU in ASCII If RNC Flag given from Initiator is 0 drive responds RNC_ACC as follows C141 C008 Payload Length 20h RNC Flag 0 VU Information Length 0 Vendor Identifier FUJITSU in ASCII Capability Entry Byte 16 Document 04h 17 L
65. Data late error Flash ROM erase operation failed Flash ROM write operation failed RDCLK error FMT hang up DSP downloading failed DSP overrun watch dog time out DRV hard error Servo Gate Window error 47 47 00 SCSI parity error A A parity error was detected on the SCSI data bus error was detected on the SCSI data bus 48 INITIATOR DETECTED The INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message was received ERROR message received from the INIT nn Logical unit failed self The IDD s initial setup failed nn is a Fujitsu unique code configuration e 91 593 i 94 i 95 i i 97 i 98 id mi Al i A3 i A4 i AS i AT i A8 i A9 i i AA AB i i AC i E0 Initial calibration failed C Additional Sense Code C141 C008 Microcode Read error any 3 11 error during microcode read Microcode Read error any 3 13 NOSB error Microcode Read error any 3 14 NRF error Microcode Read error any 3 15 error during seek Microcode Read error any 4 44 or other errors during microcode read Invalid microcode Header Check Sum SA Read error any 3 11 error during SA read SA Read error any 3 13 error during SA read SA Read error any 3 14 error during SA read SA Read error any 3 15 error during SA read SA Read error any 4 44 error during SA read Invalid SA Header Check Sum SA Read error DSP downloading failed SA Read error DSP overrun DRV hardware error SA Read error abnor
66. Depending on the value specified in the Immed immediate bit bit 0 of CDB byte 1 the timing of completion status byte report of this command differs as shown below a Inthe case of the start specification Start bit 1 When the Immed bit is 1 simply by instructing starting of the spindle motor a GOOD status is reported without waiting until the disk drive is in the Ready state and command execution is completed When the Immed bit is 0 the status byte is reported and command execution is completed at the point when the disk drive has entered the Ready state after the spindle motor has started b Inthe case of the stop specification Start bit 0 When the Immed bit is 1 simply by instructing stopping of the spindle motor the GOOD status is reported and command execution is completed When the Immed bit is 0 the status byte is reported and command execution is completed after the spindle motor is in the stopped state C141 C008 4 81 Command Specifications 4 1 10 RESERVE 16 ones EEN EOE SESE EG X10 a a Coa peoe a a a Together with the RELEASE command this command controls exclusive access to the logical unit IDD under a multi initiator environment The IDD is reserved by this command for the INIT which issued this command The values specified in bytes 2 to 4 of the CDB have no meaning and are disregarded but it is preferable that the INIT specify X
67. Descriptor Page Page Code era Page Length Parameter Field 4 70 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 6 MODE SENSE 1A se Transfer Byte Length La aje e He i This command reports the values for each type of parameter related to the disk drive s physical attributes data format timing for FC interface Loop OPEN CLOSE processing error recovery procedures etc as well as the attributes of those parameters to the INIT The data MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT from the IDD by this command are configured from a Header Block Descriptor and one or more Page descriptors which describe each type of parameter each of which will be described later in this item When 1 is specified in the DBD disable block descriptors bit of CDB byte 1 it indicates that a Block descriptor is not included in the MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command and the IDD transfers MODE SENSE data composed from the Header and the specified Page descriptor only to INIT When 0 is specified in this bit the IDD transfers MODE SENSE DATA composed of the Header a single Block descriptor and the specified Page descriptor to the INIT The Page code field in CDB byte 2 specifies the page code of the Page descriptor transferred to the INIT by this command The types of Page descriptor supported by the IDD and their page codes and lengths are as shown in Table 4 34 C141 C008 4 71 Com
68. Discovery receive only Third Party Process Logout receive only Accept transmit if only received Extended Link Link Service Reject 2 transmit if only received Extended Link Fabric Login Report Node C Service was illegal or has fails transmit only apabilities receive only Fabric Address Notification receive only The Extended Link Services supported by this drive are Accept ACC and Link Service Reject LS_RJT The he ader field of the extended link service is defined in Figure 1 21 Word 0 1 2 3 Byte Figu Header lt R_CTL gt lt D_ID gt 0 2x a ae 2 lt TYPE gt lt F_CTL gt 01 3 lt SEQ_ID gt lt DF_CTL gt lt SEQ_CNT gt 4 lt OX_ID gt lt RX_ID gt i re 1 21 Header field of the extended link service C141 C008 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 7 Extended Link Service R_CTL Routing Control The high order four bits 2h represent Extended Link Service and the low order four bits each Extended Link Service D_ID Destination Identifier Destination address for the frame S_ID Source Identifier Source address for the frame Type The Extended Link Service uses 01h F_CTL Frame Control Set 290000h for the Extended Link Service Command Originator of Exchange First Sequence of Exchange Last Data Frame of Sequence Transfer Sequence Initiative Set 980000h for a response to the Extended Link Service Command
69. Error too long to correct Unrecovered error was detected during data read BCRC error esa B detected by SCSI 04 Unrecovered read error auto Auto allocation failed during read reallocation failed 13 Sync Byte not found for Data SB Sync Byte could not be detected in the Data area field 14 Record entity not found Expected data from a sector was undetected LBA compare error detected by FMT Record not found The target data block sector could not be detected 1 3 B Mechanical positioning Error A seek error occurred in the drive 1 3 B Positioning Error detected by LBA did not match due to Cylinder number s mismatch 1 3 B read of medium Recovered data with retries A data error was recovered from by reading was retried Recovered data with positive A data error was recovered by read retry with offsetting head to head offset positive direction Recovered data with negative A data error was recovered by read retry with offsetting head to head offset negative direction Recovered data without ECC Automatic alternate allocation was applied without ECC data auto reallocated correcting a data error Recovered data without ECC Rewriting to the same sector was performed without ECC recommended rewrite correcting a data error 18 Recovered Data with Error A data error was recovered by read retry with ECC corrercting Correction Applied 19 o Defect list error in primary list An error was detected during reading of the defect list
70. Fabric for the Public NL_Ports on its Local Loop allowing NL_Ports to act as if they were N_Ports and interact with other N_Ports and NL_Ports attached to the fabric It can be communicated with all devices connected with F_Port FL_Port ex NFS Client can be communicated with SCSI Device 6 etc FABRIC Public Loop Device Public Loop Device 2 3 Private Loop Device Public Loop Device Public Loop Device Public Loop Device 6 7 Public Loop Device Public Loop Device Figure 1 63 Public loop configuration 1 117 Fibre Channel Interface Example for Establishment Fabric side Drive side Completion of Loop Initialization P FLOGI FLOGI ACC gt PLOGI PLOGI ACC _ gt RFC 4 RFC 4 ACC PLOGI ig gt PLOGI ACC PRLI lt 4 gt PRLI ACC 4 Figure 1 64 General public loop initialization sequence At this point Public Loop establishes between Fabric and Drive 1 13 Dual Loop This drive has a Dual Port configuration with two ports A B Viewed from the Fibre Channel Interface these two ports appear to exist as two independent devices Even though these two ports are independent to the interface since they use the storage medium in common internally during reading or writing from one of the ports read or write requests from the other port must wait The matrix for transmitting and receiving
71. IDD s microcode version number is displayed in ASCII code in this field k Device Serial Number field The value following byte 4 of the device serial number in the VPD information is indicated in this field Higher order digits which do not contain valid numbers are filled with ASCII code spaces X 20 1 Clocking field 0 as Reserved m QAS Quick Arbitrate Supported bit 0 as Reserved n IUS Information unit supported bit 0 as Reserved o Version Descriptor field This field is provided for identifying upto eight standards to which the Device claims conformance The IDD shall be indicated as shown below Table 4 4 Version descriptor 58 to 59 0x0D 0x3C FC PH 60 to 61 OxOD 0x61 FC AL 2 62 to 63 0x13 0x3C FC FLA C141 C008 4 9 Command Specifications 6 Command support data Table 4 5 shows the format and contents of the command support data transferred to the INIT by this command if 0 is specified in the EVPD bit and 1 is specified in the CmdDt bit Table 4 5 Command support data po fete dete tet Qualifier Device Type Code oa eri ae persion SOS Version 3 X 00 Reserved X 00 Reserved CDB Size m 5 CDB Usage Data a Qualifier Device Type Code Version These fields are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data b Support This field indicates the value defined in Table 4 6 4 10 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands
72. Information field 6 SCSI Status PL W02 B2 bit0 Refer to Section 2 2 Status Byte 1 9 4 1 FCP status Reserved 00h Reserved FCP FCP FCP FCP CONF RESID RESID SNS REQ UNDER OVER LEN LEN VALID VALID SCSI Status Figure 1 52 FCP status 1 FCP RESID UNDER PL W02 B2 bit3 In case of FCP_DL FCP_CNMD gt transferred data byte velocity based on CDB Residual Counter FCP_DL transferred data byte velocity 2 FCP RESID OVER PL W02 B2 bit2 In case of FCP_DL FCP_CNMD lt transferred data byte velocity based on CDB Residual Counter transferred data byte velocity FCP_DL 3 FCP SNS LEN VALID PL W02 B2 bit1 When this bit is 1 the field of Length of Sense Information FCP_SNS_INFO is valid and FCP_RSP frame includes the FCP Sense Information field 1 94 C141 C008 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 4 FCP RSP LEN VALID PL W02 B2 bit0 When this bit is 1 the field of Length of Response Information FCP_RSP_INFO is valid and FCP_RSP frame includes the FCP Sense Information field 5 SCSI Status PL W02 B2 bit0 Refer to Section 2 2 Status Byte 1 9 4 2 FCP response information C141 C008 Reserved 00h Reserved 00h Reserved 00h Response Code FCP RSP CODE Reserved 00h Reserved 00h Reserved 00h Reserved 00h Figure 1 53 FCP response information 1 Response Code FCP RSP CODE PL W06 B3 Supporting Response Code below OOh Olh 02h 03h
73. Length MSB Defect List Length LSB Defect Descriptor Defect Data List 1 Header a P List primary list bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that P List defect data are included in the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT When it is 0 it indicates that the P List defect data are not included See 3 of item 2 b G List grown list bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that G List defect data are included in the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT When it is 0 it indicates that the G List defect data are not included See 3 of item 2 4 164 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands Defect list format This field indicates the description format of the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT It is possible for the IDD to transfer defect data in 3 different formats which it can specify in the CDB and the values in this field are the same as the values specified in the Defect List Format field in the CDB Defect list length This field follows the 4 byte header and indicates the total number of bytes of defect descriptor list that can be transferred It has either 4 or 8 bytes depending on the format of the defect descriptor Also the values shown in this field are the total number of bytes described in the Defect List Format which specifies the specified type P List or G List of defect data reg
74. MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command after issuing this command and reads the values for the Current parameters then compares them with the parameter values sent in the MODE SELECT command Parameter fields which are the object of rounding processing are explained in the descriptions of each page descriptor in this item Table 4 12 lists the data configuration of the parameter list transferred by the INIT in this command The parameter list is configured from header 4 bytes in length followed by a block descriptor with a length of 8 bytes This is followed by one or more page descriptors or when there is no block descriptor the 4 byte header is followed by one or more page descriptors The INIT may transfer a header only or the header and block descriptor only without the page descriptor added The page descriptor is processed correctly whether the supported pages are sent individually or if all pages are sent continuously Also when multiple pages are sent continuously even if the order of each page is optional they are executed normally 4 20 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 12 MODE SELECT command Group 0 parameter configuration Header a E E i E on OR aeo e OOO 3 X 00 or X 08 Product Descriptor Length Block Descriptor SEARS EERIE S S e Page Descriptor T EEEIEI EEN ES Header _ Page Length C141 C008 4 2 Command Specifications a Header Medi
75. Parameter List Length MSB Service Action 0 0 0 0 8 Parameter List Length LSB Rate eh a ar a eae C141 C008 This command is used to request service actions that reserve a logical unit or element for the exclusive or shared use of a particular initiator The command uses other service actions to manage and remove such reservations The command shall be used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command and shall not be used with the RESERVE and RELEASE commands Initiators performing PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions are identified by a reservation key provided by the application client An application client may use the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command to identify which initiators are holding a persistent reservation and use the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command to preempt that reservation if required If a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is attempted but there are insufficient device server resources to complete the operation the device server shall return a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Insufficient registration resources 55 04 The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command contains fields that specify a persistent reservation service action the intended scope of the persistent reservation and the restrictions caused by the persistent reservation The Type and Scope fields are defined in 4 1 17 3 Persistent reservations scope and Persistent reservation type If a Scope field specifies a s
76. Parameter i Page Parameter Length MSB Page Parameter Length LSB e Page code This field specifies the code which identifies the type of parameter page being transferred from the INIT and the operation that should be executed The parameter pages which can be specified by the INIT and their functions are as shown Table 4 109 Table 4 109 Page code Reports a list of the supported page codes reserve SES page Enclosure Control reserve SES page Enclosure String Out Enclosure Threshold Out Enclosure Array Control reserve SES page reserve SES page reserve SES page Logical Physical Address Conversion Vender specific SES page Fault LED page 4 173 Command Specifications e Page parameter length This field specifies the byte length of the page parameter after byte 4 The INIT must specify the same value as the length specified for each of the parameter pages which will be explained later e Page parameter This field specifies each of the inherent parameters in each page code Depending on the page code this field may not be necessary page parameter length 0 a Page code list This parameter page specifies transfer of the Page code list of the parameter page supported by the IDD in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command to the INIT Table 4 110 shows the format of this parameter page The page code list supported by the IDD is transferred to the INIT by the R
77. REPORT LUNS A0 enneren eles eae atin iene ann ene 4 130 4 1 20 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER A3 eee eeeesecneceseceeeeeeeeees 4 132 4 1 21 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 oo eee ceecseeeseecneecnseceeeeseeeseeeees 4 134 4 2 Data Access Command 0 ecceecccesssseceecceceeeceesaeceeaeeceeeeessaeeeeeaaeceenees 4 135 4 21 READ 08 n n a sete Abe i easieisiedi ae Gelen N 4 135 4 2 2 READ EXTENDED 28 ceccescceesseceeseeceneeceeeeeesaeceeaaeceeneeeeeeees 4 136 ADS WRITE QA ee tececccealcectestiads ciedee slat Gi REE e OAE ARa 4 137 4 2 4 WRITE EXTENDED 2A cccccccescceesteceecceceececeeeeeeaeceeaeeeeenees 4 139 4 2 5 WRITE AND VERIFY 2B eseesssesessseresereseeseeeeseesseessoesseesseessees 4 140 4 2 6 VERIFY QE ci n 8 eit an ie dstes waste nay thet ee 4 141 42017 SEEK OB eepe ote te tn histatins hele 4 142 4 2 8 SEEK EXTENDED 2B s s cie csbessesueeys nee aeeaiei 4 143 4 2 9 SET LIMITS 33 not supported 0 eee eeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeneeenes 4 144 4 2 10 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 sscsscccssccssscesscseseccnteccesecesseeteceess 4 147 4 3 Format Commands issie n n E N A E 4 148 4 3 1 FORMAT UNIV 04 n a a a leanlis 4 148 4 3 2 REASSIGN BLOCKS 07 eiieeii eta i eE E EER 4 159 4 3 3 READ DEFECFDATA BGI eriein ea aE E 4 163 4 3 4 READ DEFECT DATA B7 eiaei 4 168 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands ee eeeeeseeseecnseeereeereeeneeeaees 4 169 4 4 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC ID neoaeae ee piee 4 169 4 4 2 RECEIVE DIAGNOS
78. RX_ID Responder Identifier FFFFh is set to indicate that RX_ID is unused 10 Parameter Not used by Extended Link Service The drive responds with 0000h 1 76 C141 C008 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization 1 8 1 Loop initialization select master LISM Port name 8 Byte Figure 1 43 Loop initialization select master LISM Frame sent to determine Loop Master in initialization The payload field of the LISM frame is described below For the header field refer to Section 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 Loop Initialization Identifier W00 11010000h Indicates LISM The received frame will be discarded when this field is an unsupported Link Service code 2 Port Name PL W01 02 8 byte Port Name is entered See 1 7 1 1 C141 C008 1 77 Fibre Channel Interface 1 8 2 Assign AL_PA frame LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA 1 78 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 i 00 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 AL_PA bit map 16 Byte ia 02 00 00 E 03 00 00 EA 04 00 00 ea 05 00 00 AL_PA bit map AL_PA bit map AL_PA bit map 16 Byte 16 Byte 16 Byte Note xxxxxx 000000 FL_Port or OOOOEF FL_Port Figure 1 44 Assign AL_PA frame LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA Frame used to assign AL_PA in initialization The payload field of the LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA frame i
79. STPF SURF TB TPI TRM UnitOfl VCM VPD VU WCE WP Small Computer System Interface SeCTor SELect Self Test Signal Ground Save Page SPaRe block Servo Soft sector Stop sector SURFace T Transfer Block Tracks Per Inch TeRMinator U Unit Offline V Voice Coil Motor Vital Product Data Vendor Unique W Width Write Cache Enable Write Protect C141 C008 Index PpOrt A_AMssss ieee a e e 1 22 port AOU cies padre nib n aaa 1 22 port Boathsss stecistenioeiidgteaioiiehaetss 1 22 port BrOuts cisas eh ed eles 1 22 10 Byte CDB basic format 2 2 12 Byte CDB basic format 2 3 6 Byte CDB basic format eee 2 2 A abort SEQUENCE 0 es eeeeeeeeseeeneeeneeeeeeeneee 1 35 ABORT TASK SET eee 2 26 2 28 ABTS re iicini aint 1 35 2 26 2 28 ACA ists eile eel chea aT e tes 2 5 ACCOUNTING date 4 112 acquisition of loop use right 2 10 action by recipient eee eeeeseeseeeneees 1 98 ACTION coden iire fatectatstateetis eei ei 1 108 active LED OUt snare aut deinen 1 18 ACTIVE NOCH weisda seine wk 4 58 additional data length eee eeeeeeeeee 4 6 additional error recovery parameter eects 4 67 5 29 additional sense Code cccceeeees 5 4 5 7 additional sense code qualifier 5 4 5 7 additional sense data length 0 0 5 4 address format cee eeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeees 4 184 PITS Cee siscatesFiteceetstadeeteselcetetslactteetiteceestes 1 59 ADISC ACC oia ei cee 1 59
80. Sense Commands 4 Drive parameters page code 4 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 4 19 Table 4 19 MODE SELECT parameters drive parameters peer e eI ES I I ee 1 X 16 X 12 or X 0OA Page Length Cylinder Count See the IMPORTANT Variable X 000000 Number of Heads Xxx X00 Write Precompensation Starting Cylinder X 000000 X 000000 Reduced Write Current Starting Cylinder X 000000 X 000000 Drive Step Rate X 0000 X 0000 Landing Zone Cylinder X 000000 X 000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 Rotational Synchronization Offset X 00 X 00 X 00 Reserved Rotational Speed Default X 2729 or X 3A98 Variable X 0000 10 025 rpm or 22 23 X 0000 Reserved 15 000 rpm Default Variable Default Variable Default Variable Default Variable Default Variable Default Variable Oo Oo j Default Variable Ke C141 C008 4 43 Command Specifications 4 44 IMPORTANT When transfer of this page is requested by the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command the IDD reports X 16 as the page length However in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands if either X 16 X 12 or X 0A is specified it is treated as if the IDD has specified the correct page length The X 12 and X 0A page lengths have been included in consideration of compatibility with previous
81. Table 1 8 lists signal assignments on the connector Table 1 8 FC SCA connector CN1 a6 ivepesens ND SC dSC To reco Poin o sma O o os s o o w Ce wma s o e Cn oeoa s O o r e ov emco so o o s o a w oe Signal names in the right column of the table are those in parallel ESI operation 1 16 C141 C008 1 3 Physical Requirements Electrical Requirements 1 3 2 Signal function in SFF8045 mode 1 12V charge 5V charge These signals are used to precharge of the internal circuits to avoid excessive surge current while hot plugging is being operated Before power voltage pins 12V and 5V make contact these precharge pins mate early Precharge control circuits are external to the drive The voltage provided to the precharge signals are defined in Table 1 9 Table 1 9 Charge supply to the drive Charge Signal Range of power supply Max Surge to the Max Continuous after charge complete drive required the drive 2 Fault LED out The drive starts and this signal lights when it detects internal failure 1 Fault LED is turned on when asserting Enable Bypass signals for both ports 2 Fault LED is turned on when the internal failure is detected a When losing synchronization on both ports b When detecting hardware error in the HDC chip 3 Fault LED is turned on when the host issues the corresponding command Note The Fault LED will not be turned on if only one port loses sync
82. Table 4 75 Table 4 76 Table 4 77 Table 4 78 Table 4 79 Table 4 80 Table 4 81 Table 4 82 Table 4 83 Table 4 84 Table 4 85 Read errors recovered without delays page 03 code 0000 4 102 Read errors recovered with possible delays page 03 code O001 is c ceed tte nie e e 4 103 Total read errors posted page 03 code 0002 eee eeeeceeteeeeeees 4 103 Total recoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0003 iosair enna eis 4 104 Total read bytes processed page 03 code 0005 n se 4 104 Total unrecoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 Code O006 ues eeceseceseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeseeeaeenaees 4 105 Verify error count page X 05 0 esesssecsseceseeeseeessecssecsseeesaeenaees 4 105 Verify errors recovered without delays page 05 code 0000 sca eet Rie ahaha ane 4 106 Vefiry errors recovered with possible delays page 05 Code QUOT irrena ene ne Ae Oe taR EE EEN RENS 4 106 Total verify errors posted page 05 code 0002 4 107 Total recoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 CODE OOS nerea ne e aE ei eet E O testes odes 4 107 Total verify bytes processed page 05 code 0005 eee eee 4 108 Total unrecoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 c de 0006 cnnenr cini aii a 4 108 Non medium error count page X 06 eeeeeeeeeeeeseereeeereererrese 4 109 Temperature page X 0D 0 eee eseeeseeseecsseeeseeeneeceaecsaecaeenaeeenaees 4 109 Temperature page OD cod
83. The CDB which was issued e The receiving status or when the status was that the command could not be received the code showing the type of error detected by the INIT and its content e All bytes reported by the IDD 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing This section explains concerning error recovery processing methods and procedures executed by the IDD for each type of disk drive related error The INIT can control the error recovery processing methods executed by the IDD using the MODE SELECT parameters 5 3 1 Error states and retry processing procedures 1 Seek error 5 24 Mechanical malfunctions of the disk drive during a seek operation and failure of serial addresses detected during verification of the ID area to match are included in this error When a seek error occurs the IDD first executes rezero seek then tries repositioning at the target cylinder and restarts the original processing If the error is not recovered from retry processing rezero seek and repositioning is performed up to the number of times specified in Number of Retries during Seek Error in the MODE SELECT parameters C141 C008 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing If the error cannot be recovered from even when retry processing is executed the specified number of times the IDD terminates the command which is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is HARDWARE ERROR 4 a
84. The drive with new microcode does not respond to operations after being rebooted In such cases the host probably detects the timeouts of operations For the same reasons any operation from another port during that time is not recommended 6 Mode 0 1 1 0 Microcode Download with offsets without saving C141 C008 In this mode the INIT may split the transfer of the controller s microcode or control information over two or more WRITE BUFFER commands If the last WRITE BUFFER command of a set of one or more commands completes successfully the microcode or control information shall be transferred to the control memory space of the IDD Since the download microcode or control information may be sent using several commands when the IDD detects the last download microcode with offsets the IDD shall perform the verification of the complete set of downloaded microcode or control information prior to returning GOOD status for the last command After the last command completes successfully the IDD generates a unit attention condition for all INITs except the one that issued the set of WRITE BUFFER commands When reporting the unit attention condition the IDD sets the additional sense code to MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field The microcode or control information is written to the logical unit buffer starting at the location specified by the BUFFER Address field If the IDD is unable to accept t
85. VERIFY command and write test in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command When the page length in Page 1 is specified as X 06 the value specified in this field is not transferred from the INIT but in this case the value specified in the Number of retries during READ on the same page is also applied to this field by the IDD Recovery time limit not supported This parameter specifies the maximum time that can be used by the TARG for error recovery processing as a Ims constant The value specified in this parameter is the maximum permissible time for error recovery processing for each individual command When both this parameter and the Number of retries parameter are specified the parameter which specifies the shortest time must be given priority in application If less than 5000ms is specified the IDD performs rounding processing and sets 5000ms 4 29 Command Specifications Table 4 15 Combination of error recovery flags 1 4 EER PER DTE DCR Error Recovery Procedure Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter If possible data correction is executed afterward according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued The contents of recovered errors are not reported If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in bl
86. XX xX FF FF a RETER orto UOO A W N FF 1 7 Extended Link Service Figure 1 23 Payload field of the PLOGI_ACC frame 1 LS_Command code PL W00 B0 2 3 03h Indicates PLOGI 02h Indicates PLOGI_ACC N_Port Name PL W05 06 N_port Common Service Parameters PL W01 04 For details refer to 1 7 1 2 Common Service Parameter N_Port Name is used to specify two or more ports which a device has In PLOGI the N_Port Name of the initiator is entered and the drive saves the N_Port Name of the initiator In PLOGI_ACC the N_Port Name of the drive is entered For details refer to 1 7 1 1 Port Node Name Format 1 41 Fibre Channel Interface 4 Node Name PL W07 08 Node Name is used to specify a device In PLOGI the N_Port Name of the initiator is entered and the drive saves the N_Port Name of the initiator In PLOGI_ACC the Node Name of the drive is entered For details refer to 1 7 1 1 Port Node Name Format 1 42 C141 C008 C141 C008 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 Extended Link Service Name Address Authority NAA bit63 60 0x5 Denotes the format of IEFE Registered Company_ID bit59 36 0x00000E Value registered in IEEE denoting the company which has supplied the device Product ID bit35 32 The value is used either 0x0 Factory ID bit31 28 The value is used either h 0x0 or 0x1 Vendor Specified Identifier bit27 4 Unique value assigned to each devic
87. a MESSAGE REJECT message and executed as an untagged command 0 The IDD permits tagged queuing processing When using the fibre channel 1 cannot be specified in this field since OX ID is appended When 1 is specified in this field Clock Condition status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in Parameter List 26 00 is reported f QErr queue error management This field controls processing of commands queued after a sense hold state is canceled when the IDD is in the sense hold state Table 4 24 QErr The IDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared continues executing the commands which are queued by normal methods The IDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared clears the commands which are queued At this time the IDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition UNIT ATTENTION 6 Command Cleared by Another Initiator 2F 00 for each of the INITs that issued the commands which were cleared Reserved The IDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared clears the commands which are queued by abnormal terminated INIT The IDD is not supported 11b specified in this field If 11b or 10b is specified in this field the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in list 26 00 Specifying 01b alone i
88. alert messages follow Overview of Manual C141 C008 This manual consists of the following six chapters glossary abbreviation and index Chapter 1 Fibre Channel Interface This chapter describes the topology physical and electrical requirements interface protocol and other operations of the Fibre channel FC interface which connects the MAT3073FC MAT3147FC MAT3300FC MAU3036FC MAU3073FC MAU3147FC Chapter 2 Command Processing This chapter describes the basic logical specifications related to Fibre channel processing Chapter 3 Data Buffer Management This chapter describes the data buffer configuration data transfer processing functions and cache operations Chapter 4 Command Specifications This chapter describes detailed command specifications and how to use them Preface ii Chapter 5 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods This chapter describes the configuration and contents of sense data which report to the host system when an error occurs etc key information necessary for error recovery recommended procedures for error recovery to be executed through host system software and retry processing Chapter 6 Disk Media Management This chapter describes the procedure for initializing the disk media methods of treating media defects and data recovery methods Glossary The glossary explains technical terms which are necessary to the reader s understanding when reading this manual Acronyms and
89. and each element persistent reservation that may be held The Reservation descriptor shall contain the RESERVATION KEY under which the persistent reservation is held The Type and Scope of the persistent reservation as present in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that created the persistent reservation shall be returned If the Scope is an Element reservation the Scope specific Address field shall contain the element address zero filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field If the Scope is a Logical Unit reservation the Scope specific Address field shall be set to zero 4 122 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands e Persistent reservations scope The value in the Scope field shall indicate whether a persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit or to an element The values in the Scope field are defined in Table 4 86 Table 4 86 Persistent reservations scope Logical Unit Persistent reservation applies to the full logical unit Reserved Reserved Element Persistent reservation applies to the specified element Reserved Reserved a Logical unit scope A Scope field value of LU shall indicate that the persistent reservation applies to the entire logical unit The Logical Unit scope shall be implemented by all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT b Element scope not supported A Scope field value of Element shall indicate that the persistent reservation applies to t
90. are listed in Table 4 42 Table 4 42 Page Code assignment for the log pages Supported Log Pages Ignored Buffer Overrun Underrun Page Supported Write Error Counter Page Supported Read Error Counter Page Supported Verify Error Counter Page Supported Non medium Error Page Should be zero Temperature Page Supported Start stop Cycle Counter Page Supported Application Client Log Page Supported Self Test Result Log Page Supported SMART Status Page Ignored SMART Data Page Ignored C141 C008 The Parameter Pointer field allows the application client to request parameter data beginning from s specific parameter code to the maximum allocation length or the maximum parameter code supported by the target whichever is less If the value of the Parameter Pointer field is larger than the largest available parameter code known to the device server for the specified page the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Parameter List Length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of log parameter which can be transferred to the INIT by this command The IDD transfers the number of bytes of all log parameters specified in the Page Code field or the portion of log parameters with the length specified in the Parameter List Length field whichever is smaller When zero is specified in the Parameter List Length field this command is terminated wi
91. as data which are the object of caching that data block ceases to be an object of caching WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY If any of the following commands is issued all the data which are objects of caching are disabled LOG SELECT MODE SELECT MODE SENSE READ BUFFER READ DEFECT DATA READ LONG RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS SEND DIAGNOSTIC START STOP UNIT WRITE LONG FORMAT UNIT LOG SENSE MODE SELECT EXTENDED MODE SENSE EXTENDED READ CAPACITY READ DEFECT DATA 12 REASSIGN BLOCKS RELEASE EXTENDED Data Buffer Management RESERVE EXTENDED WRITE BUFFER WRITE SAME c Ifthe data buffer where data which are objects of caching are stored is used by any of the following commands the data existing in that data buffer which are objects of caching are disabled READ READ EXTENDED WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY VERIFY d If any of the following events occurs all the data which are objects of caching are disabled Receiving LIP y x Receiving TARGET RESET FCP TASK MANAGEMENT Receiving ABORT TASK SET FCP TASK MANAGEMENT Receiving CLEAR TASK SET FCP TASK MANAGEMENT Automatic alternate processing is executed Receiving TPRLO Receiving ABTS Link service Read Write is aborted in something causes 3 2 2 Caching parameters The IDD s
92. bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value X FFFF Minimum pre fetch not supported This parameter specifies the minimum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this field Maximum pre fetch not supported This parameter specifies the maximum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command The IDD varies the pre fetch volume according to the volume of data requested by the READ command or READ EXTENDED command The value reported to the MODE SENSE command always indicates the number of blocks corresponding to 1 cache segment 1 This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this field C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Maximum pre fetch control block count not supported This parameter specifies the maximum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command In the IDD the maximum pre fetch quantity cannot be limited This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this field DRA disable read ahead not support This bit specifies whether or not activate the read ahead operation This bit cannot b
93. block locations on the disk media can be expected Specify 0 in the FmtData bit and in the CmpLst bit and 000 in the Defect List Format field In this case specification of the format parameters is not necessary In this FORMAT UNIT command the disk media is initialized using only the P List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the previously existing G List is erased and defect position information for the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is recorded in a new G List C141 C008 6 3 Data Block Verification Methods Recommended 6 3 Data Block Verification Methods Recommended The recommended procedure for verifying from the INIT the normalcy of logical data blocks located on the disk media is as shown below It is desirable for the INIT to verify the data blocks after initialization of the disk media is completed or when executing alternate block allocation processing by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command IMPORTANT The INIT must not recognize the defective data blocks included in the P List as normal data blocks in the verification operation After the INIT has written a specific data pattern for logical data blocks which is the object of verification using the procedure described below it next reads those data or verifies the data blocks by executing Verify 1
94. block allocation processing during write operation 2 servo auto alternate 5 28 automatic read reallocation enable 4 26 automatic write reallocation enabled 4 26 AW RE voran a cae hed doves 4 26 B BA ACOs ourora a 1 36 BAS RID annonce ETEA T 1 37 DaSIGsACCEP tis s ssdvsselazeeestss seek ibsgdtelucladeevese 1 36 basic link service 0 ee eeeceecceeseteeeeeeeeeeees 1 33 BASIC LINK SERVICE c cc eeeeeeeees 1 12 basic link service specification 1 33 basic reject aoi een eels 1 37 IN 1 BC i ata eee seated Ae nd eke 1 4 Bit Osean a elated eee 2 6 Dit Terapi obet o e aa te tethers 2 5 DIC A AE EE 2 5 Bit Jra e natin dil had Sis 2 5 Dit AEE EEE 2 5 Bit Soenen aeee E A EE 2 5 PIO ia a a eck eee E 2 5 Bit Toore a e a ans 2 5 block descriptor eee 4 22 4 76 6 4 block descriptor length 4 22 4 76 buffer data mode 000 001 4 188 buffer data mode 0000 0001 4 194 buffer descriptor eee eee ceeeeeeeeeeeees 4 196 buffer empty ratio 3 7 4 35 buffer full ratio 00 eee eee 3 6 4 35 buffer overrun underrun page XOT waste dwn e wes 4 97 buffer to buffer frame transfer 1 5 burst size during initial connection 4 37 bus inactivity limit 4 36 BUSY statsion enni 2 7 byte 2 neh wie E aT R 4 22 4 93 byte 6o LO ae sehen eee 4 44 byte distance from index format defect descriptor 0 eee eeeeseeeeee 4 15
95. connections between the INIT and IDD 2 12 C141 C008 2 3 Outline of Command Processing If connections are not established operation is as follows PLOGIT is not implemented The IDD responds with the LOGO Extended Link Service frame If PLOGI is already implemented PRLI is not implemented The IDD responds with the PRLO Extended Link Service frame PRLI is implemented without implementing PLOGI This combination should not exist Furthermore this IDD supports connections with a maximum of 32 INITs without relation to the port As for PLOGI of the 33th and subsequent INITs the LS_RJT frame is sent as a response and notification to the effect that there are no internal resources for establishing connections is sent 3 Loop initialization after establishing connections with the INIT and subsequent processing After connections between the INIT and IDD are established if loop initialization occurs for any reason SCSI commands which were being executed when loop initialization was carried out are aborted however if a command from a different port was being executed it is not aborted After loop initialization is terminated the IDD waits for approximately 2 seconds for connections with the INIT to be reestablished This period of time is for the purpose of confirming any changes that may have occurred to previously held ALPAs due to loop initialization Furthermore if this time is exceeded the IDD carries o
96. data pase COE Ai Stik r ennnen i ei ea e e cata cote Seat 4 182 Table 4 119 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data logical physical address CONVELSION sscsseceseeeseeenseceneeeeeenees 4 183 xxi Contents xxii Table 4 120 Address Tonma EA A e AREA 4 184 Tabl e 4 121 ESL pagecoden asierea Ee E TA EE 4 184 Table 4 122 ESI page format sn niiecrnnennssiiienni i a aeia 4 185 Table 4 123 Short enclosure Status ccccccccessccessscecesessececesseececeseeaeeeeeeseaaees 4 185 Table 4 124 WRITE BUFFER transfer mode ec cc eececcccesesreeceseeeceeeseeeeeees 4 187 Table 4 125 WRITE BUFFER command buffer data mode 0005 OL eisccsleccsetesessteesd i ian ection aaa eiea 4 188 Table 4 126 READ BUFFER transfer mOde ccccccecesscecesseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 193 Table 4 127 READ BUFFER command buffer data mode 0000 000I a cise e n TE E EEE EE EA 4 194 Table 4 128 READ BUFFER command buffer descriptor seeeeeseeeeeeeeee 4 196 Table 4 129 READ BUFFER command echo buffer descriptor 0 0 4 197 Table 5 1 Expanded sense data format eee eeeseeseeeseeceeeeeeeseecaeesecnaeensaees 5 2 Table 5 2 Sense key inherent information 0 0 0 ee eeseceseeneceeceseecneeenseceaeenaeens 5 5 Table 5 3 Sense Keyesin a a e a ees scare aca aN ea 5 6 Table 5 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier ence A T a ee ME EE A POURS 5 7 Table 5 5 Sense data error classification
97. does not preclude the device server from using positive or negative head offset during error recovery However after any error recovery is completed the device server returns the head offset to the value specified in this field The IDD is not supported this field Therefore the IDD ignores the specified value in this field 4 28 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Data strobe offset count not supported This field specifies in two s complement notation an incremental position to where the recovered data strobe is adjusted from its nominal setting Any value specified in this field does not preclude the device server from using positive or negative data strobe offset during error recovery However after any error recovery is completed the device server returns the data strobe offset to the value specified in this field The IDD is not supported this field Therefore the IDD ignores the specified value in this field Number of retries during write This field specifies the maximum number of times writing of data to the disk media is retried in the case that there has been an interruption in a write operation such as a shock The number of retries specified in this field is applied to each logical block unit When zero is specified in this field retrying of writing to the disk is prohibited The value specified in this field is applicable to the WRITE command WRITE EXTENDED command write operation in the WRITE AND
98. does not support the APTPL bit value of one receives that value ina REGISTER or a REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action the device server shall return a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is zero the loss of power in the target shall release the persistent reservation for all logical units and remove all reservation keys If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is one the logical unit shall retain any persistent reservation s that may be present and all reservation keys for all initiators even if power is lost and later returned Table 4 6 summarizes which fields are set by the application client and interpreted by the device server for each service action and scope value The APTPL bit PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter is not summarized in table 4 6 since it is specified above C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 90 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action and valid parameters Service Allowed ne Action Scope YP Reservation A ai Service Action Scope Key Specific Address Register And ignored ignored ignored valid ignored Ignore Existing Key Reserve Logical Unit valid valid ignored ignored Element valid ignored valid Element Release Logical Unit valid valid ignored ignored a ae ae valid a iClear ignored e ignored valid ignored e ignored o Pr
99. during write 4 29 O Operation code essseeeeeeeeeeereeres 2 3 4 3 operation in incomplete if formatting isisisi iera i 2 24 operation MOE eee eeeeeeeeereeereeeneee 4 14 operation mode Setting s 3 5 Ordered Set scviseesstagiaissvvesseeetocdeveeants 1 6 1 32 ordered set specification cess 1 32 ORIGINATOR CMR 4 67 other internal IDD error eee 5 26 outline of command processing 2 8 outline of disk drive error recovery PLOCESSING 0 2 0 ey cease eee testes 2 25 output characteristics of parallel BSI nhan na pa a a 1 23 IN 7 Index overlapping command cece eeeeee 2 21 P P listens 4 149 4 164 6 1 page code cece 4 3 4 23 4 92 4 95 4 173 4 181 page Code OA ee eese taet 4 53 page code 0C ah sweecaisteedineeneeses 4 57 page codes Toiora nie aces 4 25 Pagse COdE IIren eee iinitan 4 63 page c d ICa ets 4 59 pase code 2 inina enia 4 34 pag code S 21 wes eae eels 4 67 page code Jaa gein a 4 38 page code SAirr aee Geis 4 43 pase codes 7 sscsteseeyecssdecctscseevscosntesnest 4 45 page code 8o eci tenar iis ineei 4 47 page code list 4 12 4 174 4 182 Page control nesen inasnan 4 91 page descriptor eee 4 23 4 77 4 92 page length eee 4 23 4 77 4 92 page notehe2t 2 Aas sitels Gas tel sidte dey 4 59 page parameter ee 4 174 4 181 page parameter length 4 174 4 181 parallel EST 00 ee tenari 1 23 parallel ESI ce
100. ea eds eile 4 49 disconnect immediate ee eeeeeeeeeee 4 37 disconnect time limit eee 4 36 disconnect reconnect parameter 4 34 disconnecting from transfer destination device s 2 12 CISCONTINUILY iseset eieiei 4 49 discover address 1 59 discovery flow chart s es 1 101 IN 3 Index disk drive error and number of retry 5 29 disk drive error recovery processing 5 24 disk media initialization eee eects 6 4 disk media management eee eee 6 1 DIEM tinue fale ind Rati a 4 65 Dim es nanona bite eit erie 4 37 DPOPUA Dit i ccseistecteistectetsslects ialeeetoete 4 76 DPRY tai oie ie dts eae aes 4 152 DQG ess ree tiie Se 4 55 DRA fate ithe ie a i a 4 51 drive operation on lOOP ee eeeeeseeeeeees 1 24 drive parameter 4 43 6 4 Ari Ve Present 2 veel eeiee eevee 1 23 DS sient stdin lessees teens 4 93 DSK RD edene eaei Re 1 23 DSK WR atenian s 1 23 DIDO hrtane eneen i 4 36 Dl Esmerin pne 4 27 DUIPE aise iit in acca tbe 4 64 DPOL EEEE selects eleestecde 4 64 DU sekunnin geen 4 93 dual lOOp esses tates erence 1 118 E each parameter of page 3 4 and C IM DE taall ss aeiio eat 4 42 EAERP ccinin hea ties Ae eas 4 56 EBE verei oane aire 4 60 echo buffer 4 192 4 196 echo buffer descriptor cee cesses 4 197 PER E N EAE tec atee dy ance eee 4 27 EIE dISCOVELY siveciesictsteeeeess cides iiien 1 104 EIE operatio ririri senera 1 106 EIE oper
101. event notification capability Asynchronous condition notify function 0 TrmlIOP Terminate I O process TERMINATE I O PROCESS message 0 C141 C008 4 7 Command Specifications Byte 6 DualP Dual port Dual port function Port Connection port 0 connect to port A 1 connect to port B ACKBREQB ACKB REQB 0 1 Use the ACKB and REQB signals with the B cable or the Q cable Addr32 Wide SCSI address 32 32 bit SCSI addressing Addr16 Wide SCSI address 16 16 bit SCSI addressing Byte 7 RelAdr Relative addressing Relative logical block addressing WBus32 32 bit wide data transfer Data transfer on a 4 byte bus WBus16 16 bit wide data transfer Data transfer on a 2 byte bus Sync Scychronous data transfer Data transfer in the synchronous mode Linked Linked command Command link function TTD Target transfer disable Target transfer disable message CmdQue Command queuing Tagged command queuing feature SftRe Soft Reset Soft reset condition h Vendor ID field 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 This field indicates the name of the product s supplier in left justified ASCII code and always indicates FUJITSU The unused right end is space for the ASCII code i Product ID field The product s model name is displayed in left justified ASCII code in this field 4 8 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands j Product Revision field The
102. executed for the first defective data block to be detected during execution of a command but if a second defective data block is detected the command that is being executed at that point is terminated with an error However by the INIT s reissuing the same command auto alternate block allocation is applied sequentially and error recovery can be attempted Remark 1 When this function is specified ARRE 1 the EER flag s specification in the MODE SELECT parameter is made invalid and Read retry processing is performed up to the number of times specified in the Number of Retries during Read parameter If 0 is specified in the DCR flag correction processing of the data is performed afterward see Section 5 3 1 3 When 1 is specified in the DCR flag ECC correction processing is prohibited so even if 1 is specified in the ARRE flag auto alternate block allocation processing will not be executed for errors in the data area C141 C008 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing 2 When errors in the data area are recovered from by ECC correction processing before implementing alternate block allocation processing rewriting of the recovered data and a verify check rereading are performed If data are recovered by rewriting alternate block allocation of that data block is not performed 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a write operation 1 C141 C008 This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the
103. field this command is terminated without anything being transferred Table 4 36 lists the data configuration in the parameter list MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command The parameter list consists of a 4 byte header an 8 byte block descriptor and one or more page descriptors specified in the CDB which are transferred in order However when 1 is specified in the DBD bit of the CDB the block descriptor is not transferred Also when X 00 is specified in the Page code field of the CDB the page descriptor is not transferred C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 36 MODE SENSE command group 0 parameter configuration Header oo Sense Data Length X 00 Media Type tp X00 MtecinType 2 gt we oo povaj o o o o 3 X00 X08 Block Descriptor Lengthy X 00 or X 08 Block Descriptor Length Block Descriptor oo Data Block Count MSB E a S e Page Descriptor pe 7 Let si sfetile Po pepe rece Page za Page Length Header C141 C008 4 75 Command Specifications 1 Header Sense data length This field indicates the length number of bytes of the parameter list MODE SENSE data which it is possible to transfer to the INIT by this command The length of the Sense data length field itself is not included in this value Also a value for a portion of data with a length that is supported by the IDD is reported in this field for a p
104. field and sets the optimum cylinder skew value in the specified data block length See Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual for details about cylinder skew This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in active notch of Page C If it is 0 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 d Parameters related to device type byte 20 SSEC soft sectoring When this bit is 1 it indicates that the data formatting method on the disk media is soft sectoring However since the IDD uses only the hard sectoring method refer to previously shown item b this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter HSEC hard sectoring When this bit is 1 it indicates that the data formatting method on the disk media is hard sectoring However since the IDD uses only the hard sectoring method this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter RMB removable medium When this bit is 1 it indicates that the storage media of the disk drive can be replaced When this bit is 0 it indicates that the storage media is fixed However since the IDD has a fixed media this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter C141 C008 4 4 Command Specifications SURF surface addressing When this bit is 1 it indicates that after logical data block address allocation is performed over all the sectors in order on the
105. function is specified this command releases the reserve state only when the INIT that issued this command is the same as the INIT that used the RESERVE command in the past to specify the third party reserve function which caused the IDD to be reserved for the FC device third party device specified in the 3rd Pty Dev ID field in CDB byte 1 of this command C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 13 RELEASE EXTENDED 57 Same as RELEASE command 4 1 14 REQUEST SENSE 03 This command transfers sense data to the INIT This command is executed in any state other than a CDB specification error The IDD s sense data has a length of 48 bytes The IDD generates sense data in any of the following cases and holds the sense data for the INIT which issued that command 1 When the command that is currently being executed terminates with the CHECK CONDITION status C141 C008 4 87 Command Specifications 4 88 2 When the command which the IDD is currently executing terminates abnormally due to the occurrence of an irrecoverable error at the FC interface 3 When an irrecoverable error occurs in a write command that is currently being executed after the Good status was reported by the WCE bit specification deferred error 4 When a failure state occurs INITIAL SEEK failure SA READ failure etc 5 When a command terminates with the CHECK CONDITION status due to a Unit Attention being reported Sense data ar
106. has not completed If either of these conditions is not true then the 4 176 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands The Self Test executes the following test segments in ascending order by number Buffer RAM test Flash ROM test Pre SMART test Low Level Format test Random seek test Sequential seek test Data compare test Random read test BO OD IT CONG Ns epee O EO aS Sequential read test 10 SMART test 4 ESI page When it is connected to SFF 8067 Enclosure via the SCA connector it is possible that an ESI page code is sent out by using this command It is finished with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUIST 5 Unsupported Enclosure Function 35 01 when this command is issued when it is connected to SFF 8045 Enclosure The page code which can be specified with this command is limited to the following page It is finished with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUIST 5 Invalid Field in Parameter List 26 00 when a page code except for the following is specified and when a page parameter head inside the number of transfers of CDB and the parameter page header is inconsistent Attention As for the page code 0x09 OxOF it is issued as an ESI command in Enclosure then it is issued though it is RESERVE in standard Data transmission is possible if Enclosure copes with it If Enclosure copes with it in the same way as for 0x80 Ox8F as well data transmission is possible Refer to those
107. i ene iiS 1 65 Link service reject LS_RJT sseseesssssssesssssssssssesssesserersressessesssee 1 67 Fabric login FLOGD ccesesesssscesnssonssceeneccesnsecnscceseneeceensecnscees 1 69 Fabric login FLOGL ACC o cc sciteccccsucesaebesteesenstclesettboceeetbneseenests 1 70 IRNC IRNC ACC 5 ci shite scecutinr tenner esheets 1 71 BAN a Aachen tect ste iol ge te Aa alta ela tea eats 1 74 Extended link service loop initialization 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeee 1 75 Loop initialization select master LISM cc cccsscceeseeeeseeceeeeeeees 1 77 Assign AL_PA frame LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA oe 1 78 Position map information LIRP LILP ce eeeeeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeees 1 79 Header field of the FCP CMND 00 eee eeeeeeeeseeereeeneeensecnsecnaeenaaees 1 80 Control field PCP CNT ES irinen ei erinin a oe aee ERE SEN 1 82 Command descriptor block ssseeeseseeseseseeeseeressereressesrreserrisseesresrese 1 85 Header field of the FCP XFER RDY eeeeeeererrerereersrrrerreeee 1 87 Header field of the FCP DATA eeesesssereereereerrsressrrsresresreeresressee 1 89 Header field of the FCP RSP ee eeeeeceeseeeneeeeecneeenaecnaeceseeenaees 1 92 BCP status 200 ishs Sahai eis eas as eae lan ete ih 1 94 FCP response information 0 0 0 eeeeeeseeseeeseeeeeeeaeeeseecaeceaeeeneeenaees 1 95 FCP sense information 0 0 0 eintitis idee 1 96 Enclosure service data transfer protocol 0 cee eeeesseeeeeeeneeenees 1 100 Discovery flow Cha
108. in Table 4 38 4 90 C141 C008 Header Log Paramete C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 38 PC page control Current threshold values Current cumulative values Default threshold values Default cumulative values The PC bits are ignored by the drive The drive assumes that current cumulative parameters are selected The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the parameter list that is located in the Data Out Buffer If a parameter list length results in the truncation of any log parameter the device server terminates this command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 A Parameter List Length of zero indicates that no pages shall be transferred This condition shall not be considered an error IMPORTANT The IDD does not support that the application client should send pages in ascending order by page code value if the Data Out Buffer contains multiple pages Table 4 39 LOG SELECT command parameter configuration ce a Reserved Page Length MSB Page Length LSB Log Parameter First d Length x Ea Log Parameter Last Length y EE l 4 91 Command Specifications a Page code This field identifies which log page is being transferred The log pages that can be transferred by this command are shown in Table 4 40 Table 4 40 Page code Buffer Overrun Underrun
109. in the CDB as the top then reads those data and performs a Verify check The functions of this command related to write operations are the same as those of the WRITE EXTENDED command Section 4 2 4 with the exception that the write cache function and automatic alternate block allocation function cannot be applied When zero is specified in the Transfer block count this command is terminated normally without performing seek or pre fetch The specification in bit 4 of CDB byte 1 is disabled in the IDD and the specified value is disregarded The VERIFY check executed by this command is the only the ECC data portion normalcy check Error recovery processing during execution of the VERIFY check conforms to the mode specified by the MODE SELECT parameter Verify error recovery parameter For example when data correction processing is not prohibited if a correctable data check is detected during the VERIFY check the VERIFY check is regarded as having terminated successfully When 1 is set in bit 1 BytChk bit of CDB byte 1 the IDD reads data blocks from the disk and compares the data with the write data transferred from the INIT after terminating the write operation This IDD does not support that function however so it performs the operation executed when 0 is set in bit 1 BytChk bit of CDB byte 1 C141 C008 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 6 VERIFY 2F pe eee ale e at a aoa Logical Block Address MSB Logic
110. is a 4 byte binary number The value indicates how many start stop cycles the device has detected since its date of manufacture For rotating magnetic storage device a single start stop cycle is defined as an operational cycle that begins with the disk spindle at rest continues while the disk accelerates to its normal operational rotational rate continues during the entire period the disk is rotating continues as the disk decelerates toward a resting state and ends when the disk is no longer rotating The count is incremented by one for each complete start stop cycle No comparison with the value of parameter 0003h shall be performed by the device server C141 C008 4 113 Command Specifications 9 Application client page X 0F Table 4 75 Application client page X 0F poe Ee KO REE Page Lena SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e General usage application client parameter data page OF code 0000 003F Table 4 76 General usage application client parameter data page OF code 0000 003F X 0000 X 003F Parameter code Application Client Parameter 1 1 1 X FC Parameter Length General Usage Parameter Bytes The values stored in the General usage parameter bytes represent data sent to the device server in a previous LOG SELECT command If a previous LOG SELECT command has not occurred the data is zero
111. mode parameters 4 53 Table 423 PS a oaae a E ee ER eae adsense et 4 54 Fable 424 QEM e R EEA E E E E E E E N S 4 55 Table 4 25 MODE SELECT parameters notch parameters 4 57 Table 4 26 MODE SELECT parameters informational exception 0 1n KOI li Pave cs EA A ee ae ee 4 59 Table 4 27 MRIE sc ctecot sii netted ely a aiai aei 4 61 Pablei4 28 Interval tamer sucrier enrete tele eE eE ieee EAE delete lee E EEEE 4 62 Table 4 29 MODE SELECT parameters fibre channel control PATAMELEIS oiae sare Tere ee ele eee ae ee ES 4 63 Table 4 30 RR TOV UNITS csic iieet te cent eee ceeded aii aii 4 66 Table4 3T CONTROL MCM amieta eei eean e soca aiea a t aane i 4 66 Table4 32 MODE SELECT parameters additional error recovery parameters emin r a N EA se E a NS 4 67 Table 4 33 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command group 2 parameter configuration eseeseeseeseesessresresrtsserressessresserresserresesesreees 4 70 Table 4 34 Mode pages Iau inne a silos es e E een eutils 4 72 Table 4 35 MODE SENSE data type specifications eeeeceseceseeeeeeeeeeeees 4 73 Table 4 36 MODE SENSE command group 0 parameter CONNSUTALION 2s gales et i esti ae dies 4 75 Table 4 37 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command group 2 Parameter configuration ee ee eee ese ceseeereeeeeceeceseeesaecaecaeceaaeenaees 4 79 Table 4 38 PE Mage control merienenn eaii iiae iis 4 91 Table 4 39 LOG SELECT command parameter configuration 0 cece 4 91 Fable 4 40
112. not ready The logical unit specified by the command is in a state where it cannot be accessed Logical unit not ready Logical unit not ready format in progress The logical unit specified by the command is currently being formatted so access is impossible Peripheral device write fault Write error recommend reassignament Unrecoverred write error Unrecovered read error Sync byte not found for data field No record found These errors were detected during accessing of the disk media but they were errors which could not be recovered from through the IDD s retry processing Positioning error This is an error of the disk drive s seek system xk C141 C008 SA information error SA information error not found The information recorded in SA on the disk media cannot be read correctly K Sense Key C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier L Logging Necessary shown in Section 5 2 3 Except within the time required for the disk drive to reach the ready state approx 20 seconds after the power has been switched on or after a start instruction has been executed by the START STOP UNIT command 5 17 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 5 5 Sense data error classification Outline of Error Medium form at corrupted FORMAT command failed The data format on the disk media is not correct The data format on the disk media is not correct Peripheral device write fault This is a
113. of the last error that was successfully recovered from and the address of the data block where that error occurred 4 30 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 15 Combinations of error recovery flags 2 4 Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter Data correction is not executed according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands When recovery from all detected errors has been successful a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after all processing of the command is completed and the sense data indicate the content of the last error that was successfully recovered from and the address of the data block where that error occurred Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter If possible data correction is executed afterward according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded or even when recovery is impossible execution of the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status at the poi
114. parameter list MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command Compared to the 4 byte header in the case of a Group 0 MODE SENSE command an 8 byte header is transferred in this command The meanings of each field and bit in the header are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command except that the byte positions differ Also the contents of the other parameters block descriptor and page descriptors are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command 4 78 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 37 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command group 2 parameter configuration Header ES ER EZEARSERESEVES ES Gp 7 Sense Data Length MSB Sense Data Length LSB X 00 Media Type a we ee poy o o o o E E E Block Descriptor e ED EA2a REE EES eS O a e a SES E E E B Page Descriptor e eee eaa e Po fs o Peete EE Page Length C141 C008 4 79 Command Specifications 4 1 8 REZERO UNIT 01 This command moves the read write heads of the disk drive to the initial position physical cylinder 0 physical track 0 A data block with the physical block address of zero exists at the initial position Initialization of the disk drive s positioning control system and automatic adjustment are also performed by this command 4 1 9 START STOP UNIT 1B 4 80 This command controls starting and stopping of the disk drive s spindle motor Control of the spindle motor is pe
115. pescant a e E N E Ea 4 12 Table 4 8 VPD information VPD identifier list 0sseeneeeeeeeeeeereeeeresereereeee 4 12 Table 4 9 VPD information device serial NO esc eeeeeseeseeeneeenseenseeeseeenaee 4 13 Table 4 10 VPD information operation Mode eee eeseeseeereeensecnseeeseeeneee 4 14 Table 4 11 READ CAPACITY data 0 ipee i i E A AE 4 16 Table 4 12 MODE SELECT command Group 0 parameter COMPIOUTALION ipei enee t eeeilestideestshaceetehtteetscelase EEEE EE 4 21 Table 4 13 MODE SELECT parameters eeeeeeseeeseseereeeereseseerersresresresserreees 4 24 Table 4 14 MODE SELECT parameters read write error recovery PALAMCLEIS ireira neea aR EEEE E TEDE A a E RE 4 25 Table 4 15 Combination of error recovery flags ese eeseeseeeseeenseseneeeneeenees 4 30 Table 4 16 MODE SELECT parameters disconnect reconnect parameters r e en E rar E de besevel de craves so EEN EEEE EEE E EEVT 4 34 Table 4 17 MODE SELECT parameters format parameters 0 0 0 0 eee 4 38 Table 4 18 MODE SELECT parameters each parameters of pages 3 4 and C in detail oo ee eeeeeeseeeneeeneeceecnaeseseeenaeenaees 4 42 Table 4 19 MODE SELECT parameters drive parameters cece 4 43 C141 C008 Contents Table 4 20 MODE SELECT parameters verify error recovery par Meters ics seed EKE TE eE REE ETE PEKEE EERTE E N SES ORTE 4 45 Table 4 21 MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters 0 cece 4 47 Table 4 22 MODE SELECT parameters control
116. processing by analyzing this basic information Each field and the meanings of bits in the sense data basic information are explained below 1 Valid When this bit is 1 it indicates that the values shown in the information field bytes 3 to 6 are valid On the other hand when this bit is 0 it indicates that the information field does not contain valid information 2 Error code This field shows the format and type of sense data The IDD always displays X 70 current error or X 71 deferred error which has the meaning expanded sense data format in this field 3 ILI incorrect length indicator When this bit is 1 it indicates that the transfer byte length requested in the command did not coincide with the data block length on the disk media In the IDD the only commands that it reports 1 in this bit for are the READ LONG command and the WRITE LONG command For details refer to the descriptions of these commands Sections 4 4 5 and 4 4 6 4 Sense key This field shows the cause of the sense data being generated More details reasons are indicated in the sense code field Byte 12 and the sub sense code field Byte 13 Table 5 3 shows a list of the meanings of sense keys 5 Information This field shows information related to the error that has been detected and is valid only when the Valid bit is 1 Depending on the command where the error occurred additional information o
117. prohibited combination of error recovery flags is specified the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and all the parameters specified at that time are disabled Just as explained for the EER PER DTE and DCR bits the IDD can only make a valid specification for the PER bit Therefore among the error recovery flag combinations listed above the only one which can actually operated is EER PER DTE DCR 1 0 0 0 and 1 1 0 0 4 33 Command Specifications 2 Disconnect reconnect parameters page code 2 The format of the page descriptor in this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 4 16 Table 4 16 MODE SELECT parameters disconnect reconnect parameters So EAESEAESESP NEIES Co a a o oo oaa E 1 X OE or X 0A Page Length See the Note Buffer Full Ratio Note Buffer Empty Ratio Note Bus Inactivity Limit Default X 0000 Note Default X 0000 Note Default X 0000 Note Default X 0100 EAE E oa a X 0000 4 34 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands IMPORTANT If transfer of this page descriptor is required by the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command the IDD reports X OE as the page length byte 1 However if either X OE or X 0A is specified for the page length in the MODE SELECT command the IDD regards it as if
118. report the top address and final address of each zone If the zone number 1 of the notching zone is set in the Active notch field and this parameter is issued the starting and ending address of the specified zone can be referred to by the MODE SENSE command Also if Page 3 and Page 3F are specified by the MODE SENSE command the parameters below the zone specified in the notch page can be referred to e Track zone Page 3 Byte 02 03 Note e Sector count track Page 3 Bytes 10 11 e Track Skew Factor Page 3 Bytes 16 17 e Cylinder Skew Factor Page 3 Bytes 18 19 C141 C008 4 57 Command Specifications Note Normally the number of tracks logical heads per cell is set in the track count zone but in the case of notching only the total track count number of cylinders in the zone x number of logical heads of the affected zone is reported If this parameter is issued only the format parameter of the zone specified by the MODE SENSE command can be referred to without changing the number of accessible blocks Also if a MODE SENSE command with a SP 1 that includes a notch page is issued the current value is reported for this page and the zone value which is the object is reported if Page 3 is notched then the command is terminated normally However in the case of the FORMAT CORRUPTED state caution is necessary because the value following changing of the Format parameter is reported The contents of each
119. space has been reserved for the returned parameter list If the length is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list the first portion of the list shall be returned This shall not be considered an error If the remainder of the list is required the application client should send a new this command with a Allocation Length field large enough to contain the entire list 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actions The service action codes for the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command are defined below Table 4 82 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actions READ KEYS Reads all registered Reservation Keys Olh READ RESERVATION Reads the current persistent reservations 02h 1Fh Reserved Reserved 4 118 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands READ KEYS The READ KEYS service action requests that the device server return a parameter list containing a header and a list of each currently registered initiator s reservation key If multiple initiators have registered with the same key then that key value shall be listed multiple times once for each such registration READ RESERVATIONS The READ RESERVATIONS service action requests that the device server return a parameter list containing a header and the persistent reservation s if any that is present in the device server Multiple persistent reservations may be returned only if element reservations are present 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS The format for th
120. status Not supported TASK SET FULL status This status is reported when there is no empty space in the command queue and the IDD cannot register tagged commands it has received in the command queue C141 C008 2 7 Command Processing 2 3 Outline of Command Processing 2 3 1 Single commands A diagram of processing of single commands which are the most basic operations in the FC LOOP is shown below a Read processing INIT Initiator side IDD Driver side ALPA x ALPA y ARB x x E RA lt OPN y x R_RDY R_RDY lt R_RDY SOFi3 FCP_CMND read EOFt CLS lt CLS ARB y y OPN y x R_RDY lt SOFi3 lt 4 FCP_DATA read data lt EOFn R_RDY lt SOFn3 lt A FCP_DATA read data lt EOFn R_RDY lt SOFn3 OO FCP_DATA read data EOFn R_RDY lt SOFn3 lt 4 FCP_DATA read data EOFt lt CLS CLS ARB y y lt OPN y x R_RDY lt SOFi3 O FCP_DATA read data lt EOFt lt CLS CLS Figure 2 1 General read data transfer sequence 2 8 C141 C008 b Write processing INIT initiator side ALPA x ARB x x OPN y x R_RDY R_RDY SOFi3 FCP_CMND Write EOFt CLS R_RDY CLS ARB x x OPN y y SOFi3 EOFn SOFn3 FCP_DATA write data EOFn SOFn3 FCP_DATA write data EOFn SOFn3 FCP_DATA write data EOFt CLS FCP_DATA write data R
121. the FORMAT UNIT command or defective data block positional information from alternate block allocation from Verify operation after initialization The INIT can specify the defect data type transferred to the INIT by the P List primary list bit and G List grown list bit in the CDB and can specify the defect data format by the Defect List Format field Table 4 101 Defect data type PList GList Defect Data Type P List and G List G List only 4 byte header information only described in this section C141 C008 4 163 Command Specifications Table 4 102 Defect data format Defect List Format Defect Data Format ro w Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the defect data length number of bytes that can be received by the INIT The IDD terminates data transfer when transfer of the length of defect data specified in the Transfer byte length field is completed or when transfer of all the defect data of the specified type is completed Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without execution of data transfer Table 4 103 lists the format of defect data transferred to the INIT by this command Table 4 103 READ DEFECT DATA command defect data configuration a ae oe oe PList GList Defect List Format oe PList GList Defect List
122. the ABORT Task RESET CONDITION An unknown error occurred while the device server was executing the self test and the device server was unable to complete the self test The self test completed with a failure in a test segment and the test segment that failed is not known The first segment of the self test failed The second segment of the self test failed Another segment of the self test failed see the SELF TEST SEGMENT NUMBER field Reserved The self test is in grogress The number of the segment that failed during the self test is shown in the Self Test Segment Number field When the self test is completed without an error 0 is shown in the field The accumulated power on time unit hour in the event of an error occurring in the drive is shown in the Time Stamp field Address information of the data block where that error occurred is shown in the Address of First Failure field The error information in the same format as that used by sense data is reported to the Sense Key Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 11 SMART status page X 2F Table 4 80 SMART status page X 2F Fujitsu unique page ie RAED ES Ea ESSERE E XT REN Page Lena SB es E SMART Status Parameter This page contains parameters which allow the application client to check the predictive drive failure condition of
123. the IDD The application client can check whether the IDD has predicted a drive failure by periodically reading out this page The Page Length field indicates the length byte length after byte 4 The SMART Status Parameter field is Fujitsu unique parameters The details of this field are outside the scope of this manual 12 SMART data page X 38 Table 4 81 SMART data page X 38 Fujitsu unique page in EAEE EEEE X 00 Reserved Page Len SB 4 Log Parameters 2 This page reports data which the IDD collects for predicting drive failures The Page Length field indicates the length byte length after byte 4 The Log Parameters field is Fujitsu unique parameters The details of this field are outside the scope of this manual C141 C008 4 117 Command Specifications 4 1 17 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 5E not supported eft te Pee X SE Sit a ee ae ee ee ee ee ee Lie 0s as e 0 0 0 ae Se ee p ee ee ee ee ee a a ee e Tf Allocation Length MSB O O O O 8 Allocation Length asd O O a a AR This command is used to obtain information about persistent reservations and reservation keys that are active within a device server This command is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command see 3 1 19 The actual length of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data is available in a parameter data field The Allocation Length field in the CDB indicates how much
124. the IDD at this time shows ABORTED COMMAND B Overlapped commands attempted 4E 00 IMPORTANT 1 The INIT is permitted to sent an ABTS ABORT TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET or TARGET RESET command specifying the logical unit in order to terminate processing of a command that is currently disconnecting Shown in item 2 7 6 2 Overlapped command specifications are applicable without dependence on the type of command that was issued second For example even if the command that was issued second is an INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE command the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status and terminates both commands abnormally 2 7 2 Illegal LUN specification The IDD supports only the logical unit number LUN LUN 0 If a LUN other than this is specified the IDD operates in one of the following ways depending on the type of command that is issued at that time 1 2 For an INQUIRY command even if an invalid LUN is specified the command is executed normally However byte 0 of the Standard INQUIRY Data transferred to the INIT by that command the Qualifier field and the Device Type Code field shows X 7F If an invalid LUN is specified for any command other than the INQUIRY command or the REQUEST SENSE command that command is executed normally 2 7 3 Reserved operation code Group 7 command operation codes X EO X FF are reserved by Fujitsu When any command which has these operation codes is i
125. the beginning of the active notch or if the active notch is zero the beginning of the logical unit IDD Ending Boundary This field is valid in the MODE SENSE command This field indicates the ending of the active notch or if the active notch is zero the ending of the logical unit IDD see Table 4 18 Page Notch This is a bit map which shows whether or not other mode pages are being changed if the device is notched The most significant bit of this field corresponds to page code 3Fh and the least significant bit corresponds to page code 00h If it is specified the IDD disregards this value 9 Informational exceptions control page page code 1C Table 4 26 MODE SELECT parameters informational exception control page mone C141 C008 Page length X 0A pet o J esr ewasc peen tex o toate emn oe o fe oe o eee D E 0 Interval Timer This page specifies whether the drive failure prediction function is enabled or disabled and the reporting method when a drive failure is predicted a LogErr log error This bit LogErr of zero indicates that the logging of informational exception conditions within a target is vendor specific A LogErr bit of one indicates the target logs informational exception conditions 4 59 Command Specifications 4 60 b TEST 1 If O is set for DExcpt a failure prediction is reported with a failure prediction reporting condition that is generated when the
126. the correct page length was specified The X OA page length is provided in consideration of compatibility with previous models but it is recommended that the page length X OE be used by the INIT to support expansions in the specifications in the future See Section 2 1 Data Buffer concerning specification methods for the Buffer Full Ratio and Buffer Empty Ratio parameters in this page descriptor and details of data buffer operation a Buffer full ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to start Loop OPEN processing in order to transfer data to the INIT by the READ or READ EXTENDED command The value specified in this parameter n shows the amount of data read to the IDD s data buffer from the disk media as a proportion n 256 of the total capacity of the data buffer until it opens the loop for transferring the data on the FC interface is started If it is possible to transfer the amount of data specified in this parameter to the INIT from the data buffer opens the loop and transfer of data to the INIT begins Buffer empty ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to start Loop OPEN processing when it is requested by the INIT to transfer data in the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command The value specified in this parameter n indicates the size of the empty area in the IDD s data buffer as a proportion of the total data buffer capacity of the IDD n 256 While the IDD is
127. the data buffer specified in the Buffer offset field of the CDB and continuing in order then adds the 4 byte header to it and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of the header and data from the IDD s data buffer specified in the Transfer byte length field has been transferred or at the point when transfer of the header and all the data in the IDD s data buffer to the final byte position has been completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer The format and contents of the 4 byte header transferred in this mode are the same as in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 However the Effective buffer data length field in the header indicates the size byte length of the data from the byte position in the data buffer specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB to the final byte position in the data buffer including that byte Also the length of the buffer data transferred to the INIT by this command is the value for the number of bytes in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB 4 bytes or the value indicated in the Effective buffer data length in the header whichever is smaller 3 Mode 0 0 1 0 Data only with address specification The data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is only the data which the IDD reads from the data buffer The h
128. the data buffer to the disk media If the target data block location operation is completed during the data pre fetch processing in 1 writing of data to the disk media is performed in parallel with the data pre fetch to the data buffer If the data transfer rate of the INIT FC interface is lower than the data transfer rate of the disk drive since the data pre fetch of data that are to be written to that data block is not completed it may not be possible to write the data continuously to the disk data underrun In this case the IDD waits one disk revolution while continuing to pre fetch data from the INIT then repositions the block that caused the data underrun and continues the writing of data to the disk If all the blocks of data specified in the command have not yet been transferred from the INIT as writing of data to the disk media progresses at the point when the empty space in the data buffer reaches the amount specified in the buffer empty ratio in the MODE SELECT parameter the IDD performs Loop OPEN processing and begins transferring the succeeding data data pre fetch after it transfers the XFER_RDY frame Writing of data to the disk media is performed in parallel and data transfer with the INIT continues until the empty space in the data buffer is full or until transfer of all the data specified in the command is completed From then on the XFER_RDY data receiving are repeated until transfer of all the blocks of data specifi
129. the data format on the disk media is specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without data being transferred to the INIT The sense data at this time indicate the following contents and the INIT can determine the correct Transfer byte length from their contents C141 C008 4 199 Command Specifications e Sense Key 05 ILLEGAL REQUEST e Sense Code Sub sense Code 24 00 Invalid field in CDB e VALID Bit ma lee e JIT bit 2 I e Information Field Transfer byte length in the CDB Original Transfer byte length Remark The calculation formula for the information field expresses 1 logical data block as n physical sectors and n sub sectors and when negative as a complement of 2 Error recovery processing during execution of this command is performed in accordance with the specifications in the MODE SELECT parameters Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter Page Code 21 Additional Error Recovery Parameter but the AWRE flag and DTE flag are not applied 4 4 7 WRITE SAME 41 a Logical Block Address MSB Fa Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Block Address LSB B a Number of Blocks MSB a Number of Blocks LSB a ear ee eee 4 200 This command requests that the device server write the single block of data transferred by the application client to the medium multiple times t
130. the parameter is not yet set or is not settable the default value placed in the parameter field shall be 6 ASCII blank characters 20h The field shall not be checked for validity by the device server e Specified cycle count over device lifetime page OE code 0003 Table 4 73 Specified cycle count over device lifetime page 0E code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Specified Cycle Count Over Device Lifetime LSB X 04 Parameter Length Specified Cycle Count Over Device Lifetime 4 byte binary number 4 112 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands The Specified cycle count over device lifetime is a parameter provided by the device sever The specified cycle count over device lifetime parameter shall not be savable by the application client using the LOG SELECT command The parameter value is a 4 byte binary number The value indicates how operation or reliability outside the limits specified by the manufacture of the device e Start stop cycle counter page OE code 0004 Table 4 74 Start stop cycle counter page 0E code 0004 X 0004 Parameter code Accumulated Start Stop Cycles LSB ME Emi Fg ea a X 04 Parameter Length e o Accumulated Start Stop Cycles 4 byte binary number LSB The Accumulated start stop cycles is a parameter provided by the device sever The accumulated start stop cycles parameter shall not be savable by the application client using the LOG SELECT command The parameter value
131. to confirm the status by the MODE SENSE command or the LOG SENSE command or reissue the command Data blocks which are currently being written are processed normally including the ECC portion and the command is halted at the point when that processing is completed Not all the data which is the write object will necessarily be written to the disk media 2 29 Command Processing 2 7 7 Fatal hardware errors 1 Self diagnostic errors If a fatal error was detected in the hardware through an initial self diagnosis off line self diagnosis or on line self diagnosis SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command turning of the spindle motor is stopped When in this state the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status for all Input Output operation requests except the REQUEST SENSE command The sense data reported at this time shows HARDWARE ERROR 4 Diagnostic failure on component nn 40 nn It is necessary for the INIT to generate a RESET condition or sent a TARGET RESET and attempt recovery of the error state The recommended procedure for error recovery is explained in 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended See the SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command and RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULT Command concerning the self diagnosis function 2 Unrecoverable hardware errors Limited to cases in which a fatal hardware error occurs during execution of a command and termination processing such as a CHECK CONDITION status report cannot be executed the ID
132. 00 in these bytes 1 Logical unit reserve function 4 82 This command reserves the entire IDD logical unit for use as a special FC device The reserve state established by this command is maintained until any one of the following conditions occurs 1 The reserve condition is changed by the INIT that issued this command Superseding Reserve 2 Reserve is released by a RELEASE command from the INIT that issued this command 3 Receiving TARGET RESET message from any INIT 4 Receiving LIP y x 5 Switching the IDD s power off or on When an IDD is reserved for any FC device if this command is issued by an INIT that doesn t have the Reserve Right for that IDD this command is terminated with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status After the Reserved status is established a command issued by an INIT other than the FC device that reserved the IDD is rejected except an INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE command and a RESERVATION CONFLICT status is reported to the INIT that issued that command A RELEASE command is the release operation specified in a RELEASE command issued to the IDD by a FC device which does not have the Reserve Right is disregarded C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 2 Reserve right and third party reserve function IMPORTANT The third party reserve function is not supported by the drive If the 3rd Pty bit in byte 1 of the CDB is 0 the IDD is reserved by the INIT which issued this command and
133. 000 No operation 0001 Abort sequence 0010 Remove connection 0011 Reserved 0100 Basic_Accept 0101 Basic_Reject 0110 Dedicated connecton Preempted 0111 Reserved Not supported Request Not supported Reply Reply Not supported Table 1 3 Type R_CTL 4 highest order bit Type Code pe Basic Link Service Extended Link Service SCSI FCP 3 F_CTL Frame Control C141 C008 1 2 Information Transmitted on the Loop Table 1 4 F_CTL 23 Exchange context 0 Frame is from the exchange originator 1 Frame is from the exchange responder 22 Sequence context 0 Initiator 1 Recipient 21 First sequence 0 Not the first sequence of the exchange 1 First sequence of the exchange 20 Last sequence 0 Not the last sequence of the exchange 1 Last sequence of the exchange 19 End of sequence 0 Not the last frame of the sequence 1 Last frame of the sequence Chained sequence Not supported 16 Sequence initiative 0 Hold sequence initiative 1 Transfer sequence initiative X_ID reassigned Not supported Invalid X_ID Not supported 13 Reserved 12 11 10 Retransmitted Sequence Not supported Retransmitted Sequence ot supported Bei Unidirectional transmit Not supported 7 Continue sequence Not supported condition Abort sequence condition Not supported 4 6 3 Relative offset present 0 Parameter field not meaningful 1 Parameter field equals relative offset 2 1 Fill data bytes End of data
134. 1 it indicates that the storage media is a removable disk device The IDD is a fixed disk device so this bit is always reported as 0 Version The VERSION field indicates the implemented version of this standard and is defined below Table 4 2 VERSION field ANSI X3 131 1986 SCSI 1 ANSI X3 131 1994 SCSI 2 ANSI X3 301 1997 SPC Rev 11 X 04 T10 1236 D SPC 2 IDD always Responds this value 4 5 Command Specifications 4 6 Response data format field This field shows the code which shows the standard INQUIRY data format The definition of the code is 0 0 0 1 for SCSI 1 CCS mode or 0 0 1 0 for SCSI 2 or SCSI 3 mode Additional data length This field shows the length of the INQUIRY data byte length after byte 5 This value shows the length in the INQUIRY data held by the IDD without relation to the specification in the transfer byte length field in the CDB and is always X 5B total data length 96 bytes Supported functions The bit positions shown below are valid only when the CHANGE DEFINITION command is set so that the SCSI 2 or SCSI 3 mode INQUIRY data are transferred and the functions which the IDD supports are shown in the bit correspondence 1 indicates that that function is supported and 0 indicates that that function is not supported When the CHANGE DEFINITION command is not set so that SCSI 2 mode INQUIRY data are transferred 0 is displayed in all these bit positions
135. 1 30 Logout parameter pages These pages are used by PRLO 1 Type Code Byte4 00h The drive neither supports nor checks this field 2 Type Code Extension Byte5 00h The drive neither supports nor checks this field 3 Originator Process Associator Validity Byte6 bit7 Ob The drive neither supports nor checks this bit 4 Responder Process Asscociator Validity Byte6 bit6 Ob The drive neither supports nor checks this bit 5 Originator Process Associator Byte8 11 0000h The drive neither supports nor checks this field 6 Responder Process Associator Byte12 15 0000h The drive neither supports nor checks this field C141 C008 1 57 Fibre Channel Interface 1 7 4 2 Logout parameter response pages 1 58 PRLO Payload Logout Parameter Response Page E e Originator Responder 0 0 process process gt Ra ssociator Associator e Code Valid Vaid Reserved P Reserved MSB Originator Process Associator LSB MSB Responder Process Associator LSB Reserved Figure 1 31 Logout parameter response pages These pages are used by PRLO_ACC 1 Originator Process Associator Validity Byte6 bit 7 Ob The drive does not support this bit and responds with Ob by ACC 2 Responder Process Asscociator Validity Byte6 bit6 Ob The drive does not support this bit and responds with Ob by ACC 3 Type Code Byte6 bit3 0 lh Request executed The drive responds wit
136. 1 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 6 Mode 1 0 1 1 Echo buffer descriptor In this mode a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information is returned The device server shall return the descriptor information for the echo buffer The Buffer Offset field is reserved in this mode The allocation length should be set to four or greater The device server shall transfer the lesser of the allocation length or four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor The READ BUFFER descriptor is defined as shown in Table 4 129 Table 4 129 READ BUFFER command echo buffer descriptor Reserved a Echo Buffer Capacity LSB The IDD return one in EBOS field and the IDD verifies that echo buffer data from each initiator is the same as that previously written by the same initiator The Buffer Capacity field returns the size of the echo buffer X 01FC in bytes aligned to a four byte boundary 4 4 5 READ LONG 3E pe Tt fe fe fet etd Co o o o o o o eee gt Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address e o o o a aaa rere Lengt 8B gt Jojo o o o o o o C141 C008 4 197 Command Specifications This command reads the logical data block data and its ECC byte specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB from the disk media and transfers it to the INIT Normally this command is used in combination with the WRITE LONG command to perform checks of the ECC function The operation ob
137. 1 Sense Data Bytes 18 to 47 of sense data are defined as a Fujitsu unique field and indicate the additional information which is explained below 1 PORT LINKRATE PORT Connected PORT is shown 0 PORT A 1 PORT B LINK RATE LINK RATE working at present is indicated 111 It is working with 1 0625GHz 110 It is working with 2 1250GHz Others Reserved 2 CDB operation code This field indicates the operation code the value in the first byte of the CDB of the command where the error occurred When sense data are generated without relation to the INIT issuing a command this field shows zero 3 Detailed information The information displayed in bytes 20 to 47 of sense data is information defined by Fujitsu for the specific product for the purpose of analyzing trouble and the contents of this information are not made public However the user should present this information to the persons in charge at Fujitsu as troubleshooting and repair information collected in error logging shown in Section 5 3 3 of all the bytes in sense data including this field C141 C008 5 13 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended When a single command or a series of linked commands are not terminated with a status reported the INIT should execute error recovery processing corresponding to the state in which the command was terminated Here the procedure for
138. 141 C008 2 11 Command Processing Disconnecting from the transfer destination device When the transfer source device completes transfer of the frames it is sending it sends the CLS primitive disconnecting from the transfer destination device and releasing its loop use rights When the transfer destination device receives the CLS primitive it resends it returning the CLS primitive to the transfer source device At this time there is a lapse of time from the point when the frame is received until CLS primitive is received so the R_RDY primitive may be sent to the transfer source device to the transfer destination device This R_RDY primitive is received by the transfer source device but when the CLS primitive is returned to the transfer source device it is destroyed as an invalid R_RDY primitive 2 Establishing Connections with the INIT and Command Execution Even if this IDD receives a SCSI command after the power is turned on and loop initialization is completed that command is not executed In order to execute a SCSI command it is necessary to establish logical connections with the INIT An example of that is shown below INIT initiator Side PLOGI PRLI FCP_CMND test unit ready FCP_CMND inquiry Remark The primitives are omitted IDD Drive Side PLOGI ACC PRLI ACC FCP_RSP Check condition Sense Data FCP_DATA inquiry data FCP_RSP status Good Figure 2 4 Example of establishing logical
139. 2 2 Status Byte GOOD status This status indicates that execution of the command ended normally CHECK CONDITION status This status is reported in the case of a c below The IDD generates sense data when this status is reported and displays the detailed cause The IDD transfers the generated sense data together with this status report in the same FCP_RSP frame Therefore it is unnecessary to gather sense data using the REQUEST SENSE command a If the sense key in the sense data shows RECOVERED ERROR 1 it shows that the last command which resulted in the CHECK CONDITION status ended normally in conjunction with error recovery processing by the IDD b Ifthe sense key in the sense data shows UNIT ATTENTION 6 it shows that the IDD is being kept in the Unit Attention state For details of the Unit Attention state see item 2 5 c Any cases other than the above indicate that it was impossible to execute the command or the command ended abnormally CONDITION MET Status Not supported BUSY status Not supported INTERMEDIATE status Not supported INTERMEDIATE CONDITION MET Status Not supported RESERVATION CONFLICT status This status indicates that the IDD is currently reserved by another INIT and use is impossible until the reservation status is released Normally an INIT that receives this status reissues the original command after waiting for the appropriate period of time only COMMAND TERMINATED
140. 4 byte bit alignment eeeeeteees 1 103 byte bit alignment in ESI 1 103 Cc CiiStissniaieahinsiei eet eas 4 149 6 1 cache control parameter eee 3 11 cache segment COUNE eee eeeeeeeeeereees 4 51 cached command ou eeeeeeeseeeseeeneeeeees 3 8 Cached datas vscs sectinecnatnndceigen ie 3 8 Caching Operation eee eeeeeseeseereeeees 3 8 caching parameter 3 10 4 47 6 7 caution in specifying D list 4 156 CDB operation code s es 5 13 CDB Size ere eet aa ea 8 4 11 CDB specification esseere 6 5 CDB usage dato eee eeeeeeereeereeeneees 4 11 changing reserve condition 4 83 characteristics of fault LED out Sisal roeren dee he E vec teat 1 17 IN 2 CAE SC ea eos inate eases EE ete deve 1 17 charge supply to drive 1 17 CHECK CONDITION status 2 7 class 3 service parameter eee 1 46 CLEAR TASK SET ee 2 26 2 27 clocking field rainen 4 9 Cm De ecesictsccetess eee eneee oe ea TE Eet 4 3 combination of error recovery flag 4 30 combination of SOF and EOF 2 11 combinations of RdInh and Wrinh 4 145 COMMAND byte definition 1 102 command cleared by another INIT 2 20 command COE 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 2 4 command completion wait time out 5 15 command descriptor block eee 1 85 command executable even in not ready state scctessicelecesatsesisstoeeerialeteeeeds 2 24 command execution 0 ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 12 command format
141. 4 67 Temperature page X 0D e XT REE i Page Length SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 C141 C008 4 109 Command Specifications e Temperature page OD code 0000 Table 4 68 Temperature page 0D code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Temperature fT X 02 asa Length ae ee XD Reserved a Temperature degrees Celsius The Temperature sensed in the device at the time the LOG SENSE command is performed shall be returned in the parameter code 0000h The one byte binary value specifies the temperature of the device in degrees Celsius Temperatures equal to or less than zero degrees Celsius shall be indicated by a value of zero If a valid temperature cannot be detected because of a sensor failure or other condition the value returned shall be FFh If EWASC mode page 1C is on comparison is performed between the temperature value specified in parameter 0000h and the reference temperature specified in parameter 0001h e Reference temperature page OD code 0001 Table 4 69 Reference temperature page 0D code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Temperature a ae X 02 in Length E a XD Reserved o ak Reference Temperature degrees Celsius The Reference Temperature reflect the maximum reported sensor temperature in degrees Celsius at which the device can operate continuously without degrading the device s operation or rel
142. 41 Port logout LOGO LOGO_ACC o0 eee ceeceseceseeeeeeeeeaeeenaees 1 49 Process login PRLI PRLI_ACC ec cecccecsscceeneceseeeeenaeeeeneeeeeeeees 1 50 Service parameter Pages sorcerien ieri ee rei ieie iE keneen 1 51 Service parameter response pages eesssreeseeertsresreerreserreesreerrseee 1 53 Process logout PRLO PRLO_ACC ssesssssssssesssssssssesssrsssssssesssees 1 55 Payload field of the process logout PRLO PRLO_ACC 1 56 Logout parameter pages esseeeeeereseessteeresresrrsreeresrresrrsresresressesres 1 57 Logout parameter response pages ssseseessestsseesreeresserersseesersreeses 1 58 Discover address ADISC ADISC_ACC ccccccecsscesssnteeeeeeeees 1 59 Reinstate recovery qualifier RRQ RRQ_ ACC s es 1 61 Read link error status block RLS RLS_ACC ccccceccseeseereeees 1 62 Third party process logout TPRLO TPRLO_ACC ee 1 64 C141 C008 C141 C008 Figure 1 36 Figure 1 37 Figure 1 38 Figure 1 39 Figure 1 40 Figure 1 41 Figure 1 42 Figure 1 43 Figure 1 44 Figure 1 45 Figure 1 46 Figure 1 47 Figure 1 48 Figure 1 49 Figure 1 50 Figure 1 51 Figure 1 52 Figure 1 53 Figure 1 54 Figure 1 55 Figure 1 56 Figure 1 57 Figure 1 58 Figure 1 59 Figure 1 60 Figure 1 61 Figure 1 62 Figure 1 63 Figure 1 64 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 2 7 Figure 3 1 Contents Logout parameter pages 0 cc ee eee tiiri nee E
143. 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 or ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 occurs the IDD indicates that downloading of the new microcode failed and it is therefore necessary for the INIT to quickly download the new microcode When downloading of microcode is completed the IDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs except the INIT that issued the WRITE BUFFER command At this time the sense code indicates Microcode has been changed 3F 01 When the IDD is checked and downloading of the microcode is judged to be possible the IDD may be in the Not Ready state the state in which the spindle motor is not rotating In this event the IDD starts the motor then saves the microcode to flash ROM and the system area to disk media Then the IDD stops the motor and returns to the Not Ready state 4 190 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands IMPORTANT During downloading of microcode the supply of power to the drive must not be cut off such as an instantaneous power failure Ifa power failure occurs for instance while downloading the microcode to the FLASH ROM the IDD may be severely damaged The worst case scenario in this event would be an inoperable drive In addition any operation e g command link service or reset from the interface during that time is not recommended Such an operation may result in the following phenomena A microcode download failure or
144. 5 3 2 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands TB transfer block 1 Data blocks which contain errors that are impossible to correct are transferred to the INIT during a read operation 0 Data blocks which contain errors that are impossible to correct are not transferred to the INIT during a read operation RC read continuous This bit specifies continuous transfer of all the data requested by a command unaccompanied by a delay for executing error recovery processing The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the default value 0 EER enable early recovery 1 When a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is applied immediately without executing retry rereading up to the number of times specified in the Number of retries during READ parameter 0 When a correctable data check has been detected retry rereading is executed up to the number of times specified in the Number of retries during READ parameter then data correction according to the ECC is applied if possible The IDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 1 PER post error 1 When several errors errors related to the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected a CHECK CONDITION status is reported when execution of that command is completed In the sense data generated at t
145. 56 F A h EE aaa 1 11 1 90 fabric login oseese 1 69 1 70 fair arbitration read write status 4 37 FAN gent ct an a EAE e a 1 74 FARd FAWrt FAStat ooeec 4 37 fatal hardware error seese 2 30 fault LED Outs 24 3 Agciesdcieiiedgeicudeeions 1 17 fault LED test page 4 179 FC 4 device data ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 13 1 80 FCP CMND snes neediness inns 1 80 FCP DATA en ei nganiaitiet tee 1 89 FCP response information eee 1 95 FCP RSP nnne nnan maa enis 1 92 FCP sense information ssssseseseesseessee 1 96 FCP Stat Sicil desirei oitan re 1 94 FCP XFER RDY reeeo asteg 1 87 FPOPIGN Vad estate eeteee iced heat loes 1 82 FC SCA connector CN1 oo eee eee 1 16 fibre channel control parameter 4 63 fibre channel input circuit ee 1 22 fibre channel interface eee eeeeeeeeeee 1 1 fibre channel output circuit 1 22 PULL DY Ce vet E A Sees toe pause toe ea ede doch 2 15 HAS stewed sissies A whee tie Nate ates 2 5 PILOGT roe roae ts ee ien e E AA 1 69 ELLOGI ACC isa ceiela iin 1 69 1 70 PUETLED Ditis minii atesi 4 179 force sequential Write eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeee 4 51 format command l 4 148 format of ordered Set eeecesseceeneeeeees 1 7 C141 C008 format of reservation descriptor 4 122 format option Valid s es 4 152 format parameter 4 38 4 151 6 4 FORMAT parameter 6 5 FORMAT UNIT 04 eese 4 148 FORMAT UNIT command 6 6 FORM
146. ARG can transfer in one Loop OPEN and specifies the maximum data volume that can be transferred continuously as a multiple of 512 bytes Valid only for WRITE and WRITE EXT In the IDD this value is unlimited It is impossible for this parameter to be changed by the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the default value 0100 DTDC data transfer disconnect control DTDC Controls how to perform Loop CLOSE 00b Perform Loop CLOSE according to the instructions of other parameters without using DTDC O0lb When a data transfer by the command is started the target will never try Loop CLOSE until transmission of all the data to be transferred by the command is completed The specified values in the connect limit time and bus inactivity limit fields are ignored during the data transfer The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the default 00 value Olb Reserved 11b When a data transfer by the command is started the target will never try Loop CLOSE until execution of the command is completed The specified values in the connect limit time and bus inactivity limit fields are ignored during the data transfer C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates in accordance with the default value 00 EMDP enable modify data pointer not supported T
147. AT UNIT command defect PLOCESSIN S oesie sa aael satherteietees 4 157 FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration 4 151 OMS E E AT 4 152 frame delimiter seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeseeerereee 1 7 frame format tcsciseeciecctici cornice tigi eke 1 8 frame header format 0 ce eeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 8 frame StrUCtULe iis ernn ia aiie eese 1 8 frame transfer eee eeeeeeseeereeereeeeees 2 11 BSW etaria niei nate a E ia E S 4 51 G GUSto neieiet 4 149 6 1 G list bitei e aa e a 4 164 general public loop initialization SEQUENCE kosic d sperta e 1 118 general read data transfer sequence 2 8 general response in not ready state 2 23 general usage application client Parameter data 0 eee eee 4 114 general write data transfer sequence 2 9 generation of UNIT ATTENTION conditii esep aei 2 19 global logging target save disable 4 54 GLISD samin p a i 4 54 GOOD status oen nee iiei 2 7 2A610100 0 6 l EE 2 3 grown defect list 00 eee eseeeeseceeee 4 149 grown list Dit eee eee ese ens 4 164 H handling illegal CDB n se 2 6 hard SectOring resin oieee tantse 4 41 head offset count 4 28 headens scnereeics 4 22 4 76 4 152 4 164 header data with address specification 4 188 4 195 header data without address Specification eee 4 187 4 194 IN 5 Index header field of basic link service 1 34 header field of extended link service 1 38 h
148. AWRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e WRITE command e WRITE EXTENDED command e WRITE AND VERIFY command The function handles the unrecoverable media error MEDIUM ERROR 3 Read Retries Exhausted 11 01 detected when the number of read retries for an error reaches the specified value in the Number of retries during READ field of the MODE SELECT parameter refer to Section 5 3 1 3 In such cases if this function is enabled the IDD registers the data block as the target block of AWRE processing If the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command is executed for the same data block an alternate block is allocated to the data block The data field of the alternate block is verified and the required write data is written in the data field This alternate block allocation is applied with the same processing as that of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command If multiple data blocks are the target blocks of AWRE processing when a single command is executed this function applies to all of these data blocks If an unrecoverable media error MEDIUM ERROR 3 Read Retries Exhausted 11 01 is then detected during the read operation for a data block INIT should issue the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command to the data block Thus auto alternate block allocation is applied and error recovery is possible Remark 1 When this function has been
149. Abbreviations This list shows the full spelling of abbreviations used in this manual Index C141 C008 Preface CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL C141 C008 The model name of disk drives covered by this manual differs in its ending suffix Note 1 depending on its device type three types the electrical conditions of the Fibre channel interface used to connect the disk drive to the host system and its capacity and data format at the time it was shipped but in this manual except in cases where models need to be especially distinguished a representative model name Note 2 is used In addition these disk drives are called Intelligent Disk Drive IDD drive or device in this manual Note 1 Model Name M AT 3 300 FC Interface type FC Fibre Channel Formatted capacity 1 000MB units 1MB 1 000 000bytes i Disk size 3 3 5 inch Type AT 1 inch height 10 025 rpm AU 1 inch height 15 000 rpm Note 2 Typical model name Type model name Model name MAT3300 MAT3300FC MAT3147 MAT3147FC MAT3073 MAT3073FC MAU3147 MAU3147FC MAU3073 MAU3073FC MAU3036 MAU3036FC iii Preface Conventions for Alert Messages Attention iv This manual uses the following conventions to show the alert messages An alert message consists of an alert signal and alert statements The alert signal consists of an alert symbol and a signal word or just a signal word The fo
150. C always the value 1 1 Report Report the CHECK CONDITION status SCSI standard specifications for commands other than the INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands 0 Don t Report Terminates all received commands normally the CHECK CONDITION status caused by the UNIT ATTENTION condition is not reported Spindle Motor Start Delay Timing The Byte6 indicates Spindle motor Start Delay Time If Delay Start Mode set by START MATED pin The motor will delay spin up The delay time is calculating by formula Delay Time 120 x 0 1 x modulo SEL_ID 8 4 14 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 3 READ CAPACITY 25 Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Block Address LSB C141 C008 0 This command transfers information related to the disk drive s capacity and the data block size to the INIT When bit 0 PMI partial medium indicator of CDB byte 8 is 0 the logical block address and block length byte length of the final data block which is accessible in the disk drive user space are transferred to the INIT At this time the Logical Block address field in the CDB must specify zero When the PMI bit is 1 the logical block address and block length byte length of data blocks which satisfy either of the following conditions is transferred to the INIT e The data block on the track where the specified block exists which is just before the block
151. C141 C008 01EN MAT3073FC MAT3147FC MAT3300FC SERIES MAU3036FC MAU3073FC MAU3147FC SERIES DISK DRIVES FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS fo FUJITSU FOR SAFE OPERATION Handling of This Manual This manual contains important information for using this product Read thoroughly before using the product Use this product only after thoroughly reading and understanding especially the section Important Alert Items in this manual Keep this manual handy and keep it carefully FUJITSU makes every effort to prevent users and bystanders from being injured or from suffering damage to their property Use the product according to this manual This product is designed and manufactured for use in standard applications such as office work personal devices and household appliances This product is not intended for special uses atomic controls aeronautic or space systems mass transport vehicle operating controls medical devices for life support or weapons firing controls where particularly high reliability requirements exist where the pertinent levels of safety are not guaranteed or where a failure or operational error could threaten a life or cause a physical injury hereafter referred to as mission critical use Customers considering the use of these products for mission critical applications must have safety assurance measures in place beforehand Moreover they are requested to consult our sales representative before embarking o
152. CDB basic format eee eeceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeseecaeecaeeeneeeneeenaees 2 3 Table 2 4 Operation Codes i c 2 ccsedebe dee tdee a a e te lect eee ret ed 2 3 Table 2 5 Control Dyte aniseed teat iets esse ee ee ete 2 5 Table 2 6 Status lt ca ites teenie ietaetiiti tale tar Miia che 2 6 Table 2 7 Fill bytes csnetsciei ss Gu anne pe A ee A 2 15 Table 2 8 Sense data in not ready state oo eee eeceeeeeeeneeeeeeseeseeeeeseeeeeeneeenaes 2 23 Table 2 9 Outline of disk drive error recovery processing ceeeeeseeeseeereeeeeee 2 25 Table 2 10 Comparison between FC and SCSI about definition 2 26 Table 2 11 Reset processing during Write 0 0 ee eee eeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaes 2 29 Table 3 1 Parameters for controlling reconnection timing 0 0 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 6 Table 3 2 Cache control parameters ee eeeceeeeesscceseeeseeeeeeeeseeseeeseseeeneeeaeeeees 3 11 Table 4 1 Standard INQUIRY data eee eeseceseceseceseceseceseeeseeeeneseseeeseeeaaeenaees 4 4 Ta ble4 2 VERSION fields scccsentes ee ectias senate ties eee eee a ee 4 5 Table 4 3 Command queuing 0 cceeeccessccesseceeececeeeeeaeceeaceceeneeceaeeeeaeeneaeeeenaees 4 7 Table 4 4 Version descriptor ee ceeceecceseesseeseeeseeeseeesceseseeesaecaeecaecaecnaeenaeen 4 9 Table 4 5 Command support data 0 ce e i eeceecceseceseceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeseessneeeneeeaes 4 10 Table 4 6 Support 2 2i sioeedec dyes ataa eae aeii ear iaat 4 11 Table 4 7 VEDinformation n
153. CT status Except as noted above the reservation key of the initiator shall be verified to be correct regardless of the Service Action and Scope field values C141 C008 4 127 Command Specifications 4 128 The Service Action Reservation Key field contains information needed for four service actions the REGISTER REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY PREEMPT and PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions For the REGISTER and REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action the Service Action Reservation Key field contains the new reservation key to be registered For the PREEMPT and PREEMPT AND ABORT service actions the Service Action Reservation Key field contains the reservation key of the persistent reservations that are being preempted The Service Action Reservation Key field is ignored for all other service actions If the scope is an Element reservation the Scope specific Address field shall contain the Element address zero filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field If the service action is REGISTER REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY or CLEAR or if the scope is a Logical Unit reservation the Scope specific Address field shall be set to zero The Activate Persist Through Power Loss APTPL bit shall be valid only for the REGISTER or the REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action In all other cases the APTPL bit shall be ignored Support for an APTPL bit equal to one is optional If a device server that
154. Cedex FRANCE TEL 33 1 41 80 38 80 FAX 33 1 41 80 38 66 FUJITSU ICL ESPANA S A Almagro 40 28010 Madrid SPAIN TEL 34 91 581 8000 FAX 34 91 581 8300 FUJITSU AUSTRALIA LIMITED 2 J ulius Avenue Cnr Delhi Road North Ryde N S W 2113 AUSTRALIA TEL 61 2 9776 4555 FAX 61 2 9776 4556 FUJITSU HONG KONG LTD 10 F Lincoln House 979 King s Road Taikoo Place Island East Hong Kong TEL 852 2827 5780 FAX 852 2827 4724 FUJITSU KOREA LTD Coryo Finance Center Bldg 23 6 Y oulDo Dong Young DungPo Gu Seoul Republic of KOREA TEL 82 2 3787 6000 FAX 82 2 3787 6029 FUJITSU COMPUTERS SINGAPORE PTE LTD 20 Science Park Road 03 01 TELETECH PARK SINGAPORE SCIENCE PARK II Singapore 117674 TEL 65 777 6577 FAX 65 771 5669 FUJITSU TAIWAN LTD 8F Hun Tai Center 168 170 Tun Hwa North Road Ist Sec Taipei TAIWAN TEL 886 2 545 7700 FAX 886 2 717 4644 FUJITSU SYSTEMS BUSINESS THAILAND LTD 12th F1 Olympia Thai Tower 444 Rachadapisek R oad Samsennok Huay Kwang Bangkok 10320 Thailand TEL 66 2 512 6066 FAX 66 2 512 6068 This page is intentionally left blank READER S COMMENT FORM Your comments or suggestions on this document are cordially solicited For any comments and suggestions you may have please complete and submit this form to your FUJITSU representative The comments and suggestions will be used in planning future editions Thank you for your cooperation Date issued
155. Control 4 168 This command transfers the list containing the defect position information of disk media defect data to the INIT The command is the same as the READ DEFECT DATA command 37 described in Section 4 3 3 except for the following the transfer byte length can be specified in four bytes and the defect list length can be specified in four bytes in this command Table 4 105 lists the format of defect data that is transferred to the INIT by this command C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 105 READ DEFECT DATA command B7 defect data configuration 5 4 3 2 1 Byte eC BSE eel A ES Heade Defect List Length MSB Defect Descriptor List 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 4 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1D l ES ESEDEAREERRIED xX 1D hoo ea aT 5 Se 0 Parameter List Length MSB Parameter List Length LSB EAR ar ae ae ae This command executes self diagnosis tests which the IDD is equipped to perform and operation specified in the parameter list transferred from the INIT C141 C008 4 169 Command Specifications 1 Self diagnosis test When the SelfTest self test bit is 1 and Self Test Code field is 000 in the CDB this command specifies execution of the self diagnosis test which the IDD is equipped to perform At this time the PF page format bit and the Parameter list length field in the CDB have no meaning
156. D may halt rotation of the spindle motor After this state occurs the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status for all input output operation requests except the REQUEST SENSE command The sense data reported at this time indicate HARDWARE ERROR 4 Internal target failure 44 nn For recommended procedures for error recovery methods see the explanation in Section 5 2 INIT s Error Recovery Methods Recommended 2 8 Data Block Addressing 2 8 1 Definition of data space 2 30 The IDD divides the data storage area on the disk drive into the following two types of data area and controls them as such e User space user data storage area e System space IDD exclusive area Of these two types the use can clearly gain access to the user space This space has the same data formatting and defect control methods and it is possible to access it by logical data block addressing as described in item 2 8 2 The system space is accessed when the power is turned on or during processing of specific commands but the user cannot access it directly C141 C008 C141 C008 2 8 Data Block Addressing Figure 2 7 shows the configuration of data space on the disk drive The number of cylinders allocated to user space can be specified by the user by the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command A spare sector area replacement area is assured in the user space for replacement of defective sectors The user can using the MODE SELECT or
157. DD executes Loop OPEN processing and begins transferring data to the INIT when it becomes possible to transfer the amount of data blocks from the data buffer which is equivalent to the proportion of the total volume of transfer data blocks specified in the command that is specified by this parameter For example if a read operation of 16 blocks with a logical data block length of 512 bytes 8 Kbytes is requested when the value specified in this parameter is 32 Loop OPEN processing is performed when it becomes possible to transfer 2 blocks of data 16 x 32 256 from the data buffer C141 C008 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature b Buffer empty ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to start Loop OPEN processing when it is requested by the INIT to transfer data in the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command In a write operation after the IDD receives a command the IDD begins transferring data data pre fetch while locating the position of the target data blocks on the disk media in parallel Therefore if the total number of bytes of data specified in the command is less than the capacity of a cache segment all the data are pre fetched in a batch so the specification in this parameter is not applied The value specified in this parameter n indicates a proportion of the total data buffer capacity of the IDD when the buffer is empty n 256 While the IDD is writing data to the disk media it is using the data
158. Drive responds with 00b in this field Receive data field Size Byte6 7 The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 07h when 256 lt this field lt 2112 not a multiple of 4 The drive responds with the value of the receive data field size of class 3 parameter of PLOG1 by ACC Concurrent Sequence Byte9 The drive ignores this field Drive responds with FFh in this field N_Port End to end Credit Byte10 11 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it Open Sequence per Exchange Byte13 The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h O1h when this field 0 For ACC the drive responds with 01 C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 2 Port logout LOGO LOGO_ACC Word Header 0 Payload 0 C141 C008 ee LS_Command Code 05 00 00 00 Reserved N Port Identifier LOGO LOGO_ACC FP aa od 00 LS P ulead aad 00 Figure 1 24 Port logout LOGO LOGO_ACC The initiator issues LOGO to establish the connection with the drive by notifying the drive of the service parameter The drive responds with LOGO_ACC when the frame of the received LOGO is correct The drive responds with LOGO when notifying the initiator that login has not been completed The payload field of the LOGO LOGO_ACC frame is described below Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 LS_Command code PL W00 BO O5h Indicates LOGO 02h Indicates LOGO_ACC 2 N_Port Identif
159. ECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command which is issued following the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command that specifies this parameter page shown in Section 4 4 2 1 Table 4 110 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters page code list a X 00 Page Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 00 Page parameter length X 00 Page parameter length b Logical physical address conversion This parameter page specifies conversion of the address information expressed in either the Logical Block Address Physical Sector Address or Byte Distance from the Index format to another expression format Table 4 111 shows this parameter page format The INIT can specify the address information that should be converted in this parameter page of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and can read the conversion results by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command see Section 4 4 2 2 4 174 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 111 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters logical physical address conversion o X 40 Page Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Re X 00 Page Parameter Length X OA Page Parameter Length 0 0 0 Address Format Before Conversion 0 0 0 Address Format After Conversion l Logical or Physical Address a W The Address Format Before Conversion field shows the format of the address information specified in bytes 6 to 13 The IDD converts that address information to the expression format specifie
160. EIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Section 4 4 2 3 Logical unit Self Test When 0 is specified in the SelfTest bit and the values other than zero is specified in the SELF TEST Code field in CDB the IDD executes the Self Test specified in CDB In this case the INIT can read the executed results page code x10 Self Test Result Log Page by the LOG SENSE command The specified values in PF bit DevOffL bit and UnitOffL bit in CDB are ignored The Parameter List length field shall contain zero If the value other than zero is specified in this field this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The SELF TEST Code field specifies the type of executing Self Test by this command as Table 4 113 Table 4 113 SELF TEST Page code 00 0 Refer to clause 2 Parameter Specification The device server shall start its short self test routine in the background mode The device server shall start its extended self test routine in the background mode device server shall it respond by returning a CHECK CONDTION status The device server shall start its short self test routine in the foreground mode The device server shall start its extended self test routine in the foreground mode 1 0 0 Abort the current self test running in background mode This value is only valid if a previous this command specified a Background self test function and that function
161. EN processing start timing for executing data transfers to the FC interface in read and write operations the IDD is provided with the MODE SELECT parameter Disconnect Reconnect Parameter Page code 2 shown in Table3 1 The user can set the optimum operating state in the system environment as necessary See Section 4 1 4 for details of the MODE SELECT command C141 C008 3 5 Data Buffer Management Table 3 1 Parameters for controlling reconnection timing Disconnect Reconnect Parameter Page code 2 3 6 X OE Page Length Buffer Full Ratio Default Value X 00 Variable Range X 00 to X FF Buffer Empty Ratio Default Value X 00 Variable Range X 00 to X FF Other parameters Buffer full ratio This parameter specifies the timing for the IDD to open the loop to perform data transfer to the INIT in a READ or READ EXTENDED command The value specified in this parameter n shows the amount of data read to the IDD s data buffer from the disk media as a proportion n 256 of the total capacity of the data buffer until reconnection processing with the FC Interface is started If it is possible to transfer the amount of data specified in this parameter to the INIT from the data buffer Loop OPEN processing is executed and transfer of data to the INIT begins However if the total amount of transfer data specified in the command does not fill the capacity of the cache segment the I
162. EQ_ID Sequence Identifier The drive responds by FFh DF_CTL Data Field Control Set 00h because no optional header is used SEQ_CNT Sequence Count Itis responded 0000h because it is used single frame sequence OX_ID Originator Exchange Identifier The drive responds the OX_ID of FCP CMND received from the initiator 10 RX_ID Responder Identifier Set FFFFh to indicate that RX_ID is unused 11 Parameter Unused the parameter in the FCP RSP and 00000000h replied The payload field of the FCP RSP is defined below Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 2 3 FCP CONF REQ PL W02 B2 bit4 The drive ignores this bit FCP RESID UNDER PL W02 B2 bit3 In case of FCP_DL FCP_CNMD gt transferred data byte velocity based on CDB Residual Counter FCP_DL transferred data byte velocity FCP RESID OVER PL W02 B2 bit2 In case of FCP_DL FCP_CNMD lt transferred data byte velocity based on CDB Residual Counter transferred data byte velocity FCP_DL 1 93 Fibre Channel Interface 4 FCP SNS LEN VALID PL W02 B2 bit1 When this bit is 1 the field of Length of Sense Information FCP_SNS_INFO is valid and FCP_RSP frame includes the FCP Sense Information field 5 FCP RSP LEN VALID PL W02 B2 bit0 When this bit is 1 the field of Length of Response Information FCP_RSP_INFO is valid and FCP_RSP frame includes the FCP Sense
163. Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 5 1 Example of data buffer operation during read 3 3 Example of data buffer operation during Write 0 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeees 3 5 MODE SELECT parameter structure ee eee eeeesecnsecseceeeeseeees 4 19 Reserve right and the third party reserve function 0 eeeeeeeeeeee 4 84 SET LIMITS command specifying the range where access is permitted minei tegen eet tha ee ie tee 4 145 Correction of the defect descriptor 0 ee ceeceeceeseceseceeeeeteeeeeeees 4 162 Analysis of the termination status 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 5 14 C141 C008 Tables C141 C008 Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7 Table 1 8 Table 1 9 Table 1 10 Table 1 11 Table 1 12 Table 1 13 Table 1 14 Table 1 15 Table 1 16 Table 1 17 Table 1 18 Table 1 19 Table 1 20 Table 1 21 Table 1 22 Table 1 23 Table 1 24 Table 1 25 Table 1 26 Table 1 27 Table 1 28 Table 1 29 Table 1 30 Table 1 31 Table 1 32 Table 1 33 Table 1 34 Table 1 35 Table 1 36 Table 1 37 Table 1 38 Table 1 39 Contents Frame header formiatis tezevacisiecesestelesessi sauebectesctiberssbobastiagebesteredenscoead 1 8 1A GSat Goal Berean eo eee ee pee a Pree ere eee eee ery 1 10 Ty pe icaiihto ete Sate ee ee anes 1 10 BLOT Usitenn et hie ane Lae i eee ee ae ae 1 11 BASIC LINK SER VICES verea aged ate n Rea ea iE e 1 12 EXTENDED LINK SERVICES 00 ceeceseeseeeneecneecnseenseeene
164. IDD in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command after byte 4 The format and contents of this response data are shown in Table 4 118 Table 4 118 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data page code list MEJEJE ESENES EA X 00 Page Code D E EE a Ce o aoa Cos S E T S E S E S E D OS X 09 reserve 19 X OF reserve X 40 Logical Physical Address Conversion 21 X 80 Vender Specific SES page 36 X 8F Vender Specific SES page X AO Fault LED test 4 182 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 2 Logical physical address conversion This response data reports the execution results of address conversion specified in the Logical Physical Address Conversion parameter in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command in bytes after byte 4 The format and contents of this response data are shown in Table 4 119 Table 4 119 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data logical physical address conversion X 40 Page Code X 00 Page Parameter Length X OA Parameter Length Address Format Before Conversion Logical or Physical Address IMPORTANT The value of the Page Parameter Length field in this response data is a variable length within the range of 2 8n in the FC specifications For example If multiple logical data blocks are located in 1 physical sector or if 1 logical data block is located in multiple physical sec
165. IP F7 Initiated Count Port A LIP F7 Received Count Port A LIP F8 Initiated Count Port A LIP F8 Received Count Port A Reserved 1 114 C141 C008 C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI Table 1 41 Link status page 2 2 Link Failure Count Port B Loss of Sync Count Port B Loss of Signal Count Port B Primitive Sequence Protocol Error Port B Invalid Transmission Word Count Port B Invalid CRC Count Port B LIP F7 Initiated Count Port B LIP F7 Received Count Port B LIP F8 Initiated Count Port B LIP F8 Received Count Port B Reserved Note Implementation of the fields in this page is optional A value of zero either indicates the field is not supported or no count has occurred When the drive changes a value in this page the drive sets the LSP CHG bit in the Port Parameter Page The enclosure may poll the Port Parameter Page to determine if it needs to read and process the Link Status Page When the Link Status Page is read by the enclosure the LSP CHG bit is cleared 1 115 Fibre Channel Interface 1 116 The following fields are extracted from the FC PH defined Link Error Status Block LESB e Link Failure Count Count of the number of Loss of Sync conditions that have occurred on the port which exceeded 100 mS in duration e Loss of Sync Count Count of the number of short lt 100 mS Loss of Synchronization conditions that have occurred on the port e Loss of Sign
166. Ignores Loop Port bypass LPB Loop Port Enable LPE Primitive 0 Receiving Loop Port bypass LPB Loop Port Enable LPE Primitive it controls Port Bypass circuit according to the received Primitive 4 65 Command Specifications 4 66 Note It is prohibited that 1 is specified in DTIPE and PLPB simultaneously If DTIPE PLPB 1 is specified it responds with CHECK CONDITION ILLEGAL REQUEST VALID FIELD IN THE PARAMETER LIST RR_TOV UNITS resource recovery timeout value UNITS not supported This field specifies the time unit of the RR_ROV field The value specified in this field is ignored and the default value 001b is always valid for operation Table 4 30 RR_TOV UNITS RR_TOV UNITS RR_TOV time unit gt o0 Timer is not specified RR_TOV resource recovery timeout value not supported This field specifies the time of RR_TOV The value specified in this field is ignored and the default value X 14 is always valid for operation CONTROL_MCM not supported This field specifies the MCM operation The value specified in this field is ignored and the default value 01b is always valid for operation Table 4 31 CONTROL_MCM CONTROL MCM MCM operation FO Joins all MCM operations and starts MCM Does not respond to any MCM primitive Joins all MCM operations but does not start MCM C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands k ORIGINATOR CMR not supported This field specifies the minimum numb
167. Initiated ESI transfer 0 eee eeeceseceseceseeenseenseenaees 1 104 1 11651 EIE discovery iieiaei sy dense cna E E 1 104 1 11 6 2 EIF Operations cs ssecliesthlgeies Mencia ule as i 1 106 1 11 6 3 Enclosure requested information cee eeseesecsecnseceseeeeeenaees 1 107 1LA2 Public Loop stccsies c e ete ee Gene a eel ETATEN 1 117 Lil3 Dual Loop wisi aise eed eee atk ees 1 118 Command Processing wiciicisiusscessdetewes civiscmsdeiacsdinavenoneadvndwwiine 2 1 2 1 Command Formats eee eeii eia e AEE iee tee rekel i Bein 2 1 2 2 Status Byle oea reie ives adele weve re E NE OERS elt AE aE E a eaa 2 6 2 3 Outline of Command Processing eeeeeeeseeeeeseesreeresreeresressesrresresressesrress 2 8 2 31 Single c mmandSe scii ia a o iai i as 2 8 232 Command HDK nenei chi EE a 2 15 2 4 Command Queuing Function ssssessseseeseereesesressreriestesrrsresresresresrresesees 2 16 2 4 1 Untagged queu nres ennennna an en a e i 2 16 2 4 2 Tagg d queuing renine elt ens e a aa 2 17 2 5 UNIT ATTENTION Condition eeeeseeeeseeeeseeesseerrssrrsrrsresressersrssreeresee 2 19 2 5 1 Generation of the UNIT ATTENTION condition eee 2 19 2 5 2 Response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION condition hold states s sirenaren ieii ER aie 2 20 2 5 3 UNIT ATTENTION condition multiple hold eee eeeeeeteeees 2 21 ix Contents CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 4 2 6 Sense Data Hold States ksr mensae in ee aei ede vies 2 21 2 7 Command Processing Except
168. MODE SELECT EXTENDED command allocate several sectors in the final track of each cylinder and several cylinders replacement cylinders inside the user space replacement cylinders as the replacement area For defective sectors on the disk medium through IDD internal defect management data blocks for replacement are assigned in defective sector units Through this defect management the INIT can regard all the logical data blocks in the user space as error free and can access them For details concerning the data format on the disk medium cylinder configuration track format and sector format as well as details on defect management methods and replacement block assignment methods see Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual Also see Chapter 6 Management of the Disk Medium for an outline of defect management methods 2 31 Command Processing Physical cylinder z Ben RS System space 4 t T Cylinder 0 t 1 Track 0 1 m 1 q Cylinder 0 Track 1 H 4 m 1 Cell 0 Cell Pd ae Cylinder 0 Zone 0 1 Track m 1 l l m 1 Spare sectors for each cell T Cell n 1 Eep Track 0 User space J m 1 Spare sectors for each cell T 0 1 Alternate cell b 1 Alternate Cell b tracks 4 J m 1 T Zone 1 l Cylinder a 1 T T Zone x 1 4 g Alternate c SA cylinder i Last cylinder d 1 l l Last cylinder Figure 2 7 Data space configura
169. Manual name MAT3073FC MAT3147FC MAT3300FC SERIES Name MAU3036FC MAU3073FC Company or organization MAU3147FC SERIES DISK DRIVES FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS Manual code C141 C008 01EN Address Comments Line Comments Reply requested _ Yes L No Please evaluate overall quality of this manual by marking V in the appropriate boxes Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Organization C C C Use of examples C C C Legibility C C C Accuracy C C C Index coverage C C Handiness Binding C C E Clarity C O C U O Figures amp tables C C C General appearance E Technical level Too high _ Appropriate Overall rating of this publication Good E Fair C Poor C LI LC Cross referencing O O O Others GNE LJ Too low FOR FUJITSU USE Overseas office Person in charge Note Local representative should pass this form to the section in charge of distribution in FUJITSU Reply By FUJITSU LIMITED This page is intentionally left blank MAT3073FC MAT3147FC MAT3300FC SERIES MAU3036FC MAU3073FC MAU3147FC SERIES C141 C008 01EN DISK DRIVES FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS MAT3073FC MAT3147FC MAT3300FC SERIES MAU3036FC MAU3073FC MAU3147FC SERIES Cavern DISK DRIVES FIBRE CHANNEL INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS This page is intentionally left blank eo FUJITSU
170. OMMAND byte 1 102 definition of data space 2 30 definition of device control code 1 20 definition of motor mated control 1 18 definition of motor start control 1 18 demand read retention priority 4 49 detail error and action eeeeeeeeees 1 97 detailed information 5 13 DEV_CTRL_CODE 2 1 QJ eesse 1 20 device address page seeeeeseeeseceeeees 1 110 device identification page 1 112 device serial NO eeeeeeeeseeseeeseeereeeeeee 4 13 device serial number field 0 0 4 9 device standard inquiry data 1 109 device temperature eee eeeteeeteee 1 112 device type code n se 4 5 4 10 DEX pi cite tottering 4 60 diagnostic command eee eeeeeeeeeteees 4 169 disable certification eee ceeeeeseees 4 152 disable correction 4 28 disable discovery eeeeeeseeeeeerereeee 4 65 disable exception control 4 60 disable loop master eee eeeeeseeseeeeee 4 65 disable primary ccc eeeeeeeesseceneeeeeees 4 152 disable queuing 0 0 eee eeeeseeereeereeeneee 4 55 disable read ahead 0 0 0 eee eeeeseeeseeeeeee 4 51 disablesaveu sii sue cate tentials sigece 4 93 disable target initiated port enable 4 64 disable target originated loop initialization 4 64 disable transfer On error 4 27 disable update eee eee eeeeseeneeeeeeeeeee 4 93 disabling caching data eee eeeeeeteee 3 9 DISC esd intial a
171. Operation Code indicates the Group Code 0000b Group 0 6 byte commands 001b Group 1 10 byte commands 010b Group 2 10 byte commands 011b Group 3 received 100b Group 4 16 byte commands C141 C008 1 85 Fibre Channel Interface 101b Group 5 12 byte commands 110b Group 6 Vendor specific 111b Group 7 Vendor specific 2 Logical Block Address It can be specified the logical block address 21 bit on 6 byte CDB and 32 bit on 10 byte CDB The maximum logical block address of drive is described on the Read Capacity Command 3 Transfer Length It can be specified by 255 block using 1 byte in this field in 6 byte CDB It can be specified by 64K 1 block using 2 byte in this field in 10 byte CDB 4 Control Byte This field includes the following informations a NACA Normal Auto Contingent Allegiance This drive does not support this bit b Flag This drive does not support this bit c Link This drive does not support this bit 1 86 C141 C008 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 1 9 2 FCP XFER RDY C141 C008 In case of transferring the drive the drive issues FCP XFER RDY frame to the initiator The header field of the FCP XFER RDY is defined in Figure 1 49 1 2 3 4 5 a x i 00 00 lt OX_ID gt FF FF 0 00 Fio 7 X 0 XX 00 0 FCP T 16 Data_Relative offset Reserve lt CRC gt Figure 1 49 Header field of the FCP XFER RDY R_CTL Routing Cont
172. PARALLEL ESI Do bits SEL_ 0 3 invert in lt 1 usec gt yes Do either bits no SEL_ 0 7 change Does ENCL_ACK no yes assert in lt 1 sec yes assert DSK_RD DSK_WR Does ENCL_ACK negate in lt 100 usec no yes negate DSK_RD DSK_WR enclosure is SFF 8067 enclosure is SFF 8067 enclosure is SFF 8045 and the drive executes ASC ASCQ 35 02 w o parallel ESI and command and data xfer and the drive responds the drive responds with with ASC ASCQ 35 01 Sense Key 02 Sense Key 05 Case 2 Case 1 SFF 8045 with Parallel ESI Provide ESI information Case 1 The drive is SFF8045 w o Parallel ESI enclosure and transmits sense data ASC 35 ASCQ 01 to the initiator Case 2 The drive is SFF8067 enclosure and transmits sense data ASC 35 ASCQ 02 to the initiator Figure 1 56 Discovery flow chart C141 C008 1 101 Fibre Channel Interface 1 11 3 COMMAND phase In COMMAND phase protocol the drive transmits the command receiving from the initiator to the enclosure Because the data bits are 4 bits width the drive has to transmit the data even times 1 COMMAND phase The drive communicates with the enclosure as shown in Figure 1 57 a c DSK_WR gt K min 100 nsec D 0 3 20900000X 2000000 2000X XXXXXK ENCL_ACK S mu z lt b d Figure 1 57 COMMAND WRITE phase a The drive asserts DSK_WR and indicates to the enclosure that the valid data i
173. Page Disable Write Error Counter Page Enable Read Error Counter Page Enable Verify Error Counter Page Enable Non medium Error Page Enable Temperature Page Disable Start stop Cycle Counter Page Enable only 0002 Application Client Log Page Enable Self Test Result Log Page Disable b Page length This field specifies the length in bytes of the following log parameters If the application client sends a page length that results in the truncation of any parameter the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 The log pages contain one or more special data structures called log parameters as shown below Each log parameter begins with a 4 byte parameter header followed by one or more bytes of Parameter Value data Table 4 41 Page descriptor BOARA Parameter Code MSB Parameter Code LSB I 2 pu ps tsp ere me wmn r Parameter Length ag Parameter Value Ea 4 92 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands a Parameter code This field identifies the log parameter being transferred for that log page b Byte 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 C141 C008 DU Disable Update 1 The IDD does not update the log parameter value except in response to a LOG SELECT command that specifies a new value for the parameter 0 The IDD updates the log parameter value to reflect all events that are noted
174. Page length field in byte 3 indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X OC Total data length 16 bytes Bytes 4 to 15 indicate the IDD s device serial number in right justified decimal ASCII code If LUN 0 is specified all bytes of these fields are filled with 0X20 4 13 Command Specifications c Operation mode This VPD information reports the IDD s current operation mode The format of this VPD information is shown in Table 4 10 Table 4 10 VPD information operation mode EIES X CO Page Code zi X00 E X 04 Page Length o pa o o o o o o The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X CO of this VPD information itself Also the Page length field in byte 3 indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X 04 Total data length 8 bytes UNTATN UNIT ATTENTION Report Mode When the IDD is holding the Unit Attention condition this specifies methods of response to commands received from the INIT In F
175. REQUEST SENSE command 2 20 2 24 require hard address sceeseeseeseeereee 4 65 RESERVATION CONFLICT Stats vise eens onleehs hee sees cece vakeclonst 2 7 5 15 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 4 85 RESERVE 16 eiieeii 4 82 RESERVE command 2 24 PEServe TISHt 3 50 css Aciten ee i ease 4 84 reserve right and third party reserve function ik ae aed 8 4 83 reserved operation code 2 22 TESEt processing 0 0 eeeeeeseeeseeereeeeeeeenee 2 26 reset processing during Write 2 29 resource recovery timeout value 4 66 resource recovery timeout value UNIS irite agennes erai i etti 4 66 RESPONDER CMR serere 4 67 response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION 2 20 response data configuration 4 181 response data format field 0 eee 4 6 response transfer RSP 1 30 retry processing procedure eee 5 24 REZERO UNIT 01 seess 4 80 REZERO UNIT command 2 24 TE A AE 4 68 RETA 8 reha eea aes eee 4 65 REEC fvesotuid satiate tenes estes 4 54 RES oaeiai a ee eels 1 62 RES ACU wii eu sen aii anal 1 62 RMB erasers Balers adage ives holga 4 41 RMB Dit css etn te ree nba hes 4 5 RNC RNC_ACC eee eeeereeeeee 1 71 1 72 rotational position locking cee 4 44 rotational speed 4 44 rotational synchronization offset 4 44 RPI sigh eiienth io ek eat es 4 44 RR TOV eeaeee thttiodeg 4 66 RR_TOV UNITS 0 ceeeceesecsceseeseeteonees 4 66 RRO sosphi tiie Bag A
176. RITE BUFFER command has been received the IDD shall perform the verification of the complete set of downloaded microcode or control information prior to returning GOOD status for the last command After the last command completes successfully the IDD generates a unit attention condition for all INITs except the one that issued the set of WRITE BUFFER commands When reporting the unit attention condition the IDD sets the additional sense code to MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED The microcode or control information is written to the logical unit buffer starting at the location specified by the BUFFER Address field If the IDD is unable to accept the specified buffer offset it shall return CHECK CONDITION status and it shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 IMPORTANT During downloading of microcode the supply of power to the drive must not be cut off such as an instantaneous power failure Ifa power failure occurs for instance while downloading the microcode to the FLASH ROM the IDD may be severely damaged The worst case scenario in this event would be an inoperable drive In addition any operation e g command link service or reset from the interface during that time is not recommended Such an operation may result in the following phenomena A microcode download failure or The drive with new microcode does not respond to operations after being rebooted
177. ROR 1 is reported after all processing of the command is completed and the sense data indicate the content of the last error that was successfully recovered from and the address of the data block where that error occurred However if the error is corrected with ECC only the CHECK CONDITION is not reported and no sense data is created 4 32 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 15 Combinations of error recovery flags 4 4 When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that point according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded or even when recovery is impossible execution of the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status at the point when error recovery processing is completed and the sense data indicate the data block address where that error occurred Transfer to the INIT of data in blocks with recovered errors is done but transfer to the INIT of data blocks in which the errors were unrecoverable is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands C141 C008 Remark Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table If a setting
178. SM cccecsscceeeeeeesteeeeneeeees 1 77 1 8 2 Assign AL_PA frame LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA ee 1 78 1 8 3 Position map information LIRP LILP ec eeseceeeeceenteceeeeeees 1 79 1 9 FE 4 De vice Data unensa nanan ane a ES 1 80 19 1 FCP CMND vsracnia inuetinieniinin aus neh nace eels 1 80 1 9 1 1 Control field PCP CNT iedee ieaie lees eee odes 1 82 1 9 1 2 Command descriptor DIOCK eee eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeaeeeneeeeeenaes 1 85 19 2 RCP XPERURDY enstanen aac eh eee 1 87 129 3 BOB DAT As sop scvets todos iectn atite thats E T ETE eee 1 89 194 ECP RS Pies 26s toe sh cee ie Sites a iat tee E eahe 1 92 19 4 oI BCP Stat See ae r east esta lhed teat celonh tities eee chee 1 94 C141 C008 CHAPTER 2 C141 C008 Contents 1 9 4 2 FCP response information cs eseessecsseceseceseecesecesecnseesseeeseeeneeee 1 95 1 9 4 3 FCP sense information sieer rone ine e aiaee i eeen 1 96 1 10 Errors on Loop Refer to FC PH Section 29 9 1 97 LFL Enclosure Service Interface ES aranan aian a a 1 99 111 1 Data transter protocol vcs ssscsctsscecssettsestitiggcesseckssetestetesesuddazsetseccedbbaed 1 99 1 11 2 Enclosure discovery phase ceeseeseeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeecsaeeaecsaeeenaes 1 101 1 11 3 COMMAND phase s 0 cacesetctisterd cate ieureyeeens tiene i tin eiert 1 102 LITA READ WRITE phas iespiest eie denant peed ee 1 103 1 11 5 SES sense cod s 3 iena sree eel ee ea 1 104 1 11 6 Enclosure
179. TIC RESULTS 10 neseser 4 180 xi Contents CHAPTER 5 CHAPTER 6 xii 4 4 3 WRITE BURFER 3B eects pat are anon aa en iis 4 186 4 44 READ BUPEER 3 eeta enaa ar ea eea 4 193 44S READ LONG 3B aa a E A ge ei 4 197 44 6 WRITE LONG QE mirai eni acai ease 4 199 4 4 7 WRITE SAME 41 sssesssssessessssssessesssseseenessssesresessesesrentssesesnesesse 4 200 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods csssessse 5 1 Deli SENSE Data cerca esse cevise e ES EEE E E E sadacncdeesoucbinieaaes 5 1 ST S ns data tormat iaee ne e aea a E e aeisi 5 1 5 1 2 Sense data basic information sesssesseesssessesesseessssseresseessresseessesse 5 3 5 1 3 Sense data additional information sesssssessssssssssesssssssessssesssesssessses 5 13 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended ecceeseeesteceeeeees 5 14 5 2 1 Termination status analysis and error recovery methods 5 14 5 2 2 Sense data analysis and error recovery methods cc eeeeeeseeeeeee 5 16 3 2 3 Error logging ts sesstinat nina aii een 5 24 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing ceceeeceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 24 5 3 1 Error states and retry processing procedures sc eeeeeeeeseereereee 5 24 5 3 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing cesceseesecssecereeenees 5 26 5 3 3 Error recovery processing Control eee eseeeeeeseeeneeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeenees 5 28 Disk Media Manageme nt
180. TION condition multiple hold woo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 21 unrecoverable hardware error 2 30 untagged QUEUING eee ese esteceeeceeeees 2 16 user space logical block address 2 33 V yaldo er e a aea a E E a 5 3 variable TPI BPI 00 0 eee eeeeeesecsseceseeeeees 2 34 vefiry error recovered with possible Ce lay fesse sesy is tedestsectececs eadei eteeetiss 4 106 vendor ID field oo ee eee eeeeereeereeereeeeees 4 8 vendor UNIQUE eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeneee 2 5 VERIFY QF ieas aian e ae 4 141 IN 12 verify error count page X 05 4 105 verify error recovered without delay 4 106 verify error recovery parameter 4 45 5 29 6 7 VCESION iia n Boeke ed sen athe 4 5 4 10 version descriptor 4 9 version descriptor field eee eeeeeeeeee 4 9 VPD identifier list eee eeeeeeeeee 4 12 VPD information 4 12 4 13 4 14 W WOE a ea eee A E EE tiie 4 48 WP DIt fy cient nae ian ean 4 76 WRITE OA torsaceuiege tei ini ae 4 137 WRITE AND VERIFY 2B 0 0 4 140 WRITE BUFFER 3B cee ceeeeeeeeees 4 186 WRITE BUFFER command 2 24 4 188 WRITE BUFFER transfer mode 4 187 Write cacheront 3 13 write cache enable 4 48 write data transfer eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 31 write error count page X 02 eee 4 98 write error recovered with possible delay oi e rie e re a ind 4 99 write error recovered without delay
181. _ESI n ESI INTF y y y y y y SEL_ID Discovery Command Read Command Write SEL_ID Figure 1 62 EIE operation phases If any errors or timeouts are detected during the EIE operation the SCSI device aborts the operation and continues normal operation Errors are not reported 1 11 6 3 Enclosure requested information If the enclosure services interface transfer is initiated by the enclosure the SCSI device sends ESI Command Phase information to the enclosure following successful discovery The page code in the ESI command is 00h This page code is reserved for SCSI diagnostic commands between the host and the SCSI device and will not appear in ESI transfers initiated by SCSI commands The ESI command is a read operation SEND 0 with parameter length of 6h The enclosure responds to the ESI command from the SCSI device with an ESI request as defined in Table 1 31 The information requested by the enclosure is identified by the action code Table 1 32 defines the action codes Table 1 31 Enclosure request eae ESE EERE Page Code 00h Io ce eee ee 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Reserved Action Specific 3 MSB Parameter Length 5 The parameter length in the enclosure request is set by the enclosure to the number of bytes it is requesting including the four header bytes The SCSI device sends the actual length of the requested information or the length identified in the request parameter length whichever is less If the parameter len
182. _RDY CLS 2 3 Outline of Command Processing IDD Driver side ALPA y A primitive lt A frame gt gt gt lt R_RDY gt ee gt gt lt CLS ARB y y gt lt OPN y x gt lt SOFi3 FCP_XFER_RDY lt EOFt lt CLS gt lt gt lt R_RDY gt _ gt lt R_RDY gt gt lt R_RDY gt gt lt R_RDY gt j gt gt lt CLS ARB y y gt lt OPN y x gt lt SOFi3 A FCP RSP status lt EOFt lt CLS Figure 2 2 General write data transfer sequence C141 C008 2 9 Command Processing 1 2 10 Signal Interchanges on the FC Loop a Acquisition of loop use rights The IDD performs arbitration with the other devices on the loop in order to use the loop Arbitration is accomplished by setting its own ALPA in the ARB primitive and outputting it in the form ARB ALPA ALPA Other devices connected to the loop output the ARB primitive they have received as the CFW Current Fill Word as long as they have no requests If the ARB ALPA ALPA travels around the loop and returns to the device which output it then that device acquires the loop use rights Establishing connections with the destination device where data are to be transferred A device which has acquired loop use ri
183. a The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list are shown in Table 4 92 4 132 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 92 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list 7 Identifier Length n 4 Identifier C141 C008 The Identifier Length field specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier field If the Allocation Length field in the CDB is too small to transfer all of the identifier the length shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation The identifier length shall initially equal zero and shall be changed only by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The Identifier field shall contain a vendor specific value The value reported shall be the last value written by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The value of the identifier shall be changed only by a SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The identifier value shall persist through resets power cycles media format operations and media replacement The target shall return the same Identifier to all initiators on all ports The execution of aREPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER may require the enabling of a nonvolatile memory within the logical unit If the nonvolatile memory is not ready the device server shall return CHECK CONDITION status rather than wait for the device to become ready The sense key shall be set to NOT READY and the additional sense data shall be set as described in the TEST UNIT READY command 4 133 Command Specifications 4 1
184. a Access Commands 4 2 4 WRITE EXTENDED 2A Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Ce eo 0 0 0 o 0 0 rr tk Com 8 o Joje o e o This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 WRITE command Section 4 2 3 with the exception that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses and 2 byte transfer block counts However when zero is specified for the Transfer block count the command is terminated normally without pre fetch being performed In this device specifications to the FUA bit in CDB byte 1 are invalid and operation is as if zero is specified The specification of bit 4 of CDB byte 1 is invalid and the specified value is disregarded C141 C008 4 139 Command Specifications 4 2 5 WRITE AND VERIFY 2E X 2E pt to Pl fo x fo oO yoj o Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address ss oo 0 9 0 0 0 E o o ee e o o a 4 140 This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field
185. a hardware limitation Zero is always reported Write errors recovered with possible delays page 02 code 0001 Table 4 47 Write errors recovered with possible delays page 02 code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB e ee e ee X 04 Parameter Length fs C141 C008 Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered write errors that would not be reported to the initiator during write operations because possible delay is incurred 4 99 Command Specifications e Total write errors posted page 02 code 0002 Table 4 48 Total write errors posted page 02 code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during write operations Implementation If a write error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information e Total recoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0003 Table 4 49 Total recoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during write operations 4 100 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands e Total write bytes processed page 02 code 0005 Table 4 50 T
186. a in the cache that was placed into the cache by other means and it may be replaced 4 49 Command Specifications 4 50 1 Data put into the cache via a READ command was replaced sooner than data placed into the cache by other means 0 Indicates the device server was not distinguish between retaining the indicated data and data placed into the cache memory by other means Write retention priority not supported This field advises the device server the retention priority to assign for data written into the cache that has also been transferred from the cache memory to the medium F Data put into the cache during a WRITE or WRITE and VERIFY command was not replaced if there is ohter data in the cache that was placed into the cache by other means and it may be replaced 1 Data put into the cache during a WRITE or WRITE and VERIFY command was replaced sooner than data placed into the cache by other means 0 Indicates the device server was not distinguish between retaining the indicated data and data placed into the cache memory by other means Pre fetch inhibit block count not supported This parameter is used to selectively prohibit data Look Ahead operations in the READ command or the READ EXTENDED command When the Transfer block count specified in the CDB of the READ command or the READ EXTENDED command is greater than the value in this parameter data Look Ahead operations are not executed in that command This
187. a type X 00 default type must be specified in this field Byte 2 Bits 7 and 4 of this field have meaning only in the header transferred to the INIT by the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands The values specified in these bits are disregarded in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands 0 must always be specified by the INIT in the other bit positions Block descriptor length This field indicates the length block count of the Block descriptor which follows the header not including the length of the Page descriptor It is possible to define only 1 Block descriptor to the IDD and either X 00 or X 08 must be specified in this field When X 00 is specified in this field it indicates that the Block descriptor is not included in the parameter list transferred from the INIT and the Page descriptor follows immediately after the Header b Block descriptor The logical attributes of the data format on the disk media are described in the 8 byte long Block descriptor Data block count This field specifies the total number of logical data blocks the block length is specified in Data block length allocated in the user space on the disk media The maximum logical block address is a value with 1 subtracted from the value in this field If only the Block descriptor in this command is changed accessible data block count can be limited without formatting if Data block count value is wi
188. a which show RECOVERED ERROR are newly generated 4 89 Command Specifications 4 1 15 LOG SELECT 4C E X 4C Le Parameter List Length MSB i ase Parameter List Length LSB This command provides a means for an application client to manage statistical information maintained by the IDD about IDD The INIT can know the types of statistical information and the current maintaining of each statistical information by using the LOG SENSE command A Save Parameters SP bit is one indicates that after performing the specified LOG SELECT operation the drive will save all parameters to the disc medium A SP bit of zero specifies that parameters is not saved It is not an error to set the SP bit to one and to set the DS bit of a log parameter to one In this case the parameter value for that log parameter is not saved The Parameter Code Reset PCR bit of one and a Parameter list length of zero cause all implemented parameters to be set to zero It also clears the SMART Failure Warning and the Thermal Warning If the PCR bit is one and the parameter list length is greater than zero the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 In this case the log parameters are not cleared A PCR bit of zero specifies that the log parameters is not reset The Page Control PC bits specifies a kind and treatment content of parameters that changed by this command as shown
189. al Block Address e eo 0 0 0 0 0 0 a o oee oo ofopo This command reads the number of continuous logical data blocks specified in the Block count field with the logical data block on the disk media which is specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top then executes a VERIFY check on those data The Block count field in the CDB specifies the number of data blocks which is the object of the VERIFY check When zero is specified in the Transfer block count the command is terminated normally without performing seek and pre fetch Bit 4 of CDB byte 1 is disabled in the IDD and the specified value is disregarded If 1 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the BytChk bit the IDD performs a comparison check of the data read from the disk media and the data transferred from the INIT If the data do not match during this mode the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status MISCOMPARE E Miscompare during verify operation 1D 00 If 0 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the BytChk bit an ECC data portion normalcy check is executed Also error recovery processing during execution of the verify check is according to the mode specified by the MODE SELECT parameter verify error recovery parameter For example if data correction processing is not prohibited even if a correctable data check is detected it is regarded as if the verify check succeeded C141 C008 4 141 Command Specifications
190. al Count Count of the number of Loss of Signal conditions on the port e Primitive Sequence Protocol Error Count of the number of FC PH defined Primitive Sequence Protocol Errors on the port This field is not valid in loop mode e Invalid Transmission Word Count Count of the number of invalid transmission words Running Disparity errors that have been detected on the port e Invalid CRC Count Count of the number of write data frames that have been received with invalid CRC s on the port These errors are only detected when this drive is the target of the data transfer The following fields are unique to loop mode LIP F7 Initiated Count Count of the number of loop initialization processes originated by the port with LIP F7 s Initialize LIP LIP F7 Received Count Count of the number of loop initialization processes initiated on the port by receiving LIP F7 s Initialize LIP LIP F8 Initiated Count Count of the number of loop initialization processes originated by the port with LIP F8 s Failure LIP LIP F8 Received Count Count of the number of loop initialization processes initiated on the port by receiving LIP F8 s Failure LIP C141 C008 1 12 Public Loop 1 12 Public Loop NFS Client SCSI Initiator IP Host C141 C008 iii Public loop consists of the private loop through the multiple FL_Port or N_Port device through the multiple F_Port Shown as Figure 1 63 The FL_Port is the gateway to the
191. alternate blocks are allocated in spare sectors in an alternate cell Auto alternate block allocation processing If auto alternate block allocation processing is permitted by the AWRE flag or the ARRE flag of the MODE SELECT parameters the IDD executes alternate clock allocation automatically by alternate sector processing for defective data blocks detected during execution of the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY READ and READ EXTENDED commands The alternate block allocation method in this case is the same as in the case of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command See the description in Section 5 3 2 concerning Auto Alternate Block Allocation Processing Disk Media Management 6 2 Disk Media Initialization 6 2 1 Initialization during installation The disk drive is initialized for the inherent default data format for each respective model name model class when it is shipped from the factory so ordinarily it is not necessary to initialized format the disk media when it is installed in a system However in cases where data attributes which differ from the default format are necessary initialization formatting of the entire disk media by the following procedures is necessary At this time the INIT can change the following data format attributes e The logical data block length e The number of logical data blocks or the number of cylinders in the User Space e The size of the spare area for alternate blocks 1 Issuing th
192. alues during the time until reading of Save values is completed after the IDD s power is switched on or when no Save values exist and no MODE SELECT command is being issued 4 17 Command Specifications 4 18 The IDD has a common set of Current Save and Default values of all the MODE SELECT parameters for all the INITs When the IDD s power is switched on when TARGET RESET is received when LIP YX is received When TPRLO Third Party Process Log out Extended Link Service Global bit 1 the Current MODE SELECT parameter values are changed to the Save parameter values if they exist and are changed to the Default parameter values if the Save values do not exist Note In the FC there is only one MODE parameter in one device set PORT A B Common For that reason in cases where factors which are initialized by previously written MODE parameters TARGET RESET LIP Y X etc are received an influence is also exerted on other ports MODE parameters are initialized When any of the parameters related to the data format on the disk media Block Descriptor Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 parameters related to the segment buffer Caching parameters Page 8 byte 13 and parameters related to command queuing Control mode parameters Page A byte 3 is changed by this command a UNIT ATTENTION condition Mode parameters changed 2A 01 is generated for all the INITs other than the INIT
193. and the length and format differ for each device The length of expanded sense data is displayed in the sense data so by analyzing the sense data which it receives the INIT can know its effective length 5 1 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 2 Inthe REQUEST SENSE command even if a Transfer byte length that is shorter than the length of the sense data supported by the device which is the object of the command the command will terminate normally but in that case some of the sense data only will be received and the remaining information will be lost Sufficient caution should be exercised with regard to the devices connected to the INIT and all the sense data of those devices should be read Table 5 1 Expanded sense data format e ee I ee a Ne 0 Valid X 70 or X 71 Error Code a o o O W SOS PEE he a O Information X 28 Additional Sense Data Length Command Inherent Information Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Basic Information 6 Sense Key Inherent Information A Link CDB Operation Code ere Se Information ES ES EA 12 13 za ES Detailed Information 5 2 C141 C008 5 1 Sense Data 5 1 2 Sense data basic information Bytes 0 to 17 of the sense data are basic information which show the contents of the error that has occurred The INIT can know the contents of the error and the key information that is necessary for recovery
194. and the values specified there are disregarded Also the DevOfl device off line bit specifies whether or not operations which have an influence on the status of logical units other than the logical unit specified in this command during the self diagnosis test but in the IDD there is only 1 logical unit that exists Therefore the specification in this bit has no meaning and the specified value is disregarded The INIT can specify the type of self diagnosis test to be executed through the UnitOfl unit off line bit When 1 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit the IDD executes a series of self diagnosis tests in accordance with the combination with the UnitOfl unit off line bit as shown in Table 4 106 Table 4 106 Self diagnosis test Type of Self diagnosis Test UnotOfl 0 UnitOfl 1 1 Controller Function Test 2 Gower Feng ff 2 Disk Drive Seek Test n Disk Drive Seek Test 3 Disk Media CE Space Write Read Data Comparison Test x Execution Object When the IDD completes all the specified self diagnosis tests normally it reports a GOOD status On the other hand when an error is detected in any of the specified self diagnosis tests a CHECK CONDITION status is reported and information related to the detected error is shown in the sense data For example when an error is detected in the controller function test the type of error is shown by HARDWARE ERROR 4 in the sense key
195. anna ai 1 19 Parameter code eeeeeereeeeerereresrreeen 4 93 parameter configuration cece 4 21 parameter field 4 77 parameter for controlling reconnection timing 3 6 parameter for specifying alternate processing area for defective DIGCK ices ieedtakisen tle ienene 4 39 parameter list configuration 4 173 parameter list length eee eee 2 5 parameter related to device type 4 41 parameter specification 4 172 parameter specifying sector format 4 40 parameter specifying track format 4 40 payload field of PLOGI frame 1 40 payload field of PLOGI_ACC frame 1 41 payload field of process logout 1 56 e O E iain lee i eee 4 91 PDS Cree et hae e e a E ARE R aa 1 59 PDISC ACC waitin ase ean 1 59 IN 8 BER cata nanan E aa ts 4 27 Perf oa ee a a teas 4 60 PETLOTMAN Ces 12s hed E ees 4 60 persistent reservation Scope ee 4 123 persistent reservation type 00 0 eee 4 123 persistent reservation type code 4 124 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 5E 4 118 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS 4 119 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS 4 121 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN SETVICE ACTION iesenii n 4 118 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT 5F saonestt EE EA ate ed 25 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list sesser 4 127 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT SETVICE ACTION iniiis rieien
196. ar Task Set B2 bit2 This drive clears all commands queued when this drive receives the Target Reset The drive generates the UNIT ATTENTION condition internally for all of initiators except Clear Task Set issue initiator If the drive receives the command after Clear Task Set the drive will respond check condition SenseKey UNIT ATTENTION The drive aborts all of Open Exchange Abort Task Set B2 bit1 This drive clears all Task set issued by the initiator of commands abort queued when this drive receives the Abort Task Set The drive aborts Open Exchange Read Data B3 bit1 Incase of the command has the Read data the data is transferred from drive to initiator 1 is set Write data B3 bit0 Incase of the command has the Write data the data is transferred from initiator to drive 1 is set C141 C008 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 1 9 1 2 Command descriptor block Operation Code Group Code Command Code Reserved h 00 Logical Block Address Reserved h 00 m i Transfer Length Control Byte Reserved NACA Flag Link b 000 0 Operation Code Group Code Command Code 1 Reserved MSB b 000 2 Logical Block Address 3 4 Transfer Length b 000 Figure 1 48 Command descriptor block This section indicates the 6 byte and 10 byte CDB 1 Operation Code PL W03 B0 For details of Operation Code refer to Chapter 4 The Upper 3 bit of
197. arameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that point according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued The contents of recovered errors are not reported If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table Setting prohibited See 1 at the end of this table When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that point according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands When recovery from all detected errors has been successful a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ER
198. arameter list of the type specified in the CDB regardless of the specification of the Transfer byte length field in the CDB In order for the INIT to confirm that all the parameter list requested in the command has been transferred it should check whether the value which has the length of the Sense data length field itself added to the value indicated in this field is less than the value specified in the Transfer byte length field Media type X 00 default type is always reported in this field WP bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that a write operation to the disk media is prohibited and when 0 is specified it indicates that a write operation is permitted DPOFUA bit When this bit is 0 it indicates that the IDD does not supports the DPO and FUA bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that the IDD supports the DPO and FUA bits Block descriptor length This field indicates the Block descriptor length byte length which follows after the header The Page descriptor length is not included in this value The IDD always reports X 08 in this field if 0 is specified in the DBD bit of this command s CDB and thus indicates that one Block descriptor set follows after the header When 1 is specified in the DBD bit of the CDB the value of this field is X 00 2 Block descriptor 4 76 The 8 byte Block descriptor indicates the logical attributes of the data format on the disk media Data block count
199. ardless of the value specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB The INIT should check whether the value shown in this field plus 4 is a smaller value than that specified in the Transfer byte count field in the CDB in order to confirm that all the defect data requested in this command have been transferred Also since the value shown in this field is divided by the number of bytes 4 or 8 per defect descriptor quotient the INIT can know the number of defects on the disk media 2 Defect descriptor list C141 C008 The data transferred after the 4 byte header is the Defect descriptor list Defect data in which the defect position information are described with the type and format specified in the CDB One Defect descriptor has a length of 4 bytes when in the Block address format and a length of 8 bytes when in the Byte distance from the index format and Physical sector address format The Defect descriptors do not necessarily transfer defect position information in ascending order See the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 concerning the configuration and contents of the Defect descriptor in each format 1 When 1 is specified in both the P List bit and the G List bit in the CDB and transfer of both the P List and G List is requested the IDD first of all transfers the P List then transfers the G List afterward merging of the defe
200. are sector area and its location are changed issue the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and specify the disk media format attributes The parameter specification method is the same as in the case of initialization processing during installation described in Section 6 2 1 If the same format attributes as at present will continue to be used it is not necessary to issue the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command 6 5 Disk Media Management 2 FORMAT UNIT command 6 6 Issue the FORMAT UNIT command in either of the following two formats and initialize the entire disk media surface a b Specify 1 in the FmtData bit 0 in the CmpLst bit and 000 in the Defect List Format field Also prepare only a 4 byte header specify 0 in the FOV DPRY DCRT and STPF bits and zero in the Defect List Length field In this FORMAT UNIT command the entire disk media surface is initialized using the P List and the previously existing G List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the previously existing G List is saved and the defect position information for the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is added to the G List During initialization alternate blocks for which sector slip processing was applied for previously known defects are reallocated so optimization of the logical data
201. are represented by PL Wxx By 1 Logical Unit Number FCP_LUN PL W00 01 All zero this drive supports only LUN zero Incase of the drive is specified except for the zero value on FCP_CMND except for Inquiry Request Sense CMD the drive responds Check Condition Status in FCP_RSP frame 2 Control Field FCP_CNTL PL W02 For details refer to 1 9 1 1 Control Field FCP_CNTL C141 C008 1 81 Fibre Channel Interface 3 CDB PL W03 06 SCSI CDB is entered in the field The field is 16 byte length any time and the drive does not check an unused area of this field occurred by SCSI Command Type If Task Management Flag set this field is invalid For details of CBD refer to 1 9 1 2 Command Descriptor Block 4 Additinonal_FCP_CDB PL W07_n The drive ignores this field 5 Data length FCP_DL PL Wn 1 Descripting the maximum data transfer available value in byte unit defined CDB in this frame The drive is compared with the transfer length this field and data in FCP_RSP FCP_DL gt data transfer length set FCP_RESID_UNDER 1 FCP_DL gt data transfer length set FCP_RESID_OVER 1 FCP_DL data transfer length set FCP_RESID_UNDER OVER 0 0 1 9 1 1 Control field FCP_CNTL mp kb F gt FF a 2 0 Reserved Reserved Task Attribute Reserved ae ata ol 2 Obso Clear Target Logical Reserv Clear Abort Reserv lete ACA Reset Unit ed Task Set Task Se
202. area 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field and the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data transferred from the INIT When downloading of microcode is completed the IDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs At this time the IDD performs microprogram reboot and generates sense code The IDD operates according to this microcode until its power is switched off If the power is switched on again the IDD s operation returns to the existing microcode saved previously on the disk IMPORTANT Depending on the setting in the IDD if done using the START STOP command it is necessary to issue the START command after issuing his command C141 C008 4 189 Command Specifications 5 Mode 0 1 0 1 Microcode download with saving In this mode the controller s microcode or control information is transferred to the IDD s control memory area and written to the disk 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field and the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data transferred from the INIT When all the data have been received the IDD writes the new microcode to the disk s system area and operates in accordance with this microcode until new microcode is downloaded IMPORTANT When abnormal termination for reasons other than ILLEGAL REQUEST
203. as the top The transfer block count can be specified up to a maximum of 256 logical data blocks When zero is specified in the Transfer block count field in byte 4 of the CDB it specifies transfer of 256 logical data blocks and when a value other than zero is specified it specifies the number of logical data blocks that should be transferred When transfer of multiple data blocks is instructed by this command when the data blocks which are to be processed come to a track boundary cylinder boundary or zone boundary a head switch or cylinder switch is executed automatically and writing of the specified number of blocks is performed 4 137 Command Specifications When the specifications in the Logical block address field and Transfer block count field in the CDB exceed the maximum logical block address in the IDD that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical block address out of range 21 00 and writing of data to the disk media is not executed The IDD performs the XFER RDY frame transfer after receiving the CDB but after performing Loop OPEN processing once it executes pre fetching of data The IDD either completes transfer of all the data specified in the command or at the point when the empty space in the data buffer runs out Loop CLOSE processing is executed Positioning of the specified data blocks is performed in parallel with this data transfer and writing of data from the da
204. at an INIT does not issue duplicate tags OX_ID for each of the exchanges it issues it is necessary to control the tags 2 17 Command Processing 2 18 In the case of an ORDERED QUEUE the IDD executes commands in the order in which they are received All the commands received with a SIMPLE QUEUE before commands received with an ORDERED QUEUE are executed before the commands received with an ORDERED QUEUE without relation to the INIT Commands received with a HEAD OF QUEUE are registered at the top of the queue for waiting execution The IDD does not interrupt the current command execution and executes them after completion of current command execution When commands with the HEAD OF QUEUE are received continuously the IDD first executes the command which was received last All commands received with a SIMPLE QUEUE after commands received with an ORDERED QUEUE are executed after the commands received with an ORDERED QUEUE A command received with a HEAD OF QUEUE is registered at the head of the execution queue and is executed when execution of the current command is completed Processing of the command currently being executed is not interrupted When commands with a HEAD OF QUEUE are received continuously the IDD executes the latest command to be received first The RESERVE RELEASE RESERVE EXTENDED and RELEASE EXTENDED commands should be issued together with an ORDERED QUEUE If HEAD OF QUEUE is used with these commands it
205. at parameters eee Ie Ee a Beil ee Le 7 oe Pere or Od ee A GF E a AA 4 38 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Parameters for specifying alternate processing areas for defective blocks bytes 2 to 9 The following 4 parameters specify the position and number of spare sectors for performing defective block alternate allocation processing on the disk media See Chapter 3 Data Format of Product Manual for details of the IDD s alternate block processing Track count zone bytes 2 to 9 This parameter specifies the number of tracks a unit for alternating blocks The INIT cannot clearly specify this value The IDD ignores the specification for this bit If the value of the Active Notch in Page C is 0 the Number of Logic Heads a cell is reported for the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands If not the total number of track of the zone which is specified as the Active Notch is reported Alternate sector count zone This parameter specifies the number of sectors per one cell as the number of spare sectors secured for use as alternate blocks In the IDD this parameter indicates the number of spare sectors secured in each cell The maximum permissible value of this parameter either the number of physical sectors per track in the last cell 1 or 240 whichever is smaller It is possible for the INIT to vary this parameter within a range of 0 to the maximum permissible value When a value which exceeds
206. ata Format Additional Data Length 0 Reserved CmdQue poc ess e o ONS ty ta FUJITSU Vendor ID ASCID Product ID ASCII Microcode Version No ASCII Product Revision ASCI Device Serial No ASCII 0 X 00 Reserved SCSI mode C141 C008 C141 C008 a 4 1 Control Sense Commands Qualifier field 0 0 0 The specified logical unit shows the type of input output device shown in the Device Type Code field Even if this code is reported it does not mean that that logical unit is in the ready state 0 0 1 The specified logical unit shows the type of input output device shown in the Device Type Code field but it shows that an actual input output device is not connected to that logical unit The IDD does not report this code 0 1 1 Shows that the specified logical unit is not supported When this code is reported it X 1F is shown in the Device Type Code field Device type code 0 0 0 0 0 Direct access device 1 1 1 1 1 Undefined device When LUN 0 is specified the IDD reports 0 0 0 0 0 direct access device as the device type code At this time the Qualifier field is 0 0 0 Therefore byte 0 indicates X 00 On the other hand when a LUN other than 0 is specified the IDD reports 1 1 1 1 1 undefined device as the device type code At this time the Qualifier field is 0 1 1 Therefore byte 0 indicates X 7F RMB bit When this bit is
207. atch to compare read data with write data during configuration self configuration Partial Defect List Transfer Read Defect Data command 37h cannot transfer all the Defect data in the target because the numbers of defect exceeded the maximum 20 Invalid command operation CDB byte 0 operation code is illegal 5 code Logical block address out of A logical block address which exceeds the drive s maximum range value was ers a 24 taa Invalid field in CDB There is an error in a There is an error in a specification in the CDB in the CDB 25 25 00 Logical unit not supported An illegal LUN was specified EE 26 Invalid field in parameter list There is an error in the parameter list specifications transferred from the INIT during command execution 27 Write protected A write operation was attempted in a write protected area Ora write ee A is prohibited at the external operation panel Microcode was downloaded Microcode was downloaded immediately after power on after power on TARGET RESET message A TARGET RESET was received occurred Mode parameter changed The ete SELECT parameter values were changed by another Reservations preempted A persistent reserve state was cleared by another INIT A persistent reserve state was cleared by another INIT 6 Reservations released A persistent reserve state was released 6 Registrations preempted A persistent reserve state was preempted by another INIT 6 Command clea
208. ate blocks are allocated as substitutes for sectors in which defects registered in the P List exist and logical data blocks are not positioned there 1 Specifies use of the P List in defect processing Even if this value is specified the P List itself is saved without being erased IMPORTANT When the disk media is being initialized for normal operation the P List must by all means be used Therefore 0 should be specified in this bit DCRT disable certification Default value 0 0 Specifies that data block verification be performed after initialization of the disk media The IDD confirms that all logical data blocks can be read from normally after initialization is completed Any defective data blocks detected in this verify operation are registered as a C List and alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks 1 Indicates that data block verify operations are prohibited after initialization of the disk media 4 152 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands STPF stop format Default value 1 When the defect list P List or G List necessary for executing the defect processing specified in this command cannot be read from the disk media this bit indicates whether to continue 0 is specified or terminate 1 is specified command processing but in the IDD this bit s specification is disabled and the specified value is disregarded When the necessary defect list cannot be read this
209. ates according to the specification This bit specifies settings concerning enabling or disabling the Soft Address 1 In Loop Initialization even if a hard address cannot be fixed a soft address is not used In this case the IDD enters a Non participating State In the Non participating State if Loop Initialization is detected try fixing a hard address again 0 In the Loop Initialization process try fixing a soft address DLM disable loop master This bit is possible to specify and operates according to the specification This bit specifies enabling or disabling of the Loop Master operation 1 The IDD does not become the Loop Master The IDD only resends the LISM frames that it receives The IDD Permits the INIT to become the Loop Master 0 The IDD itself is permitted to become the Loop Master DDIS disable discovery This bit is possible to specify and operates according to the specification This bit specifies settings concerning Port Address Discovery 1 Address or Port Discovery is not necessary after Loop Initialization When Loop Initialization is completed task processing is restarted 0 Before the INIT restarts task processing it must wait for Address Discovery or Port Discovery PLPB prevent loop port bypass This bit is possible to specify and operates according to the specification This bit specifies settings concerning Loop Port bypass LPB Loop Port Enable LPE 1
210. ation phase cece eeeeeeeeeees 1 107 electric requirement for DEV_CTRL_CODE input 1 20 electric requirement for input COMUO elects Gs aercve aoe AAE 1 19 electric requirement for SEL_n MPU sists sssetesensscadeestbetedbestaccessededenette 1 19 electrical requireMent eee eee eeeeee 1 15 element SCOPE miiie iiia 4 123 EMDR oeaan a a 4 37 EN bypass port A ren 1 22 EN bypass port B sesers 1 22 enable background function 4 60 IN 4 enable early recovery seeescererreeeee 4 27 enable modify data pointer ee 4 37 enable threshold comparison 4 93 enable vital product data eee eee 4 3 enable warning 0 00 es eeeeseeesecneeeseeeeees 4 60 ENCL ACK oeren eine oes 1 23 enclosure discovery phase 6 1 101 enclosure initiated ESI page format 1 108 enclosure initiated ESI request 1 105 enclosure initiated ESI transfer 1 104 enclosure request 1 107 enclosure requested information 1 107 enclosure service data transfer PLOLOCOL PEE EAT 1 100 enclosure service information 4 184 enclosure service interface 1 99 CTICOCING 5 seaxelstadeessbileces scseeitedesceeetebeleetibsts 1 4 ending boundary eee eseeseeeseeereeeeees 4 59 Error COG erneki eee eee ae ose 5 3 error loging 2 ee a 5 24 rror ON LOOP is sesc ascii Lt e 1 97 error recovery control flag during self diagnosis test ce
211. aximum size of Defect Management Table Fixed value c Current allocation condition of sector slip i e Up to 16 consecutive Slip Sector can be controlled by 1 Slip Defect entry So the necessary table size are varied not only the number of Defects but also the number of consecutive Slips Consequently the concrete Defect numbers cannot be described though the IDD guarantees 12 000 Slip Sectors and 3 000 Alternate Sectors at minimum If defect processing which exceeds this limit is specified in the FORMAT UNIT command that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status HARDWARE ERROR 4 No defect spare location available 32 00 2 A defect descriptor specified as the D List are received normally if the specified defect position information is within a range which does not exceed the disk drive s physical boundaries User Space and is recorded as the G List but formatting processing is executed only for the User Space in the range specified in the Block descriptor and Format parameters Page 3 and the Drive parameters Page 4 of the MODE SELECT parameter 3 Ifa defect descriptor in the Byte distance from the Index format is specified in the D List depending on the byte position of the specified defective byte 2 sectors may be processed as defective sectors with one defect descriptor or 1 sector may be processed as a defective sector with 2 or more defect descriptors Also if the speci
212. ble 4 27 MRIE 2 2 Generate no sense This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to NO SENSE and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition setting The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without prohibited error before any informational exception condition may be reported Only report informational exception condition on request This method instructs the target to report informational exception s information To find out about information exception conditions the Application Client polls the target by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command The sense key shall be set to NO SENSE and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the information exception condition X 0C X OF Reserved Vendor Specific h Interval timer This field indicates the period in 100 millisecond increments for reporting that an informational exception condition has occurred The target does not report informational exception conditions more frequency than the time specified by the Interval Timer field and as soon as possible after the timer interval has elapsed After the informational exception condition has been reported the interval timer is restarted A value of zero in the Interval Timer field indicates that the target shall only report
213. ble 4 8 VPD information VPD identifier list Bit SEARS EEE Qualifier Device Type Code 1 X 00 Page Code X 80 Device Serial No Gad S E E 4 12 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X 00 of this VPD information itself Also the Page length field in byte 3 indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X 03 Total data length 7 bytes Byte 4 and subsequent bytes list all the VPD information page codes supported by the IDD with the VPD page code indicated in ascending order in each byte Device serial No This VPD information reports the device serial number of the IDD The format of this VPD information is shown in Table 4 9 Table 4 9 VPD information device serial No Le ETSA a EDEA X 80 Page Code X 0C Page Length Device Serial No ASCII The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X 80 of this VPD information itself Also the
214. ble delays page 03 code 0001 Table 4 54 Read errors recovered with possible delays page 03 code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered read errors that would not be reported to the initiator during read operations because possible delay is incurred e Total read errors posted page 03 code 0002 Table 4 55 Total read errors posted page 03 code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted verify errors to the interface page X 05 Parameter code X 0002 Implementation If a read error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information C141 C008 4 103 Command Specifications e Total recoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0003 Table 4 56 Total recoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors LSB ee ee X 04 Parameter Length ows The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted recovered verify errors page X 05 Parameter code X 0003 e Total read byte
215. block count field with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top C141 C008 4 2 Data Access Commands The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 READ command Section 4 2 1 with the exception that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses and 2 byte transfer block counts However when zero is specified for the Transfer block count the command is terminated normally without seek and pre fetch being performed e FUA force unit access When this bit is 0 it indicates that the IDD satisfy the command by accessing the cache memory Any logical blocks that are contained in the cache memory may be transferred to the INIT directly from the cache memory When this bit is 1 it indicated that the IDD shall access the media in performing the command prior to returning GOOD status READ commands shall access the specified logical blocks from the media i e the data is not directly retrieved from the cache 4 2 3 WRITE 0A X OA or o Joo o aa Logical Block Address Logical Block Address LSB oe Transfer Block Count Ca oa a aa C141 C008 This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB
216. block is judged to be normal alternate block allocation need not be implemented In this case rewrite the original data to that data block if necessary When the data block is judged to be defective implement the processing in item 2 and after 2 Specify a logical block address for a data block which is judged to be defective and issue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command C141 C008 C141 C008 6 4 Alternate Block Allocation Processing 3 Ifthe REASSIGN BLOCKS command is terminated normally verify that logical data block according to the procedure in Section 6 3 If that data block is judged to be correct allocate an alternate block and terminate processing When the data block is judged to be defective return to 2 and issue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command again then try reallocating another alternate block for that logical data block The alternate block allocation history defect position information is registered as an addition to the defect list G List Therefore when reinitializing the hard disk with the FORMAT UNIT command see Section 6 2 2 if use of the G List is specified defect processing can be performed which reflects the operation results up to that time Also since Alternate sector processing is applied in alternate block allocation in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command the physical connectivity of the logical data block positions on the disk media is destroyed but by reinitializing the disk as long as the number of defective s
217. by that parameter DS Disable Save 1 The IDD does not support saving that log parameter in response to LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command with an SP bit of one 0 The IDD supports saving for that log parameter The IDD saves the current parameter value in response to LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command with a SP bit of one TSD Target Save Disable The IDD does not support this bit For LOG SENSE command See 4 1 16 the IDD always report zero Also for this command the IDD accepts this bit value of 1 but ignores its functionality ETC Enable Threshold Comparison The IDD does not support this bit For LOG SENSE command See 4 1 16 the IDD always report zero Also for this command the IDD accepts this bit value of 1 but ignores its functionality TMC Threshold Met Criteria This field is ignored when ETC bit is 0 For LOG SELECT command See 4 1 15 the IDD accepts this field value of other than 00b but ignores its functionality LBIN This bit is only valid if the LP bit is one If the LP bit is one and this bit is zero then the list parameter is a string of ASCII graphic codes If the LP bit is one and this bit is one then the list parameter is a list of binary information 4 93 Command Specifications 7 LP List Parameter 1 The parameter is a data counter 0 The parameter is a list parameter If these bits are specified by LOG SELECT command the IDD terminates normally
218. caching parameters ara e PAS eases X OA or X 12 Page Length pmo fe petite felo fv 1 fo fo oo f oe Write Retention Priority FSW LBCSS Reserved Default 1 Po fe fe pepe oo a TA a a C141 C008 4 47 Command Specifications 4 48 The parameters defined in this page descriptor control the range of look ahead data in the Look Ahead cache feature and enable or disable the caching operation See Section 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature and Section 3 3 Write Cache concerning details of the Look Ahead cache feature and parameter setting methods a RCD read cache disable This bit can be specified and its operation is as specified This bit specifies whether or not to activate the cache operation for a read command 1 Prohibits operation of the Look Ahead cache function The IDD reads ahead all of the data requested by the READ command or READ EXTENDED command from the disk and transfers it to the INIT Moreover it does not read ahead data blocks after the requested data 0 Specifies operation of the Look Ahead cache function If part or all of the data including logical data blocks of headers requested by a READ command or READ EXTENDED command exists in the data buffer the IDD transfers that data without accessing the disk Also depending on the instructions for the bytes beyond byte 4 of the parameter page it reads ahead the data blocks after the requested data in the data buffer b MS
219. cated in spare sectors which are not physically consecutive with the previous and following logical data blocks which are physically located on the disk Alternate block allocation processing during FORMAT UNIT command execution With the FORMAT UNIT command alternate block allocation is done by sector slip processing until all the spare sectors within the same cell have been used up for defective sectors included in the type of defect list P G or D specified in the command When all the spare sectors in the same cell have been used up subsequent defective sectors in that cell are treated by allocating spare sectors in an alternate cell by alternate sector processing After implementing this alternate block allocation and initializing the disk media at times when a data block Verify Certification operation is not prohibited the IDD reads all the initialized data blocks and verifies their normalcy If a defective data block is detected during this processing the IDD generates the C List as defect position information and allocates alternate blocks by alternate sector processing for those defective data blocks In this case alternate blocks are allocated in spare sectors in an alternate cell Alternate block allocation processing by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command With the REASSIGN BLOCKS command alternate block allocation is performed by alternate sector processing for defective logical data blocks specified by the INIT In this case
220. cations in the Logical block address field and Transfer block count field in the CDB exceed the maximum logical block address in the IDD that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical block address out of range 21 00 and the reading of data from the disk media is not executed Error recovery processing during execution of this command can be specified by the MODE SELECT parameter If retry processing and data correction processing are not prohibited when this command is completed normally or when it is completed with a RECOVERED ERROR 1 sense key report the data transferred to the INIT by this command are error free When a correctable error check is detected the IDD first corrects the data errors in the data buffer then transfers those data to the INIT The starting timing for Loop OPEN processing in order to execute data transfer on the FC bus can be specified by the MODE SELECT parameter buffer full ratio Also if the Look Ahead cache feature is permitted a caching operation is performed using the IDD s data buffer by this command See Chapter 3 Data Buffer Management concerning details of data buffer operation and the Look Ahead cache feature 4 2 2 READ EXTENDED 28 4 136 Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address ss ooo 9 0 0 0 E oe a a This command reads the number of blocks of data in continuous logical data blocks specified in the Transfer
221. ception is possible and that data equal in volume to its buffer size can be output In the example it shows that it is possible for it to receive 2 frames and outputs two R_RDY primitives C141 C008 2 3 Outline of Command Processing c Frame transfer The transfer source device by receiving the R_RDY primitive can judge that it is possible for the transfer destination device to receive frames so it can send frames Since one frame can be output for one R_RDY primitive when wanting to send 2 or more frames after 1 frame is sent the transfer source device must wait until another R_RDY primitive is sent from the transfer destination device However if the buffer is not empty and it is impossible for the transfer destination device to receive data the CLS primitive is sent At this time the CLS primitive is resent and loop use rights are released Furthermore after this IDD receives a normal OPN primitive it sends four R_RDY primitives that is it is possible for the transfer source device to send four frames A frame is sandwiched between a SOF Start of Frame delimiter primitive and an EOF End of Frame delimiter primitive The SOF primitives and EOF primitives supported by this IDD are as shown below SOFi3 SOF of starting frame SOFn3 SOF of continuing frames EOFn EOF of continuing frames EOFt EOF of final frame Figure 2 3 Combination of SOF and EOF primitives used for transferring frames C
222. ch page descriptor for the MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 concerning the variability of each parameter Default Values Reports the Default value of each parameter See the description of each page descriptor for the MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 concerning the actual default value of each parameter Save Values Reports the Save value of each parameter The Save values are either of the following values For parameters other than those on Page 3 and Page 4 excluding byte 17 these are the values specified ina MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command in which the SP bit after the final execution is completed is 1 When a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command in which the SP bit is 1 is not executed when Save values do not exist these are the same values as the Default values The values in the parameters in Page 3 and Page 4 excluding byte 17 are the values save to the disk media during execution of the FORMAT UNIT command C141 C008 4 73 Command Specifications 4 74 The Transfer Byte Length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of MODE SENSE data which can be transferred to the INIT by this command The IDD transfers the number of bytes of all the MODE SENSE data specified in the Page code field or the portion of MODE SENSE data with the length specified in the Transfer Byte Length field whichever is smaller When zero is specified in the Transfer Byte Length
223. ch port uniquely in production Figure 1 11 Process for selecting loop master C141 C008 1 27 Fibre Channel Interface 5 LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA Loop Master This sub section describes a process for each port to obtain AL_PA Figure 1 12 shows the process for non loop master to obtain unique AL_PA after ending a process for selecting the loop master Other NL_Port on the loop LIFA LIFA is used to gather all fabric assigned AL_PAs LIPA is used to gather all previously acquired AL_PAs LIPA The drive attempts to obtain same AL_PA if the drive obtained the AL_PA in previous initilization LIHA is used to gather all hard assigned AL_PAs LIHA The drive attempts to obtain AL_PA if it failed to obtain AL_PA in LIPA The drive always attempts to obtain AL_PA when a powered on or b receiving LIP AL_PD AL PS The drive always attempts to obtain same AL_PA LISA LISA is used to assign any remaining AL_PA bits The drive attempts to obtain AL_PA if it failed up to LIHA If the drive fails to obtain AL_PA in LISA then the drive goes into nonparticipating mode lt Each NL_Port obtains unique AL_PA here LIRP lt LIRP and LILP may be caused by the loop master to confirm the location and address on the loop LILP LIRP is used to record the relative positions on the loop tt E LILP is used to inform all NL_Ports of their relative positions on the loop from the lo
224. cific bits LIP LIP Loop Loop B A e LIP Loop A B Bits When set to a 1 the drive enters the Loop Initialization Process on either loop A B or both as indicated by these bits The drive originates a LIP F7 AL_PS if it has a valid AL_PA The drive originates a LIP F7 F7 if it does not have a valid AL_PA C141 C008 1 111 Fibre Channel Interface Table 1 38 Device identification page ESI Page 00h 0 0 0 0 Action Code 04h Page Length n 3 Device ID Data e Device ID Data The device ID data is the contents of the SCSI Vital Product Data Device Identification page 83h For a definition of this information see the SPC 2 SCSI Primary Commands 2 standard Table 1 39 Device temperature ESI Page 00h 0 Action Code 05h Page Length 06h LSB Temperature Reserved e Temperature The value of the drive temperature sensor in degrees Celsius offset by 20 degrees The range expresses a temperature between 19 and 235 degrees Celsius The value of 0 is reserved 1 112 C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI Table 1 40 Port parameters o o 0 0 0 __EsiPage oohy ESI Page 00h o 0o 0o 0 Action Code 06h 2 MSB Page Length 06h 3 LSB 4 m Drive Capabilities 5 LSP Reserved CHG Port A Port A Link Rate Link Bypass Reserved Port B Port B Link Rate Link Bypass Reserved e Drive Capabilities This is a bit significant field that indicates whic
225. command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense data at this time indicate MEDIUM ERROR 3 Primary defect list not found 1C 01 or MEDIUM ERROR 3 Defect list error in primary list 19 02 if the P List cannot be read and MEDIUM ERROR 3 Grown defect list not found 1C 02 or MEDIUM ERROR 3 Defect list error in grown list 19 03 if the G List cannot be read Immed Immediate 1 If 1 is specified in the Immed immediate bit at the point when the CDB s legality is confirmed or at the point when transfer of the defect list is completed a GOOD status is reported 0 If 0 is specified in the Immed immediate bit the specified operation is executed and the status byte is reported at the point when that operation is completed then the command is terminated Defect list length This field specifies the total number of bytes in the Defect list transferred from the INIT following the header The byte length of the Defect descriptor which configures the defect list differs depending on its format and the value specified by this field must be a multiple of 4 when the defect descriptor is in the block address format and must be a multiple of 8 when the defect descriptor is in the byte distance from the index format or the physical sector address format When zero is specified in this field it indicates that the defect list is not tra
226. completed and a CHECK CONDITION status MEDIUM ERROR 3 Medium format corrupted 31 00 is reported for all such commands The configuration and functions of the Page descriptors supported by the IDD are described below 4 24 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands IMPORTANT In the diagram that shows the configuration of each individual Page Descriptor the default column shows that parameter s default value and the variable column shows whether or not it is possible to vary that parameter 1 indicates that it can be varied The INIT can know those values and attributes by using the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command 1 Read Write error recovery parameters page code 1 Table 4 14 lists the format of the page descriptor of this MODE SELECT parameter Table 4 14 MODE SELECT parameters read write error recovery parameters Poe Pa AEE X 0A or X 06 Page Length Note e a ct X 00 Data Strobe Offset Count a E e X FFFF C141 C008 4 25 Command Specifications 4 26 IMPORTANT If transfer of this page descriptor is requested by the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command the IDD reports X 0A as the page length byte 1 However if either X 0A or X 06 is specified for the page length in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command the IDD treats it as though the correct page length was specified If X 06 is specified for the page length the value specifi
227. continuously in continuous sectors 4 150 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands 3 Format parameters Table 4 96 lists the data format of the Format parameter transferred from the INIT when 1 is specified in the FmtData format data bit of the CDB Table 4 96 FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration Header Defect List Length MSB Defect List Length LSB C141 C008 4 151 Command Specifications a Header The top of the format parameter transferred from the INIT is a 4 byte header The INIT can specify the method used for defect processing that is executed by this command by control flags within the header FOV format option valid 0 Indicates that the INIT does not specially specify concerning the functions specified by the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 see following DPRY to STPF The IDD executes format processing in accordance with the default values of the various control flags If the INIT specifies 0 in this bit 0 must be specified in all the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 1 Indicates that the INIT is clearly specifying the functions specified by the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 see following DPRY to STPF The IDD executes format processing according to the values specified in the various control flags DPRY disable primary Default value 0 0 Specifies execution of format processing using the P List Altern
228. cope that is not implemented the device server shall return a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB Fields contained in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list specify the information required to perform a particular persistent reservation Service action 4 125 Command Specifications The parameter list shall be 24 bytes in length and the Parameter List Length field shall contain 24 18h If the parameter list length is not 24 the device server shall return a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Parameter list length error 1A 00 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions When processing the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions the device server shall increment the generation value as specified in 4 1 17 2 The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command service actions are defined in table 4 88 Table 4 88 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action codes REGISTER Register a reservation key with the device server Olh RESERVE Creates a persistent reservation having a specified SCOPE and TYPE 02h RELEASE Releases the selected reservation for the requesting initiator CLEAR Clears all reservation keys and all persistent reservations PREEMPT Preempts persistent reservations from another initiator 05h PREEMPT amp ABORT Preempts persistent reservations from another initiator and aborts the task set for the preempted initiator REGISTER Register a reservation key with the device serve
229. ct information in the two lists is not performed When 0 is specified in both the PList bit and the GList bit in the CDB only the header is transferred by that command but the following information is shown in the header at this time PList bit 0 GList bit 0 Defect List Length field The total number of bytes described in the Defect List Format specifying defect data included in the P List and G List 4 165 Command Specifications 3 Even if defect data of the type specified in the CDB do not exist in the defect list P List or G List if the defect list is empty 1 is displayed in the PList bit and the GList bit in the header transferred to the INIT corresponding to the specification in the CDB 4 By the INIT issuing this command specifying 4 in the Transfer Byte Length field in the CDB and by investigating the information in the header transferred by the IDD it can know the length number of data included in the P List and G List 5 Depending on the combination of defect data type specifications and format specifications the following conditions exist concerning the transferred defect data so caution is necessary Table 4 104 Defect data conditions Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format eR 1 3 Physical Sector Address Format fF yp vp 1 Regardless of the size of the User Space all the defect position info
230. culated separately from the number of retries on the alternate sectors 5 29 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 6 Disk Media Management 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 Defect Management Disk Media Initialization Data Block Verification Methods Recommended Alternate Block Allocation Processing In this chapter disk media defect management methods treatment methods for media defects which occur during operation reinitialization procedures and other disk media management methods are discussed Furthermore see Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual concerning details of the data recording format on the disk media 6 1 Defect Management 1 Defect lists Information on the positions of defects in the disk media are managed by the types of defect list shown below See the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 concerning methods for using the defect lists C141 C008 P List D List C List G List Defect position information at the point when the disk drive was shipped from the factory is recorded in this list The defective portions included in this list are permanent defects and when the disk media is initialized it is necessary that this list be used and alternate block processing be executed This list includes defect position information specified by the INIT in the FORMAT UNIT command when initializing the disk media This list contains information on t
231. d the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The P List is saved but it is not used in defect processing The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing The D List is added to the previously existing G List Note 1 ddd 0 0 0 D List in the block address format 1 0 0 D List in the byte distance from the index format 1 0 1 D List in the physical sector address format Note 2 The D List is not transferred from the INIT Note 3 If the data block length is changed and the disk media is initialized the INIT cannot specify a combination defect processing method Note 4 When this combination of defect processing methods is specified the IDD performs verification of the data blocks after initialization and creates the C List In other combination defect processing methods the INIT can clearly specify whether the verification operation is prohibited or permitted by the DCRT flag of the Format parameter 4 158 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands 4 3 2 REASSIGN BLOCKS 07 This command allocates alternate data blocks for defective data blocks specified in the Defect Data list transferred form the INIT The INIT specifies the logical block address of one or more defective data blocks in the Defect Data list which it transfers to the IDD The IDD searches for unused spare sectors for use as alternate blocks and allocates these alternate blocks for the specifi
232. d and which are linked to it and to specify the type of operations which it is possible to execute It is possible to issue this command once only in a group of commands which are linked in a series IMPORTANT The specifications in this command are valid only for a series of linked commands which follow this command When the link between the commands is cut the specifications in this command lose their validity The Logical block address field in the CDB specifies the logical block address which is the staring point of the range where access is permitted When an address in the User Space X 00000000 or higher is specified in the Logical block address field access to the User Space only is permitted in linked commands which follow this command and CE space cannot be accessed On the other hand if an address in CE space X 80000000 or higher is specified access to CE space only is permitted in linked commands which follow this command and User Space cannot be accessed Also the size of the range where access is permitted specified in this command in the Block count field in the CDB specifies the number of logical data blocks from that starting point However when zero is specified in the Block count field access to the final logical data block of the specified data space User Space or CE Space with the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field as the starting point is permitted Figure 4 3 show
233. d in the Address Format After Conversion field the following codes can be specified as Table 4 112 Table 4 112 Specifying address format Address Format Erag Logical Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format The description format of the address information specified in bytes 6 to 13 is the same as the description specification of the D List transferred from the INIT by the FORMAT UNIT command For details see the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 furthermore when the logical block address format is specified it must be described in bytes 6 to 9 and zero must be specified in the remaining byte positions When a logical data block address which does not exist outside the range of the MODE SELECT parameter is specified in the logical block address format or when an area which cannot be allocated as User Space on the disk drive cylinders which physically do not exist is specified in the Byte Distance from the Index format or the Physical Sector Address format that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL C141 C008 4 175 Command Specifications REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and address conversion is not executed Details of the address conversion algorithm executed when this parameter page is specified and the data format etc of the conversion results reported to the INIT are explained in REC
234. data It contains information for classifying the type of error that was detected Small Computer System Interface SCSI Status C141 C008 Input output interface standardized by the American National Standard Institute ANSD Specification Number ANSI X3 131 1986 This is 1 byte of information reported to the initiator by the target device when execution of each command is completed which displays the command s completion state GL 1 Glossary Target TARG This is the FC device that executes the input output operations initiated by the initiator INIT In this manual target is abbreviated TARG GL 2 C141 C008 ACK AEN ALT ARRE ASCII ASG ATN AWG AWRE bpi BSY BytChk C list C D CCS CDB CE CmpLst CRC CSS CYL D D list DBD DC DCR DCRT DE DEF DevOfi DPO DPRY DSP DTDC Acronyms and Abbreviations A ACKnowledge Asynchoronous Event Notification ALTernated block Automatic Read Reallocation Enabled American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASiGned block ATTeNtion American Wire Gauge Automatic Write Reallocation Enabled B bits per inch BuSY Byte Check C Target Certification list Control data Common command set Common descriptor block Customer Engineer Complete List Cyclic Redundancy Check Contact Start Stop CY Linder D Depth Data Defect List Disable Block Descriptor Direct Current Disable Correction Disable CeRtificaTion Disk Enclo
235. data block is retried The IDD retries reading the data area in each data block the specified number of times When zero is specified in this field retrying to read data from the disk is prohibited When X 06 is specified as the page length on Page 1 the IDD applies the value specified in the Number of retries during READ field on Page 1 to this field also c Correctable bit length This parameter indicates the burst error length bit length that can be applied for data corrections according to the ECC This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT However the IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operations according to the Default value d Recovery time limit This parameter specifies the maximum time the TARG can be used for error recovery processing as a lms constant The value specified in this parameter is the maximum permissible error recovery processing time for an individual command When both this parameter and the Number of retries during VERIFY parameter are specified priority must be given to whichever parameter specifies the shortest time in its application The reported value in this field is a copy of the Recovery time limit in Page 1 The IDD disregards the value specified in this field 4 46 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 6 Caching parameters page code 8 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 4 21 Table 4 21 MODE SELECT parameters
236. data from the disk media On the other hand if the top logical data block specified in a command is not relevant data for caching in the data buffer if they miss reading of data is performed from the disk media using the old cache segment 2 Data which are objects of caching 3 8 Data which exist in the data buffer and which are objects of caching in item 1 data which are not accessed from the disk media but are transferred to the INIT from the data buffer are as described below a Data read by a READ or a READ EXTENDED command and which have been read to the data buffer by Look Ahead are data which are objects of caching Depending on the timing for halting Look Ahead it is possible that data read by the READ command will be overwritten by Look Ahead b Data which have been hit by the READ or READ EXTENDED command and transferred to the INIT once are also objects of caching as long as they are not invalidated C141 C008 c d 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature Data transferred from the INIT and written to the disk media by the WRITE and WRITE EXTENDED command are objects of caching Data transferred from the INIT and written to the disk media by WRITE AND VERIFY command is not the objects of caching 3 Disabling caching data C141 C008 Various data which are objects of caching in the data buffer are disabled in the following cases a b If any of the following commands is issued for the same data block
237. dy state 2 23 sense data length eee eeeeeseeereeeneees 4 76 Sense Key vvecieisye ces tate 5 3 5 6 sense key inherent information 5 4 5 5 sense key specific valid 5 4 service parameter Page eee eeeeeees 1 51 C141 C008 service parameter response page 1 53 SES sense Code cssccsscsesceeerestseeeee 1 104 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 4 134 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter list 4 135 SET LIMITS 33 eeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeees 4 144 SET LIMITS command eee 4 145 setting parameter by MODE SELECT command cee eeeeeeeeeeeee 6 7 SERSO451 jessie aia 1 99 SEBB0G7 ssccovsssteiestitebeensschetehictazeseesstiebsths 1 99 short enclosure Status ccs eeseeseeeee 4 185 signal function in SFF8045 mode 1 17 signal function in SFF8067 mode 1 23 signal interchange on FC loop 2 10 Single command ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 8 SIVA AE E ine 4 49 Size enable careo eee eiat y 4 49 SKS V aere Seana a E Eei 5 4 SMART data page X 38 eeeeeeeees 4 117 SMART status page X 2F one 4 117 SOFt SECCOTING eee eeeeeeeeeseeereeenseenseeenees 4 41 soft Write protect seeen 4 56 SPATE Sector ALEA eee iastan 6 2 spare sector within cell 6 2 specified cycle count over device lifetimes ninan ease 4 112 specifying address format eee 4 175 specifying initialization method 4 150 specifying range where access permitted
238. e Port Number bit3 0 0x0 Device Node name 0x1 Port A of the device 0x2 Port B of the device 1 43 Fibre Channel Interface 1 7 1 2 Common service parameter 1 44 Table 1 24 Common service parameter bit Byte o Fee Veraion High e prem Version Low HSB Buffer to Buffer Credit LSB Random valid Alternate E_D_TOv Continuos Relative Vendor Credit Resolution Increase Offset Version Model Dynamic Continuous Payload neraso Length Reserved BaT sro Receive Data Field Size 7 188 00 Reserved EH otal Concurrent Sequence Relative Offset by Information Category Point to Point E_D TOY 1 Highest version supported ByteO Latest version number of FC PH supported by the device 09h Denotes FC PH version 4 3 For ACC the drive responds with 20h 2 Lowest version supported Byte1 Lowest version number of FC PH supported by the device 09h Denotes FC PH version 4 3 For ACC the drive responds with 20h 3 Buffer to buffer Credit Byte2 3 The drive does not check this field and operates assuming that Buffer to buffer Credit is one For ACC the drive responds with 0001h 4 Common features Byte4 5 a 1b Continuously Increasing Offset bit7 The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h OFh when this bit Ob For ACC the drive responds with 1b C141 C008 b c d e g h i 1 7 Extended Link Service Random Relative Off
239. e 4 16 MODE SELECT commanid 4 21 6 5 MODE SELECT EXTENDED 55 4 69 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command parameter configuration oes eee eeeeeeseeereeeeeeneees 4 70 MODE SELECT parameter 4 24 read write error recovery PaLAMeters ieccsine tiveevteadectdeecseed 4 25 MODE SELECT parameter 3 5 4 34 4 38 4 42 4 43 4 45 4 47 4 53 4 57 4 59 4 63 4 67 MODE SELECT parameter of IDD 4 23 C141 C008 Index MODE SELECT parameter SUCUT et oe Ree 4 19 MODE SENSE 1A eee eeeeeeeeereeeeee 4 71 MODE SENSE command parameter Configuration ereere 4 75 MODE SENSE data type specification sereneco iieii 4 73 MODE SENSE EXTENDED 5A 4 78 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command parameter COnfiguration eeeeeeeeereeerreereerere 4 79 MRIE tesco andi aes 4 60 4 61 IMIS Fees cct tac a A a aaite ett ce 4 48 multiple selection 4 48 N NPort lO git c t2ecutanwanieant 1 40 IND i csedectat sscgebisdabbeeed AAT 4 58 Hode A e ss See aah eae Soha 1 3 node name format 00 0 eee eeeeseeereeeeeee 1 42 non cache buffer Size oo eee eee eeeeseeeeeee 4 52 non medium error count page X06 inched iea e eke 4 109 NOCH CLIVE 2 0 ATE EN E EEEE 4 58 notch parameter oo eee eeeeeseereeeneeeeeee 4 57 number of head s es 4 44 number of retry during read 4 28 number of retry during seek error 4 68 number of retry during VERIFY 4 46 number of retry
240. e 0000 0 eeseeseeseceeceseceseeeeeees 4 110 Reference temperature page OD code 0001 cece eeeeeteeeeeee 4 110 Start stop cycle counter page X OE oo eee ceeeceseceneceeeeeneeeneeees 4 111 Date of manufacture page OE code 0001 oo eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 111 Accounting date page OE code 0002 eee eeseessecsseceteceeeeeees 4 112 Specified cycle count over device lifetime page OR code 0003 visi eneret ieena orne eee teenies 4 112 Start stop cycle counter page OE code 0004 oseere 4 113 Application client page X OF ce ceeesseessecsseceseceseecnsecsaeenaeeesaees 4 114 General usage application client parameter data page OF code 0000 003F 0 ee eeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeeeaaeensees 4 114 Self test result page X 10 eee eseecsseeeseeeseeenseceseecsaecaesnaaeenaees 4 115 Self test result parameter data page 10 code 0001 0014 4 115 Self test results ValUeS sctecicsciescecesstedebasanetebhssaveecthcceaubersclenepebtaeess 4 116 SMART status page X 2F oo eeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseecnaecaeenaeeeaeees 4 117 SMART data page X 38 eee cesceseceeeeeseeeeeeeeseesseecsaecaeeenaeenaees 4 117 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actions 4 118 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ YS citreus tenses sheik tastes tond beara a E E staan Te 4 119 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVA TIONS vc na een ssa A EE E ER A ih odes 4 121 Format of reservation descri
241. e 1 7 explains the examples of Exchanges in case of SCSI write read operation C141 C008 1 13 Fibre Channel Interface a SCSI write operation Initiator Target drive 1 FCP_CMND_IU WT y aX 2 K FCP_XFER_RDY_IU 3 FCP_DATA_IU Write Exchange from command frame to response frame VN 4 FCP_RSP_IU b SCSI read operation Initiator Target drive 1 FCP_CMND_IU RD gt TS 3 FCP_DATA_IU Read Exchange from command frame to response frame 4 FCP_RSP_IU Figure 1 7 Examples of exchange 1 FCP_CMND_IU includes SCSI command and the control information 2 FCP_DATA_RDY_IU permits the data transmission from the initiator to the drive 3 FCP_Data_IU Read or Write data between the initiator and the drive 4 FCP_RSP_IU Used by the drive to report status sense data to the initiator C141 C008 1 3 Physical Requirements Electrical Requirements 1 3 Physical Requirements Electrical Requirements 1 3 1 Interface connector The connector for the fibre channel loop bus is an unshielded SCA 2 connector conforming to SCSI 3 type which has two 20 pin rows spaced 1 27 mm 0 05 inch apart Figure 1 8 shows the fibre channel connector See Section 1 3 2 1 3 3 for signal assignments on the connector 36 79 5 325 7 0 0 635 Figure 1 8 SCA2 type interface connector IDD C141 C008 1 15 Fibre Channel Interface
242. e MODE SELECT command The MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is issued and the format attributes on the disk media are specified The necessary parameters at this time are as follows a Block descriptor The logical data block size byte length is specified in the Data block length field Also when desiring to clearly specify the logical data block count specify that value in the Data block count field If not zero may be specified in the Data block count field In that case the number of logical data blocks after initialization will be determined by the values specified in the Format parameters Page 3 and the Drive parameters Page 4 b Format parameters Page 3 Specify the number of spare sectors secured in each cylinder in the Alternate sector count zone field It is desirable not to specify a value that is lower than the IDD s default value in this field c Drive parameters Page 4 The number of cylinders in the User Space cannot be changed The number of cylinders necessary to secure the number of logical data blocks specified in the Data block count field in the block descriptor will be allocated to the user space 6 4 C141 C008 6 2 Disk Media Initialization 2 Issuing the FORMAT UNIT command Issue the FORMAT UNIT command and initialize the entire disk media surface In this FORMAT UNIT command the entire disk media surface is initialized using the P List then after initialization t
243. e MODE SELECT parameters If immediate correction of errors is permitted DCR 0 EER 1 the IDD immediately makes error corrections in the data buffer and sends the corrected data to the INIT Also in the case of Verify processing at the point when it judges that correction is possible it regards verification as being successful and continues processing of subsequent data blocks If error correction is permitted but immediate correction is not permitted DCR 0 EER 0 reading of data as in item 2 is retried up to the number of times specified in the other MODE SELECT parameters Number of Retries during Read or Number of Retries during Write If error correction is prohibited DCR 1 EER 0 reading of data as in item 2 is retried up to the number of times specified in Number of Retries during Read or Number of Retries during Write If the error cannot be recovered from even when this retry processing is executed the IDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is MEDIUM ERROR 3 and the sense code indicates Unrecovered read error 11 00 5 25 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 4 Other internal IDD errors If an irrecoverable error other than those in items 1 to 3 above is detected internally in the IDD the IDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The s
244. e basically sent to the INIT at the same time as the status in the command s response frame in the case where an error occurred in the issued command AUTO SENSE function In the case of the FC the object of a sense hold is a deferred error an interface system error and a UNIT ATTENTION Sense data being held are cleared if there is a SYSTEM RESET LIP y x or LOGOUT or a LIP y x or Target Reset TARGET RESET from the INIT which is the object of the hold In the case of SCSI at times such as when a command terminates with the CHECK CONDITION status it is necessary for the INIT to issue this command and fetch sense data but in the case of the FC this is basically an AUTO SENSE function and the sense data are reported at the same time as that command s status so caution should be exercised Concerning the format of sense data see the Sense Data Specifications or for details on the sense data hold state see the Command Processing Function Specifications If this command is executed when the IDD is holding the Unit Attention condition at that point if the IDD is not in the sense data hold state sense data showing the Unit Attention condition are created by this command and are sent to the INIT and the Unit Attention condition is cleared If this command is issued when no valid sense data are being held the IDD sends sense data with a sense key which shows NO SENSE The Transfer Byte Length field in the CDB show
245. e being queried the usage map contains a one in the corresponding bit position If the device server ignores or treats as reserved a bit in the CDB for the operation code being queried the usage map contains a zero in the corresponding bit position The usage map bits for a given CDB field all have the same value Thus the CDB usage bit map for this command for a device server that implements command support data but not vital product data is 12h 02h FFh 00h FFh 00h C141 C008 4 11 Command Specifications 7 VPD information When 1 is specified in the EVPD bits of the CDB the VPD information described below is transferred to the INIT by this command The INIT specifies the type of VPD information required in the Page code field of the CDB The type of VPD information supported by the IDD and its page code number are as shown in Table 4 7 Table 4 7 VPD information FO Page code list of supported VPD information CO w T beresan O O Furthermore if page codes other than those shown above VPD information that is not supported by the IDD are specified in the CDB that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CBD 24 00 The format and contents of each type of VPD information are shown below a Page code list This VPD information reports the page code list of VPD information supported by the IDD The format of this VPD information is shown in Table 4 8 Ta
246. e changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit 1 Requests that the device server not read into the buffer any logical blocks beyond the addressed logical blocks 0 The device server continues to read logical blocks into the buffer beyond the addressed logical blocks FSW force sequential write not supported This bit specifies how to write multiple blocks 1 If the IDD writes multiple blocks this indicates that data are recorded on the disk media in the order in which they are transferred from the INIT 0 If the IDD writes multiple blocks this indicates that data are recorded on the disk media with their order changed in order to complete the command in the fastest time This bit cannot be changed The IDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 1 LBCSS logical block cache segment size not supported 1 Indicates that the Cache segment size field units are interpreted as logical blocks 0 The Cache segment size field units are interpreted as bytes This bit is not supported for the IDD The IDD disregards the specification in this bit Cache segment count This parameter specifies the number of cache segments used by the IDD This parameter is valid when the SIZE bit specification is 0 When a value greater than max value is specified the IDD performs rounding processing and sets max value Also when a value less than 3 is specif
247. e data block verify operation Certification after initialization when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed The IDD generates this list internally when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed and adds it to the G List G List grown defect list The defect information in this list contains defect position information specified by the NIT and position information on defective data blocks detected by the IDD itself The P List is not included in this defect list The IDD stores the G List in an area on the disk media which clearly cannot be accessed from the INIT The INIT can refer to the contents of this list by the READ DEFECT DATA command the following defect position information is included in the G List Defect information transferred from the INIT as the D List Defect information detected in the Verify operation when this command was executed C List Defect information specified from the INIT by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Defect information on data blocks where alternate block allocation was performed among defective data blocks detected by the IDD when automatic allocation processing of alternate blocks is permitted 4 149 Command Specifications 2 Specifying the initialization method The INIT can specify the method of defect processing executed by this command in the FmtData format data bit and CmpLst complete list bit of CDB byte 1 and the Defect List Format field When 1 is
248. e failed to obtain a hard assigned address the drive would obtain the address by soft assigned method For details refer to sub section 5 3 LIP Loop Initialization on Primitive Loop Initialization is generated by sending any LIPs in Table 1 19 The NL_Port which received a LIP then transmit the LIP to the next port on the loop This cycle terminates when the NL_Port that started the initialization process receives the LIP C141 C008 1 25 Fibre Channel Interface Table 1 19 LIP sequences LIP F7 F7 Initializing A NL_Port requests to obtain AL_PA LIP F7 AL_PS Loop LIP AL_PD AL_PS Reset the port The source port AL_PS requests to reset the destination port AL_PD The selected port performs to reset after loop initialization LIP F8 AL_PS Loop failure The NL_Port has detected an input failure AL_PS is the AL_PA of the source port LIP F8 F7 Loop failure The NL_Port has detected an input failure and the port could not obtain an AL_PA LIP FF AL_PS Reset ALL A Vendor Specific reset executes for both port port Note 1 The drive can issue the LIP 2 The drive receives the LIP but does NOT issue LIP AL_PD AL_PS 4 LISM Loop Initialization Select Master This sub section describes a process to select the loop master to which the function for proceeding with each process of Loop Initialization is given Selecting the loop master proceeds as follows Figure 1 11 Figure 1 11 shows t
249. e parameter data provided in response to a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with the READ KEYS service action is shown in Table 4 83 Table 4 83 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS Header Reservation key list C141 C008 oe Generation yA Additional Length n 7 si x First reservation key S De Last reservation key S 4 119 Command Specifications 4 120 The Generation field shall contain a 32 bit counter maintained by the device server that shall be incremented every time a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command requests a REGISTER a REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY a CLEAR a PREEMPT or a PREEMPT AND ABORT service action The counter shall not be incremented by a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command by a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that performs a RESERVE or RELEASE service action or by a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that is not performed due to an error or reservation conflict Regardless of the APTPL bit value the generation value shall be set to 0 as part of the power on reset process The Additional Length field contains a count of the number of bytes in the Reservation key list If the allocation length specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list then only first portion of the list byte 0 to the allocation length shall be sent to the application client The incre mental remaining bytes shall be truncated although the Additi
250. e received is called the Burst length and the data pointer is called the Relative Offset If multiple FCP_XFER_RDY frames are sent during 1 exchange the Relative Offset is added to the Burst length and is incremented continuously 5 Transfer of Odd numbered Bytes On the FC loop since the smallest unit is 4 bytes transfer of odd numbers of bytes cannot be done For that reason through the Fill Byte function which defines bit 1 and bit 0 of the F_CTL field of the frame header the effective data transferred is shown and odd numbered bytes are transferred Operations when the Fill Byte is specified are shown below Table 2 7 Fill byte ojo No filled byte AERES 1 byte fill is performed Therefore three bytes of effective data are transferred alo 2 byte fill is performed Therefore two bytes of effective data are transferred 3 byte fill is performed Therefore one byte of effective data is transferred 2 3 2 Command link Not supported C141 C008 2 15 Command Processing 2 4 Command Queuing Function The IDD is equipped with the command queuing function Through command queuing the IDD can receive multiple commands in advance and can execute them For the queuing function there are two methods tagged and untagged In tagged queuing it is possible to receive multiple commands from each INIT 2 4 1 Untagged queuing 2 16 Using untagged queuing the IDD can receive a command from an INIT while it is execu
251. e8 11 00000000h The drive neither supports nor checks this field 7 Responder Process Associator PL Byte12 15 00000000h The drive neither supports nor checks this field 8 Service Parameters PL Byte19 a Ob Data Overlay Allow bit6 The drive neither supports nor checks this field b 1b Initiator Function bit5 The drive does not check this bit and operates assuming that 1b has been specified c Ob Target Function bit4 The drive does not check this bit d Ob Command Data Mix Allowed bit3 The drive neither supports nor checks this bit e Ob Data Response Mix Allowed bit2 The drive neither supports nor checks this bit f 1b Read Transfer Ready Disable bit1 The drive does not check this bit and operates assuming that 1b has been specified g Ob Write Transfer Ready Disable bit0 The drive does not check this bit and operates assuming that Ob has been specified 1 52 C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 3 2 Service parameter response pages PRLI Payload Service Parameter Responce Page EO a A EA LS_Command 0x02 Page Length 0x10 Payload Length 0x0014 3 Type Code 0x08 Type Code Extention 0x00 Originator Responder Establish 0 Process Process Image Responce Code Associator Associator Pair Reserved Valid Valid Reserved Originator Process Associator Responder Proces
252. ead Data 1 Read Data 2 Read Data n Figure 1 16 Read data transfer C141 C008 1 31 Fibre Channel Interface 1 5 Ordered Sets Refer to FC PH Section 11 4 and FC AL Chapter 6 Table 1 20 shows the Ordered Sets specification This section describes handling of the Ordered Sets of this drive Table 1 20 Ordered sets specification 1 2 o em o SOF Connect SOF Initiate SOF Normal SOF Initiate SOF Normal SOF Initiate SOF Normal Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 2 Class 2 Class 3 Class 3 SOF Initialize Loop EOF Terminate EOF Disconnect Terminate EOF Abort EOF normal EOF Disconnect Terminate Invalid EOF Normal Invalid SOFc1 SOFi1 SOFn1 SOFi2 SOFn2 SOFi3 SOFn3 SOFiL EOFt EOFdt EOFa EOFn EOFdti EOFni receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive or transmit receive or transmit receive or transmit receive or transmit receive only discard receive only discard receive or transmit receive only discard receive only discard 1 32 Idle Receiver_Read Arbitrate Arbitrate Open full duplex Open half duplex Open broadcast replicate Open selective replicate Slotted Loop transfer Slotted Loop isoch Slotted Loop asynch Close Mark Idle R_RDY ARBx ARB FO OPNyx OPNyy OPNfr OPNyr SLPyx SLPyf SLPff CLS MRKtx receive or transmit receive or transmit rec
253. eader field of FCP CMND ee 1 80 header field of FCP DATA 1 89 header field of FCP DATA RDY 1 87 header field of FCP RSP eee 1 92 HISEG hit el costs aoe E E NEET 4 41 l IC r Raia wi sede ea ae 4 49 iE E tet icandeiciet tetas etic 5 3 illegal LUN specification eee 2 22 Dimedin eerie oe ae E EESE 4 153 imme diatessssesniii des osiris 4 153 incorrect length indicator 5 3 INformations enceinte iaee a enee saas 5 3 information transmitted on loop 1 5 information unit supported bit 0 4 9 informational exception control PASC rnnr roer e r E N ome 4 59 INIT error recovery method 5 14 initialization during installation 6 4 initiate LIP action specific bit 1 111 initiator control enable eeeeeeeeees 4 49 INQUIRY C12 ici occasion Biteons 4 2 INQUIRY commanid 0 2 20 2 24 Interface Connector eee eeseceteeeeees 1 15 interleave factor 4 40 INTERMEDIATE CONDITION MET statu Snare eenias 2 7 INTERMEDIATE status s es 2 7 Interval iMer ooreet teei 4 62 issuing FORMAT UNIT command 6 5 issuing MODE SELECT command 6 4 TUS Ditiocesssstscits crest eee teenie et teeatas 4 9 L LBGSS 64 84 bei ih xe sibs ieee ents 4 51 PBN e aen eebe iE eE Rh 4 93 LIFA ennu nann 1 28 1 78 LIHA si eaa ear 1 28 1 78 DAUD A E T 1 79 Hikari enn iaia i 1 3 2 6 link dataserie 1 12 link Service r
254. eader is not transferred as it is in Mode 0 0 0 0 and Mode 0 0 0 1 In this mode address in the data buffer can be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of buffer data that can be received by the INIT The IDD reads the data in order beginning from the byte position in the data buffer specified in the Buffer address field and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of buffer data specified in the Transfer byte length field has been completed or transfer of the buffer data to the final byte position of the IDD s data buffer is completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer C141 C008 4 195 Command Specifications 4 Mode 0 0 1 1 Buffer descriptor When this mode is specified the IDD transfers only the 4 byte buffer descriptor to the INIT the IDD s data buffer attributes are indicated in the 4 byte buffer descriptor Zero must be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB when this mode is specified The IDD transfers the data length specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB or 4 bytes whichever portion of data is smaller to the INIT When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data tran
255. ecifications in this newly issued command By using this function the INIT can for example change the FC device ALPA for which the logical unit is reserved while continuing the reserve state of the logical unit with which the reserve state was established using the previous third party reserve function 4 83 Command Specifications e Reserve right and the third party reserve function Remark In order to clarify the jurisdiction related to reserve and release the term Reserve Right is used in this manual INIT INIT A B FC interface Suse ee TARG TARG INIT 0 1 Figure 4 2 Reserve right and the third party reserve function 1 If INIT A issues a RESERVE command which does not specify the third party reserve function to TARG 0 TARG 0 enters the reserved state from INIT A and INIT A has the reserve right with respect to TARG 0 In this case INIT A has an exclusive monopoly over TARG 0 Any commands issued to TARG 0 by any other FC device INIT B TARG INIT 1 are rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status with the exception of an INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE or RELEASE command The RELEASE command is terminated normally but TARG 0 s reserve state is not influenced by it 2 IfINIT A issues a RESERVE command which specifies the third party reserve function 3rd Pty Dev ID TARG INIT 1 TARG 0 becomes reserved from TARG INIT 1
256. ectors in the cylinder does not exceed the number of spare sectors per cylinder the logical data blocks are relocated by sector slip processing so that their physical connectivity is maintained This page is intentionally left blank CDB Command Glossary Command Descriptor Block A series of data which describes commands related to input output operations sent from the initiator to the target This is a command to a target to perform an input output operation and it is described as the CDB Common Command Set CCS FC Device Initiator INIT Sense Code Sense Data Sense Key SCSI standard logical specifications established by a working group of the American National Standard Institute ANSI Requirements and features for supported direct access devices e g hard disk devices are stipulated with the CCS The general name given to a device which is connected to the FC bus input output device I O controller host adapter etc This is a FC device which initiates input and output operations on the FC bus In this manual initiator has been abbreviated to INIT This is a 1 byte code displayed in the sense data and is information which specifies the type of error that was detected When several items of error information are included in a command s completion status this is information generated by the target for reporting detailed information on that status This is a 4 bit code displayed in the sense
257. ed 3 OX_ID Aborted PL W01 B0 1 Same value as OX_ID received for ABTS 4 RX_ID Aborted PL W01 B2 3 Same value as RX_ID received for ABTS FFFFh C141 C008 1 6 Basic Link Service 5 Lowest SEQ_CNT PL W02 B0 1 0000h 6 Highest SEQ_CNT PL W02 B2 3 FFFFh 1 6 3 Basic reject BA_RJT 2 F_CTL 00 D9 00 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT XX 60 00 00 4 Ox_ID RX_ID xx XX FF FF 5 PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 Reserved Reason Reason Vendor 00 Code Explanation Unique Figure 1 20 Basic reject BA_RJT The drive responds with BA_RJT to the initiator when RX_ID of the received ABTS frame is not FFFFh The payload field of the BA_RJT frame is described below For the header field refer to Section 1 6 Basic Link Service Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 Reason Code PL W00 B1 03h Logical error code returned when RX_ID of ABTS is not FFFFh 2 Reason Explanation PL W00 B2 03h Code of invalid OX_ID RX_ID combination 3 Vender Unique PL W00 B3 00h Not supported by the drive C141 C008 1 37 Fibre Channel Interface 1 7 Extended Link Service Table 1 22 Extended link data specification 1 38 N_Port Login Logout Process Login receive or transmit receive or transmit receive only Process Logout receive or transmit Read Link Status receive only Reinstate Reco Port Discovery very Qualifier receive only receive only Address
258. ed Any task from any initiator other than the initiator Access holding the persistent reservation that requests a transfer from the storage medium or cache of the logical unit to the initiator shall result in a reservation conflict Writes Exclusive Any task from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that requests a transfer from the initiator to the storage medium or cache of the logical unit shall result in a reservation conflict Write Reads Shared Any application client on any initiator may execute Exclusive tasks that request transfers from the storage medium or cache of the Registrants logical unit to the initiator Only Writes Exclusive A task that requests a transfer to the storage medium or cache of the logical unit from an initiator that is not currently registered with the device server shall result in a reservation conflict Exclusive Reads Exclusive A task that requests a transfer from the storage Access medium or cache of the logical unit to an initiator that is not currently Registrants registered with the device server shall result in a reservation conflict Only Write Exclusive A task that requests a transfer to the storage medium or cache of the logical unit from an initiator that is not currently registered with the device server shall result in a reservation conflict 4 124 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 18 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT 5F not supported
259. ed and this Unit Attention condition is generated e The CLEAR TASK SET is issued by any INIT However the Unit Attention condition hold state is not entered in the INIT that issued the CLEAR TASK SET the INIT that issued the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command or the INIT that canceled the sense hold state 2 5 2 Response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION condition hold state A Unit Attention condition generated by the IDD due to the occurrence of one of the above mentioned events is held for each INIT individually and this condition is held until the Unit Attention condition is cleared by an INIT which is the object of the hold issues the commands specified below When the IDD is holding the Unit Attention condition if it receives a command from an INIT which is the object of the hold one of the operations below depending on the type of command issued is performed by the IDD 1 Commands other than the INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands The IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status in response to the issued command Through the CHECK CONDITION status report the Unit Attention condition with respect to that INIT is cleared The sense key for the sense data generated at this time is UNIT ATTENTION 6 and the sense code shows the event which generated the Unit Attention condition as shown below e Power on 29 01 e TARGET RESET 29 03 e Mode parameters changed 2A 01 e Commands cleared by another INIT 2F
260. ed in the Number of retries during READ field is used as is in the Number of retries during WRITE field and the value specified in the Number of retries during READ field is also used as is in the Number of retries during VERIFY field The X 06 page length is included in consideration of compatibility with previous models but as much as possible it is recommended that the INIT use the X 0A page length Error recovery parameters defined in this page descriptor are applicable for the following commands except in cases where it is specifically pointed out e READ e READ EXTENDED e READ LONG e SEND DIAGNOSTIC Write read test e WRITE e WRITE AND VERIFY Write operation e WRITE EXTENDED e WRITE LONG a AWRE automatic write reallocation enabled 1 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is specified during execution of a write operation 0 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is prohibited during execution of a write operation Automatic alternate block allocation processing is explained in Section 5 3 2 b ARRE automatic read reallocation enable 1 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is specified during execution of a read operation 0 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is prohibited during execution of a read operation Automatic alternate block allocation processing is explained in Section
261. ed in the command is completed When writing of all the specified data is completed the IDD reports the status and terminates the command C141 C008 3 1 Data Buffer IMPORTANT 1 Ifthe amount of transfer data specified in a command is smaller than the capacity of the cache segment all the data necessary for execution of the command are pre fetched in a batch in the processing in 1 above so the value specified in the buffer empty ratio has not meaning 2 Ifthe amount of data processed with a single command exceeds the capacity of one cache segment in order to avoid frequent repetition of Loop OPEN CLOSE processing during command execution and in order to escape the occurrence of data underrun it is necessary to set the buffer empty ratio see Section 3 1 2 of the MODE SELECT parameter so the difference in the data transfer rates between the INIT FC interface and the disk drive is maintained in a good balance Figure 3 3 shows an example of the data buffer operating state during a write operation Details are explained in section 3 1 2 Sector Disk i 4 Amount of Data in the Buffer FC interface Kt OPN OCOD s CLON K DATA FRAME CLS OPN gt lt STATUS COMMAND XFER_RDY Loop CLOSE Loop OPEN Figure 3 3 Example of data buffer operation during write 3 1 2 Operation mode setting 1 MODE SELECT parameter In order to make it possible to control from the INIT the Loop OP
262. ed logical data blocks Also in the case of data blocks for which alternate data blocks have already been specified the IDD allocates other usable spare sectors as alternate blocks for those data blocks Using this command copying of the contents of the data in the logical data blocks specified in the Defect data list to the allocated alternate data blocks is attempted If the data in logical data blocks which are specified in the Defect data list are correctable by ECC correction the corrected data are copied and those data which are not correctable by ECC are copied as is in the uncorrected state including the errors and in the case of other media errors X 00 is copied in all bytes Furthermore the contents of data in data blocks other than the logical data blocks specified in the Defect Data list are not influenced by the alternate allocation processing through this command IMPORTANT Copying of the contents of data in the logical data blocks specified in the Defect data list to alternate blocks allocated by this command is attempted but in some cases copying cannot be done Confirmation of the contents of the data in allocated alternate blocks saving of data before issuing this command and restoring of data after this command is executed are the responsibility of the INIT C141 C008 4 159 Command Specifications The format of the Defect Data list transferred from the INIT by this command is sh
263. ed to the disk media Sense Key 3 MEDIUM ERROR occurs during writing of the data pattern see item 2 or verification of data reading see item 3 reexecute the rewriting and reading verification combination two times at least 8 times When the same type of error occurs even once during reexecution it is recommended that the INIT treat that data block as a defective block If the reexecution of verification is completed normally every time it should be regarded that that data block can be used normally 6 4 Alternate Block Allocation Processing 6 8 If errors on the disk media which cannot be recovered from are detected or if a recoverable error occurs repeatedly in the same data block it is necessary for the INIT to allocate an alternate block for the data block where the error occurred using the REASSIGN BLOCKS command The procedure for alternate block processing is shown below IMPORTANT An attempt will be made to copy the contents of the data area of the logical data block specified in the Defect Data list to the alternate block allocated by this command but in some cases the data cannot be copied Confirmation of the contents of data in the allocated alternate block saving of data before issuing this command and restoring of data after executing this command are the responsibility of the INIT 1 Verify data blocks in accordance with the procedure in Section 6 3 for data blocks where error occur When such a data
264. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 171 error recovery flag oo eee eeeeesseceeeeenees 4 46 error recovery method 0 5 14 5 16 Error TECOVETY processing 2 25 error recovery processing control 5 28 error recovery processing procedure 5 20 CLLOL SlALC morean een e beet evees 5 24 error verification 0 eee eeeceeteceeeceteeeeneees 6 8 ESD erea er E nts 1 99 4 184 ESI pages oee a eik 4 177 4 178 ESI page code norner iri 4 184 ESI page format s es 4 178 4 185 establishing connection with destination device eseseeeeeeeseeee 2 10 establishing connection with INIT 2 12 BT Gece hau uh oa dade oe ae ae E 4 93 event Of LIP YX hereraa 2 19 event Of POWET OM eee eee eeseeereeereeeneee 2 19 vent of PRED perenn erni le 2 19 event of TARGET RESET 2 19 EN PD E E EE 4 3 EWAS C iolar ne nn iraa eiee 4 60 example of data buffer operation durin Tread vis cec esis eiae eai 3 3 C141 C008 example of data buffer operation CUIIN WIIte oe iea ets 3 5 example of establishing logical CONDECION sesoto igesi isep Ea EE 2 12 example of exchange eeeeeeereeeeee 1 14 example of FC AL connection 1 2 expanded sense data format ee 5 2 extended link data specification 1 38 extended link service 1 38 1 75 EXTENDED LINK SERVICE 00 1 12 extended link service loop initialization seeen 1 13 extended self test completion time 4
265. eempt Logical Unit valid valid valid ignored Element valid valid valid Element Preempt amp Logical Unit valid valid valid ignored Abort Element valid valid valid Element Note MATxxx and MAUxxx series does not support Element Scope C141 C008 4 129 Command Specifications 4 1 19 REPORT LUNS A0 a a D g a ie o o o o o o o o o o o ojo o Allocation Length MSB Allocation Length Allocation Length Allocation Length LSB AC A oe e o gt o ofe o This command requests that the peripheral device logical unit inventory be sent to the application client ei 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 wees za Eee This command normally operate under the reserve condition RESERVE or PERSISTENT RESERVE The Allocation Length should be at least 16 bytes If the Allocation Length is less than 16 bytes the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in CDB 24 00 If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the entire logical unit inventory the device server shall report as many logical unit number values as fit in the specified allocation length This shall not be considered an error The device server shall report those devices in the logical unit inventory using the format shown in Table 4 91 4 130 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 91 REPORT LUNS parameter list as Fi LUN List Length N 7 i Head
266. een implemented cannot be specified or if alternate block allocation of all the specified defect descriptors has been completed the Command inherent information field indicates X FFFFFFFF When alternate block allocation processing is successful the defect position information on the disk media related to the data blocks specified in the defect descriptor list is recorded on the disk media as the defect list G List The INIT can read the contents of the G List using the READ DEFECT DATA command Also this command has no influence on the contents of the primary defect list P List IMPORTANT The defect position information in the G List is physical block addresses logical data block addresses are allocated when no defect exists on the disk media Therefore the values specified in this command s defect descriptor list logical block addresses may not necessarily be the same as the contents of the G List read by the READ DEFECT DATA command after this command is terminated For details see the description of the READ DEFECT DATA command Section 4 3 3 4 161 Command Specifications IMPORTANT If this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status the sense code sub sense code in the sense data is other than No defect spare location available 32 00 and a valid logical block address other than X FFFFFFFF is displayed in the Command inherent information field it is necessary for the INIT t
267. eeneeenes 1 12 Extended Link Services Loop Initialization eee eee ceeeeeseeeteees 1 13 FC SCA connector CN ninnisin einasi iieii 1 16 Charge supply to the rive cece eeceseeseeeseeceseeeseeseeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeseaes 1 17 Characteristics of Fault LED out signal ieee eeeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeees 1 17 Definition of motor start mated Control 0 eee eeeeeseeeereeereeeeeeeees 1 18 Electric requirement for input Control eee eee eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 19 Electric requirement for SEL_n inputs 20 0 eee eeeeceseceseeeeeeeeeeeees 1 19 Electric requirement for DEV_CTRL_CODE inputs 1 20 Definition of device control COdES cee ceeceeseceseeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 1 20 Arbitrated loop physical address AL_PA values eee ceeeeeeeeeees 1 21 Output characteristics of parallel ESI 1 23 AL PA Walu pri rity ccscssussiascceseeiecceui e ented Beton 1 25 EeIPSCqQUueNCES e550 ase te eee ea aed 1 26 Ordered sets specification 0 0 cece ceseccssecsseceteceeeecssecseceeeeeseeesseeees 1 32 Basic link service specification ce eeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeees 1 33 Extended link data specification eee eee eeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 1 38 Port node name format 0 ee eeeeeesecesecesecesneceseceseceseceecessecnaeeeseeees 1 42 Common Service parameter oo eee eee eeseceseceteceseeeeeeceeceteeeseeeeeeeees 1 44 Class 3 service parameter oo cee ceeceeeceseceeeceseceeeeeseeceseceseeeseeseneeees 1 46
268. eive or transmit receive or transmit receive or transmit receive receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive or transmit receive only discard C141 C008 1 6 Basic Link Service Table 1 20 Ordered sets specification 2 2 ris St Offline Not_Operational Link_Reset Link_Reset_Response Loop Initialization Loop Initialization Loop Initialization Loop Initialization Loop Initialization Loop Initialization Loop Port Enable Loop Port Enable all Loop Port Bypass 1 6 Basic Link Service LIP F7 F7 LIP F7 x LIP F8 F7 LIP F8 x LIPfx LIPyx LPEyx LPEfx LPByx receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive only discard receive or transmit receive or transmit receive or transmit receive or transmit receive only receive only receive only receive only discard receive only This section defines handling of the link service of this drive and handling of each frame Table 1 21 shows the basic link service specification Table 1 21 Basic link service specification No Operation Abort Sequence Basic Accept Basic Reject C141 C008 receive only discard receive only transmit if only the drive received ABTS transmit if only the drive received ABTS 1 33 Fibre Channel Interface 1 34 The Basic Link Services supported by this drive are the Abort Sequence
269. ejecte rirescseiiti neeite 1 67 IN 6 link status page 1 114 LINKRA TE eina evs 5 13 EIP ee aS an ities 1 25 2 26 ETP SEQUENCE iosita tnei 1 26 BIPA ennon Sie hashes 1 28 1 78 LIR Poena a a 1 79 DISA eee AEE 1 28 1 78 LISM vse tea ete 1 26 1 77 list parameter lees cesecsecsecseeeenees 4 94 IOS CLfOP nnna ea eae eee 4 59 los parameteren ia ia 4 96 LOG SELECT AC emiiri teiden 4 90 LOG SELECT command parameter COMFIQUIALION sirenenet toges 4 91 LOG SENSE 4D einsesiiserisseecess 4 94 LO SEIT ennen a eaten tes 4 59 logical block address ceeeeeseeseeeseeees 2 4 logical block addressing eeeeeeeees 2 33 logical block cache segment size 4 51 logical or physical notch eee 4 58 logical unit number eee eee eeeteee 2 4 logical unit reserve function 0 0 0 4 82 logical unit SCOPE eee eee ceteeeteeeeeeees 4 123 logical unit self test eee eee eee eens 4 176 logical physical address conversion 4 174 4 175 4 183 LOGO ccecttheliscliiatisilenisentsbetg 1 49 LOGO ACO fics Bad eee S 1 49 logout parameter page 1 57 1 65 logout parameter response page 1 58 look ahead cache feature 0 0 eee eee 3 7 look ahead operation 3 12 look ahead volume 3 12 LOOP ETTO oani eiee eeart cece tee ered ete 5 16 loop initialization 0 eee eeeeeeee 1 24 1 75 loop initialization and subsequent PLOCESSING ts scccer sscceerchlseettsertseees 2 13 2 14 loop ini
270. elays LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered verify errors that would not be reported to the initiator during verify operations because no delay is incurred e Vefiry errors recovered with possible delays page 05 code 0001 Table 4 61 Vefiry errors recovered with possible delays page 05 code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered verify errors that would not be reported to the initiator during verify operations because possible delay is incurred 4 106 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands e Total verify errors posted page 05 code 0002 Table 4 62 Total verify errors posted page 05 code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors EE emi ajelee ae MSB Counter Value LSB The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during verify operations Implementation If a verify error is posted it will force a save of all error log page information e Total recoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0003 Table 4 63 Total recoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all pos
271. eld is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it e Dedicated Simplex Byte0 bit2 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it f Camp On Byte0 bit1 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it g Buffered Class 1 Byte0 bit0 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it 2 wa Priority Byte1 Bit7 This field is invalid in class 3 and the drive ignore it 3 Initiator Control Byte2 a 00 X_ID Reassignment Byte2 bit7 6 The drive does not check this field b 00 Initial Process Associator Byte2 bit5 4 The drive responds with LS_RJT O3h 03h when this bit 4 00 The drive responds with 00 in this field c Sequence Initiator ACK_O ACK_N capable Byte2 bit3 2 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it 4 Recipient Control Byte4 a ACK_O ACK_N capable Byte4 bit7 6 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores them C141 C008 1 47 Fibre Channel Interface 1 48 5 6 7 8 b X_ID interlock Byte4 bit5 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it c 00 Error Policy Byte4 bit4 3 The drive supports Discard Policy only and responds with LS_RJT 03h 05h when this bit 4 00b Drive responds with 00b in this field d 00 Categories per Sequence Byte4 bit1 0 The drive does not check this field but supports only one category per sequence
272. elect the error recovery flags and the number of retries a Read Write Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 1 C141 C008 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing AWRE automatic write reallocation enabled ARRE automatic read reallocation enabled TB transfer block EER enable early recovery PER post error DTE disable transfer on error DCR disable correction Number of retries during read See Table 5 7 Number of retries during write See Table 5 7 b Verify Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 7 EER enable early recovery PER post error DTE disable transfer on error DCR disable correction Number of retries during verify See Table 5 7 c Additional Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 21 Number of retries during seek error See Table 5 7 Table 5 7 Disk drive errors and number of retries Type of Error Number of Tries Specification Default value Number of Retries during a Seek Error 15 p field Read Errorof Number of Retries during Read or 63 Data field Number of Retries during Verify Data field Write Error Number of Retries during Write C141 C008 Remark The number of retries is calculated single logical sector processing units except in the following cases e The number of retries is calculated as individual retries e In processing of data blocks for which alternate sector processing is completed the number of retries on the defective sectors is cal
273. ells for allocation of alternate blocks Alternate cells are secured only in the specified quantity in order from the topmost cells Spare sectors in an alternate cell are used only in the case that the spare sectors within each cell are used up and alternate block allocation is not possible within the same cell b Alternate block allocation methods Alternate block allocation processing is performed using one of the following methods Sector slip processing This is a method of skipping defective sectors and writing the logical data blocks corresponding to those sectors in order in physically consecutive sectors Sector slip processing is performed only within the same cell as the defective sectors and until all the spare sectors within that cell are used up Alternate sector processing This is a method of allocating logical data blocks corresponding to defective sectors to unused spare sectors within the same cylinder or to unused spare sectors in an alternate cell 6 2 C141 C008 C141 C008 6 1 Defect Management Alternate block allocation processing Alternate block allocation processing is implemented by the FORMAT UNIT command REASSIGN BLOCKS command or Auto Alternate Block Allocation Processing In sector slip processing the defective sectors re excluded and logical data blocks are located in physically consecutive sectors but when alternate block processing is performed the affected logical data blocks are lo
274. ement data recovery processing 2 28 C141 C008 2 7 Command Processing Exceptions Table 2 11 Reset processing during write Type of command Halting process of command execution WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY SEND DIAGNOSTIC Write Read Test WRITE LONG WRITE SAME FORMAT UNIT REASSIGN BLOCKS MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED LOG SENSE Specifying parameter save SYNCHRONIZE CACHE C141 C008 Data blocks which are currently being written are processed normally including the ECC portion and execution of the command is terminated at the point when that processing is completed Not all the data transferred from the INIT to the IDD will necessarily be written to the disk media At the point when processing of the data block that is currently being written initialized is completed execution of the command is halted Since the formatting results cannot be guaranteed for the entire disk surface it is necessary for the INIT to reissue the command At the point when processing of alternate blocks which are currently being assigned is completed execution of the command is halted Not all the alternate blocks specified for reassignment processing by the INIT will necessarily have been processed If a parameter save operation has already started that command is executed until it is completed However since the INIT cannot judge whether the parameters have been saved or not it is necessary for the INIT
275. en the sense key is MEDIUM ERROR 3 implement alternate block allocation processing shown in Section 6 4 Note When the original command is the REASSIGN BLOCKS command it may be necessary to reconfigure the defect list For details see the description of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Section 4 3 2 C141 C008 5 21 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Recovery Method 5 22 Table 5 6 Error recovery processing procedures 3 4 Recovery Processing Procedure Issue a TARGET RESET or Lip y x After waiting 2 seconds or longer reissue the original command Retry and if the spindle motor s start mode is set on Start by Command issue the START instruction by the START STOP UNIT command Immed 0 before retrying If the retry procedure 2 does not terminate normally perform recovery method 1 The parameter is initialized at the Save value if the Save value does not exist the Default value so when it is necessary to set the inherent parameter issued the MODE SELECT command Reissue the original command Retry 1 Issue the LOG SENSE command and read the Current values in the LOG SELECT parameters 2 Ifthe parameters values are appropriate reissue the original command Note This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the value in the parameter read in is illegal recovery method 2 should be perfo
276. ense key in the sense data at this time is HARDWARE ERROR 4 5 3 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing The IDD is equipped with a function which automatically executes alternate block allocation processing for defective data blocks detected during execution of the READ and READ EXTENDED commands 1 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a read operation 5 26 This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the ARRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e READ command e READ EXTENDED command When this function is permitted if during read processing to the data area an error which is an object of retry processing is detected and which it is impossible to recover from even when reading is retried see Section 5 3 1 2 the number of times specified in the Number of Retries during Read field in the MODE SELECT parameters the IDD allocates an alternate block for that data block and executes copying of the alternate block to the data area Alternate block allocation processing is the same as processing with the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Furthermore recovered data copied to the alternate block are data which are read out skipping the ID area if there is an ID area or they are data which have been corrected through the ECC This function is applied once only during execution of one command Alternate block allocation processing and copying are
277. ented by PL Wxx By 1 2 3 LS_Command code PL W00 BO 04h Indicates FLOGI 02h Indicates FLOGI_ACC The drive responds with LS_RJT OBh 00h when this field is an unsupported Link Service code Common Service Parameter PL W01 04 For details refer to 1 7 1 2 Common Service Parameter N_Port Name PL W05 06 N_Port Name is used to specify two or more ports which a device has In FLOGI the N_Port Name of the drive is entered In FLOGI_ACC the N_Port Name of the initiator is entered For details refer to 1 7 1 1 Port Node Name Format C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 4 Node Name PL W07 08 Node Name is used to specify a device In FLOGI the N_Port Name of the drive is entered In FLOGI_ACC the Node Name of the initiator is entered For details refer to 1 7 1 1 Port Node Name Format 5 Class 1 Service Parameter PL W09 12 This drive does not Check Class 1 Service Parameter 6 Class 2 Service Parameter PL W13 16 This drive does not check Class 2 Service Parameter 7 Class 3 Service Parameter PL W17 20 For details refer to 1 7 1 3 Class 3 Service Parameter 8 Vendor Version Level PL W25 28 This field is vendor unique 1 7 12 RNC RNC_ACC The initiator issues RNC to the drive to know Node Capabilities The payload field of RNC RNC_ACC frame is described in Figure 1 40 RNC_ACC Word Word Header 0 Header 0 1 2 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT SEG ID DF OEE one
278. entifier The assigned value by the initiator to FCP_CMND 10 RX_ID Responder Identifier Set FFFFh to indicate that RX_ID is unused 11 Parameter Relative Offset It can be used as the Relative Offset in FCP Data The drive does not check received this field of data frame The drive do for the continuous added value in this field of sending data frame The header field of the FCP DATA is used for transferring the defined information in the user data SCSI protocol 1 91 Fibre Channel Interface 1 9 4 FCP RSP The header field of the FCP RSP is defined in Figure 1 51 FF i 00 i 00 00 lt OX_ID gt i XX XX i FF FF 00 00 00 00 Reserve FCP_SNS_INFO length n FCP_RSP_INFO length m FCP_Response Info z m Byte I FCP_Sense Info n Byte Figure 1 51 Header field of the FCP RSP The drive reports the operation results of received FCP CMND by using FCP RSP frame The header field of the FCP RSP is defined below 1 R_CTL Routing Control 07h Indicates FCP RSP frame 2 D_ID Destination Identifier Destination address for the frame 3 S_ID Source Identifier Source address for the frame 1 92 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 9 FC 4 Device Data Type SCSI FCP frame uses O8h F_CTL Frame Control Set 980000h for the FCP_RSP Responder of Exchange last sequence of exchange last data frame of sequence S
279. er 4 MSB Reserved X z First LUN PA LUN List z A n 7 MSB Last LUN The LUN List Length field shall contain the length in bytes of the LUN list that is available to be transferred The LUN list length is the number of logical unit numbers in the logical unit inventory multiplied by eight If the allocation length in the command descriptor block is too small to transfer information about the entire logical unit inventory the LUN list length value shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation C141 C008 4 131 Command Specifications 4 1 20 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER A3 CS Ee EER ERERESERES X A3 Co E E a a a FARES e 4 o 0 0 0 0 E a a a a a S T O S This command requests that the device server send device identification information to the application client The Service Action field can be specified only X 05 The Allocation Length field indicates how much space has been reserved for the returned parameter data If the length is not sufficient to contain all the parameter data the first portion of the data shall be returned This shall not be considered an error The actual length of the parameter data is available in the Identifier Length field in the parameter data If the remainder of the parameter data is required the application client should send a new REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command with an Allocation Length field large enough to contain all the dat
280. er of MCM circuits for each port that is an IDD originator The value specified in this field is ignored and the default value X 00 is always valid for operation 1 RESPONDER CMR not supported This field specifies the minimum number of MCM circuits for each port that is an IDD responder The value specified in this field is ignored and the default value X 00 is always valid for operation m MCM_TOV MCM Time Out Value not supported This field indicates the minimum time ms that the MCM state is in effect before the MCM device ECMC is transmitted The value specified in this field is ignored and the default value X 0000 is always valid for operation 11 Additional error recovery parameters page code 21 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 4 32 Table4 32 MODE SELECT parameters additional error recovery parameters Fujitsu unique parameter ens EARP ED ESE CERES Se a Number of retries during a Seek Error we ome fo fe fe fet 31 1 71 vane fo oe fe pe fs 1 a C141 C008 4 67 Command Specifications a Number of retries during a seek error This parameter specifies the number of times repositioning is retried when a seek error is detected When zero is specified in this field repositioning retries are prohibited The value specified in this field is applicable for all commands which are accompanied by a seek operation b RFJ reserved by Fujitsu All t
281. er to which alternate processing is applicable the look ahead operation is continued without interruption C141 C008 3 3 Write Cache 3 3 Write Cache C141 C008 The IDD is equipped with a write cache function in order to reduce the INIT s command processing time If that operation is permitted by the MODE SELECT command caching parameters Page code 8 WCE bit at the point when the IDD completes the transfer of all data specified in the WRITE or WRITE EXTENDED command it reports the GOOD status and terminates the command IMPORTANT If the write cache function is permitted data transferred form the INIT by a WRITE or WRITE EXTENDED command are written to the disk media after the GOOD status is reported so when an unrecoverable write error is detected in that write operation sense data is generated When those sense data is being held the IDD ordinarily responds to the command that is executed next by a CHECK status deferred error notifying the INIT that sense data is being held However ordinarily it is troublesome for the INIT to retry when there is an unrecoverable error in a write cache operation so adequate caution should be exercised when using this function 3 13 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 4 Command Specifications 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 3 Format Commands 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands This chapter describes detailed
282. erations 6 SEL_0 1 2 3 4 5 6 These seven SEL lines are provided for the binary value of the loop identifier by the backplane This identifier is name AL_PA and is used for 126 unique value except 00h These ID signals are tested by the drive when powered on SEL_6 is the most significant bit and SEL_0 is the least significant bit Electric requirement for the signals is listed in Table 1 13 These signals with high state have approximately 10KQ register on the backplane Table 1 13 Electric requirement for SEL_n inputs 20 WA lt H lt 20 uA 2 2V lt VIH lt 5 25V 20 uA lt IIL lt 20 uA 0 5V lt VIL lt 0 7V SEL ID SEL_6 SEL_5 SEL_4 SEL_3 SEL_2 SEL_1 SEL_0 C141 C008 1 19 Fibre Channel Interface 7 DEV_CTRL_CODE 2 1 0 DEV_CTRL_CODES Provide Link Rate and Power Failure Warning PFW to the drive Table 1 14 Electric requirement for DEV_CTRL_CODE inputs 20 uA lt H lt 20 uA 2 2V lt VIH lt 5 25V 20 uA lt IIL lt 20 uA 0 5V lt VIL lt 0 7V Table 1 15 Definition of device control codes 7 1 0625 GHZ The FC interfaces for both ports of the Yes drive are set to run at a link rate of 1 0625 GHZ 2 1250 GHZ The FC interfaces for both ports of the Yes drive are set to run at a link rate of 2 1250 GHZ are set to run at a link rate of 4 250 GHZ Reserved for auto negotiation of FC interface link rate a Power Failure Warning 4 250 GHZ The FC interfaces for bo
283. ers which can be changed by the INIT within certain appropriate limits The IDD also contains parameter fields which are applicable for rounding processing rounding up or rounding down of parameter values specified by the INIT to values which the IDD can use in actual operation When changing of parameters other than variable parameters is requested by the INIT in the MODE SELECT parameters which it transfers in this command or when changes which are outside the permissible range are requested even though they are variable parameters this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and all the parameters specified by the INIT are disabled Furthermore parameter fields exist which ignore the values specified by the INIT even if the parameters are variable parameters Details are explained in the description of each page descriptor in this item 4 19 Command Specifications If the IDD performs rounding processing rounding up or rounding down of parameter values specified by the INIT in some cases a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 Rounded parameter 37 00 is reported and in some cases it is not reported Whether or not a CHECK CONDITION status is reported is determined by the type of rounding up or rounding down and the conditions If the INIT would like to confirm that the IDD is implementing rounding processing it issues a
284. es Reha ee 1 61 RRO ACC hi cniiis nenian ieena 1 61 IN 10 S SCA2 type interface connector DD EEES 1 15 SCSI read operation eee eeeeseeeeeneees 1 14 SCSI write operation 1 14 SCSI 2 mod s inesnniriaeen iiaa aii 4 7 SCSE3 modes meee fevers easier 4 6 sector Count track sesers 4 40 sector slip processing 6 2 SEEK OB iiaee ronen ein 4 142 Seek AE E O A E 5 24 SEEK EXTENDED 2B eee 4 143 SHIH O A E AT 1 19 SEL Toamanominn niai iaa i 1 19 SEL 2 renea e e a E tes 1 19 S ai PeT E ETAT 1 19 S a D E E E A sie wl 1 19 AS m Sid E E EET 1 19 SED O weiss e Bea a a a 1 19 self diagnosis test 4 170 self dia gnostic error s src 2 30 SELF TES Taigticivs easiest deal 4 176 self test result page X 10 oo 4 115 self test result parameter data 4 115 self test result value oe eeeeereeeee 4 116 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1D 4 169 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 4 173 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameter oes 4 174 4 175 SENSE command 1 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeneeeees 4 1 sense datae areo i A tones 5 1 sense data additional information 5 13 sense data analysis cesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 16 sense data and error recovery method is sescceserethvieecetuaetsvigeneiees 5 1 sense data basic information 0 e 5 3 sense data error classification 4 5 17 sense data format ee eee eeeeeeeeereeereeenes 5 1 sense data hold state eee ceessecceeneeeees 2 21 sense data in not rea
285. ess Associator PL W03 The drive neither supports nor checks this field 9 Third Party Originator N_Port ID PL W04 This field is valid only when Global bit is 0 and Third Party Originator N_Port ID Validity is 1 1 66 C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 10 Link service reject LS_RJT C141 C008 LS_RJT Word SOF Header 0 D_ID XX 1 S_ID XX 2 TYPE F_CTL 01 98 00 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT FF 00 00 4 OX_ID RX_ID FF FF 5 PARAMETER 00 00 00 Payload 0 LS_Command Code 00 00 00 Reason Reason Vendor 1 Code Explanation Unique 0x00 CRC EOF Figure 1 37 Link service reject LS_RJT Responds with LS_RJT when rejecting the received Extended Link Service frame The payload field of the LS_RJT frame is described below Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 LS_Command code PL W00 B0 Olh Indicates LS_RJT 2 Reason Code PL W01 B1 The Reason Code which the drive responds with is entered Olh Invalid LS_Command Code 03h Logical Error 05h Logical Busy 09h Unable to Perform Command request 07h Protocol Error OBh Command not support 1 67 Fibre Channel Interface 1 68 3 Reason Explanation PL W01 B2 The Reason Explanation Code which the drive responds with is entered Olh Service Parameter error Option Error was detected in Class 3 Service Parameter for PDISC or PLOGI 03h Service Parameter error Initiator Control
286. esseesssressressreessees 1 5 Data category on the l00p s seeessseeesseseeesesressessresresressesrrsseerresresressene 1 6 Format of ordered sets ssesssesseessseesseesseesseesstessseesseesseessressressseessees 1 7 Frame formatiei inuiten eneon E EEAS EEE AEEA EE 1 8 Examples of exchange moccerionie aenieiai a a ETE 1 14 SCA2 type interface connector IDD s eseeeseereeseereereereereereeersreee 1 15 Fibre channel output circuit esseseeeeseesseseeeseerresresresserressersreseesrress 1 22 Fibre channel input circuit eeeeeeeseseeeeseeessrerrseresresserrrssrssressesees 1 22 Process for selecting loop master seseeeseeeeeeeeseeresserrreseesresreees 1 27 E op master operations eee ti hae a E E E eee 1 28 C mmand transfer rin een E A ee ae 1 30 Transfer ready X_RDY response transfer RSP c cece 1 30 Write data transfer siesena Ae EE AE tetas N ie 1 31 Read data transter ey shecsi sve Meech ee 1 31 Header field of the basic link service 0 eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeetteeceeeeeees 1 34 Abort sequence ABTS cecccesscceeceeeeseeeesaeceeeeeeceaeeeeaeceeaeeeeeeeees 1 35 Basic accept BA_ACC cecccecscccesscecsseceenneceneeeesssceeeaaeceeeeeseeeees 1 36 Basic reject BA RIT ai prne e E E tess pveeceet eae 1 37 Header field of the extended link service eeeceeeeeeeeeeteceeeeeeee 1 38 Payload field of the PLOGI frame cies eeseeseesecnseceneeeeeenaees 1 40 Payload field of the PLOGI_ACC frame n se 1
287. evice to detect the request If the SCSI device supports detection of the Un Mated condition of the START_1 and START_2 signals Case 1 and supports Enclosure Initiated ESI EIE transfers it monitors the START_1 and START _2 signals On detecting a transition from a valid mated condition Case 2 3 or 4 to a different case the device asserts PARALLEL ESI To avoid a false spin down due to a hand shake timeout initiating an EIE transfer by changing from a mated condition to the unmated condition is not recommended If the enclosure is requesting a transfer with a case change it returns the START_1 and START_2 signals to the original mated condition a minimum of 100 nanoseconds before asserting the ENCL_ACK signal Figure 1 60 illustrates a successful discovery of an EIE transfer request Table 1 11 shows the detail of Case C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI START_1 START_2 X X gt K 1I sec max device delay gt K 100 nsec min enclosure delay PARALLEL ESI gt gt K 1 usec max enclosure delay DSK_WR SEL_6 i i DSK_RD SEL_5 D 0 3 SEL 0 3 SEL_ID 0 3 OOOO ENCL_ACK SEL4 gt 2 3 4 t3 K 1 second max enclosure delay Re Bee om Enclosure Services Processor changes START_1 and START_2 to indicate that it is requesting communication with the SCSI device SCSI device asserts PARALLEL ESI to indicate it is ready to begin communica
288. external controlled so that it starts simultaneously when the power is turned on or by the START STOP UNIT command 1 General response in not ready state The IDD except in cases where the received command corresponds to either of the commands in item 2 7 4 2 reports the CHECK CONDITION status in response to that command The sense data generated at this time show one of the conditions in Table 2 8 depending on the state of the IDD Table 2 8 Sense data in not ready state Spindle motor not rotating at NOT READY Logical unit in Inprocess of normal speed Becoming ready 04 01 Reading system information NOT READY Logical unit not ready Initializing have not completed cmd required 04 02 Reading system information HARDWARE ERROR Logical unit failed self configuration failed 4 4C nn C141 C008 2 23 Command Processing 2 Commands that can be executed even in the not ready state The IDD can execute any of the following commands when they are received even when in the Not Ready state e START STOP UNIT command e RESERVE command e RELEASE command e WRITE BUFFER command e READ BUFFER command e INQUIRY command e REQUEST SENSE command When the REQUEST SENSE command is executed normally and the IDD is in the sense data hold state the sense data held at that time are transferred to the INIT If not in the sense data hold state sense data corresponding to the IDD s state at that time See Table
289. f the CDB e Itis impossible to send INQUIRY data because of an IDD hardware error e An unrecoverable error was detected on the SCSI bus e An error detected during command execution was recovered in the IDD s error recovery processing Retry but the mode which reports RECOVERED ERROR is specified in the MODE SELECT parameter e Applicability to overlapping command exception conditions See Section 2 7 1 If bytes 1 the EVPD enable vital product data bits the CmdDt Command Support Data bits and byte 2 the Page code field in the CDB are enabled only in the case that transfer of the SCSI 2 SCSI 3 mode s INQUIRY data is specified In the case of the SCSI 1 CCS mode zero must be set in these bits and in this field And if both the EVPD and CmdDt bits are one this command is terminated by a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in CDB 24 00 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 1 EVPD Enable Vital Product Data a If the specification in this bits is zero the IDD transfers the standard INQUIRY data or the command supported data mentioned later to the application client b Ifthe specification in this bits is one product information called VPD vital product data is transferred to the application client 2 CmdDt Command Supported Data a If the specification in this bits is zero the IDD transfers the standard INQUIRY data mentioned later to the application client b I
290. f the specification in this bits is one the IDD transfers the command supported data mentioned later to the application client 3 Page code Operation code a When the EVPD bits is one this field specifies that the IDD transfers the kind of the VPD information b Ifthe EVPD bit is zero and the CmdDt bits is one this field specifies the operation code CDB byte 0 of commands generated command supported data 4 Transfer Byte Length Byte 4 of the CDB the Transfer Byte Length field shows the number of bytes of standard INQUIRY data or VPD information that the application client can receive by this command The IDD transfers data with the byte length specified in the Transfer Byte Length field or the byte length in the standard INQUIRY data or VPD information which it is holding whichever has the smallest number of bytes to the application client When zero is specified in the Transfer Byte Length field this command is normally terminated without anything being transferred 5 Standard INQUIRY data Table 4 1 shows the format and contents of the standard INQUIRY data transferred to the INIT by this command if 0 is specified in the EVPD and the CmdDt bit C141 C008 4 3 Command Specifications 3 47 4 4 Table 4 1 Standard INQUIRY data Qualifier 0 0 0 or 0 1 1 Device Type Code 0 0 0 0 0 or 1 1 1 1 1 Reserved Version X 04 SPC 2 Response D
291. fective Table 4 98 Defect descriptor physical sector address format a ce Cylinder No MSB Cylinder No Cylinder No LSB Physical sector No of defective block Physical sector No of defective block Physical sector No of defective block LSB a C141 C008 4 155 Command Specifications 4 156 Cautions in specifying the D list The P List containing defect position information is always recorded on the IDD when it is shipped from the factory Also information on defect positions for which alternate block processing has been implemented during operation are recorded as the G List The function which specifies defect position information as the D List when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed is prepared mainly to specify initial defect position information of the disk media which does not have the P List recorded on it In the IDD by specifying use of the P List and G List advance notice of the defect positions can be specified during initialization so ordinarily it is not necessary to use the D List When the D List is used for the IDD caution should be exercised in the follow points 1 The maximum number of defective sectors total amount of sector slip and alternate sectors are calculated per a Current condition of reallocated sectors how many Slip Sectors have been allocated and so Alternate Sectors Since Defect table entry for Slip and Alternate are different size b The m
292. fied defective byte position has no influence on data block read write operations that defect position information is disregarded and is not the object of defective sector processing and thus is not recorded in the G List Therefore the defect position information specified in this command may not necessarily coincide with the defect position information read with the READ DEFECT DATA command after this command is terminated C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands 4 Defect processing during initialization Table 4 99 shows each combination of control flag specification values and the contents of processing executed by the IDD Furthermore see Chapter 3 Data Format of the Product Manual concerning alternate block allocation processing methods Table 4 99 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 1 2 FmtData CmpLst Defect List FOV DPRY Defect Defect Processing Method Format List Length Format parameters not Alternate block allocation is performed transferred for defects registered in the P List Note 4 The previously existing G List is erased 0 0 0 Alternate block allocation is performed Note 1 for defects registered in the P List and X Bo 2 the previously existing G List ote 2 Note 3 The previously existing G List is saved Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the previously existing G List Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 The P List is saved but it is not used in defect proce
293. field For ACC the drive responds with 0002h This indicates that Information Category is Solicited data when bit 1 1b 8 Point to point E_D_TOV value Byte12 15 This field is significant for point to point connection and invalid for loop connection The drive does not check this field For ACC the drive responds with 0x000007d0 in this fields 1 7 1 3 Class 3 service parameter Table 1 25 Class 3 service parameter Bit Byte Class Intermix Stacked Connect Sequence Dedicated Camp on Buffered Valid Mode Request Delivery Simplex Class 1 Service Options X_ID Reassignment Initiator Process ACK_0 ACK_N 0 0 Associator Capable Capable Reserved Reserved Initiator Control ACKO ACKN X_ID Error Policy 0 Categories per Capable Capable Interlock Reserved Sequence Recipient Control Reserved Nh 9 0 0 Reserved Receive Data Field Size Concurrent Sequences 0 MSB N_Port End to End Credit LSB a fu ua wo S 1 46 C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 Service Options Byte0 a Class Valid Byte0 bit7 The drive responds with LS_RJT O3h O1h when this bit 0 For ACC the drive responds with 1 b Intermix Mode Byte0 bit6 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it c Stacked Connect Request Byte0 bit5 4 This field is invalid for Class 3 and the drive ignores it d Sequential Delivery Byte0 bit3 This fi
294. fore for defects with a length which exceeds 8 bytes 2 or more defect descriptors must be specified When multiple defect descriptors are specified the cylinder number must be specified in the top position the byte distance from the index in the bottom position and the defect positions listed in ascending order IMPORTANT Even if X FFFFFFFF is specified as the byte distance from the index to the defect position a whole track cannot be considered defective Table 4 97 Defect descriptor byte distance from index format FO Cylinder No MSB Lee Cylinder No LSB Oo ooo oo O O O 4 154 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands Physical sector address format defect descriptor Table 4 98 lists this description format of the defect descriptor A defect descriptor with this format specifies the physical sector number of the data block which includes the defect on the disk media together with the cylinder No and the head track No When specifying multiple defect descriptors the cylinder No must be specified in the top position and the physical sector No in the bottom position with the defect positions listed in ascending order IMPORTANT Sector numbers described in this format are physical sector numbers which to not apply the Track skew factor and the Cylinder skew factor Even if X FFFFFFFF is specified as the byte distance from the index to the defect position a whole track cannot be considered de
295. from the value specified in bytes 12 and 13 Data byte length sector of Page 3 Format Parameter the data block length in the block descriptor is set c Page descriptor The Page descriptor is configured from a 2 byte page header followed by a parameter field and each parameter function attribute is classified in a unit called a Page The individual Page descriptors in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands may be specified independently by the INIT and multiple Page descriptors may be specified continuously in the desired sequence Page code This field specifies a code Page No that indicates the type of Page descriptor Page length This field indicates the length of the parameter field number of bytes after byte 2 excluding the page header of the Page descriptor and is a fixed value for each page code The INIT must specify the same value as the page length reported by the IDD in the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command except in cases it is described in each of the page descriptor descriptions in this item d MODE SELECT parameters of the IDD The parameter list configuration and its length that can be transferred to the IDD by the INIT in the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command are as shown in Table 4 13 If a Page descriptor that is not supported by the IDD is specified the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter
296. full ratio in the MODE SELECT parameter see Section 3 1 2 to the data buffer it performs reconnection processing with the FC interface and begins transferring data to the INIT FC interface from the data buffer while continuing to read subsequent data blocks to the data buffer If the data transfer capacity of the INIT FC interface is high and the data buffer becomes empty before completing transfer of the number of data blocks specified by the command the IDD performs disconnect processing at that point Thereafter Loop OPEN data transfer and Loop CLOSE the operations in 3 and 4 above are repeated until all the data blocks specified in the command have been transferred C141 C008 5 6 Figure 3 1 Data Buffer If the number of blocks specified in the command to be transferred is larger than the capacity of a cache segment and if the data transfer rate of the INIT is lower than the data transfer rate of the disk drive the empty space in the data buffer disappears from step 3 and the IDD may soon not be able to read data from the disk media data overrun In this case the IDD relocates the block that caused the data overrun after waiting one disk revolution and continues the reading process When transfer of all the specified data is completed the IDD reports the status and terminates the command IMPORTANT In order to avoid frequent repetition of the Loop CLOSE OPEN processing after data frame transfer starts on
297. g hardware error within the drive This signal is negated when the drive detects a Loop Port Enable primitive sequence 11 Drive present This signal connected to the ground 1 3 3 Signal function in SFF8067 mode 1 Parallel ESI Parallel ESI signal is used to request the enclosure to provide the SEL_x x 0 6 addressing signals and to request ESI block Read Write operation Table 1 13 defines electronic characteristics of this signal Table 1 17 Output characteristics of parallel ESI Current Drive Available Output Voltage high o 100 uA lt IOH lt 100 uA 0 lt VOH lt 5 25V How IOL gt 1 6 mA 0 lt VOL lt 0 5V Table 1 17 shows how Parallel ESI signal is used in the Enclosure Service Interface 2 DSK_WR DSK_RD ENCL_ACK D 3 D 2 D 1 D 0 The SEL_x x 0 6 signals change into communication control signals when Parallel ESI signal is asserted C141 C008 1 23 Fibre Channel Interface 1 4 Drive Operation on the Loop This section describes the following as the operations which the drive is required to perform at FC level e Loop initialization e Arbitration e Communication between the initiator and target 1 4 1 Loop initialization 1 Process Outline 1 24 Loop Initialization is a process for the purpose listed below e To obtain Arbitrated Loop Physical Address AL_PA because the drive has no valid address when powered on e To indicate the error on the loop t
298. ge see 4 1 5 MODE SELECT EXTENDED 55 2 5 UNIT ATTENTION Condition The Unit Attention condition is a function for notifying the INIT asynchronously of events status changes which occur in the TARG or logical unit 2 5 1 Generation of the UNIT ATTENTION condition Events which cause the Unit Attention condition to be generated are any of the following events 1 When a Power On LIP YX PRLI or TARGET RESET occurs If the IDD is reset by a power on LIP YX PRLI or TARGET RESET regardless of whether the disk drive is in the ready state or not the Unit Attention condition is generated to all the INITs 2 Mode parameters changed if changed by another INIT If any of the following parameters specified by the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command are changed by any INIT the Unit Attention conditions is generated toward all the INITs except the INIT that changed that parameter e Parameters related to the data format block descriptor page 3 format parameter page 4 any drive parameter e Parameters related to the cache segment page 8 Caching parameter byte 13 e Parameters related to command queuing page A control mode parameter except the RLEC bit in byte 3 e Micro code has been changed 3F d C141 C008 2 19 Command Processing 3 Commands cleared by another INIT If the following events have occurred the command which is currently being executed and commands in the queue are clear
299. ghts outputs the OPN primitive to establish connections with the destination device where data are to be transferred Ordinarily many of the OPN primitives that are used are of two types Full Duplex Open and Half Duplex Open and are distinguished by the ALPA which sets the OPN primitive Full Duplex Open OPN ALPD ALPS ALPD ALPA of destination device where data are to be transferred ALPS ALPA of source device which is transferring data Half Duplex Open OPN ALPD ALPD ALPD ALPA of destination device where data are to be transferred ALPS ALPA of source device which is transferring data This IDD responds to the OPN primitive when received by both Full and Half Duplex communications the OPN primitive issued by this IDD is sent by Full Duplex Open communications The device that receives the OPN primitive sends the R_RDY primitive if there is allowance for storage of frames in its Buffer and informs the transfer source device that reception is possible If the transfer destination device cannot receive it sends the CLS primitive The transfer source device receives the CLS primitive then it resends the CLS primitive and releases its loop use rights In the case of a device which uses Full Duplex Open while connections are established since it is possible to receive other frames from the transfer destination device it can send the OPN primitive followed by the R_LRDY primitive to newly inform the source device that re
300. ginator Responder Orginal Logout Process Process_ MSB ort ID Third Party Originator Process Associator 0 Reserved MSB LSB MSB Third Party Responder Process Associator LSB 0 Reserved Third Party Originator N_Port ID LSB Figure 1 36 Logout parameter pages These pages are used by TPRLO TPRLO_ACC 1 Type Code PL W01 B0 O8h Indicates SCSI FCP process The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 00h when this field 08h or OOh Drive responds with 08h in this field 1 65 Fibre Channel Interface 2 Type Code Extension PL W01 B1 00h Not used by SCSI FCP the drive ignores this field 3 Third Party Originator Process Association Validity PL W01 B2 bit7 Ob The drive neither supports nor checks this bit 4 Third Party Originator Process Association Validity PL W01 B2 bit6 Ob The drive neither supports nor checks this bit 5 Third Party Originator N_Port ID Validity PL W01 B2 bit5 6 Global Process Logout PL W01 B2 bit4 When Global Process Logout bit is Ob this field is valid The value of 0 in this field does not affect to the drive If this field is 1 an Initiator which is given into Third Party Originator N_Port ID field is logout When Global Process Logout bit is 1b all of Initiator which has been login are logout 7 Third Party Originator Process Associator PL W02 The drive neither supports nor checks this field 8 Third Party Originator Proc
301. gth is equal to 0 the SCSI device ends the ESI transfer by negating Parallel_ESI C141 C008 1 107 Fibre Channel Interface Table 1 32 Action code If the ESI request contains a valid Action Code and non zero Parameter Length the drive responds with a write operation with the requested information Table 1 33 defines the format of the EIE page Tables 1 34 1 35 1 36 1 38 and 1 39 define the page contents for the identified action codes The Initiate Loop Initialization Action Code 03h does not include a transfer of information to the enclosure The Action Specific bits in the Enclosure Request define the operation to be performed See Table 1 37 The Action Specific bits for the remaining Action Codes are 0 Table 1 33 Enclosure initiated ESI page format ESI Page 00h 0 Page Length n 3 LSB 1 108 C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI Table 1 34 Device standard inquiry data ESI Page 00h 0 Action Code 00h Page Length 24h LSB Inquiry Data e Inquiry Data The first 36 bytes of Standard Inquiry data Reference SCSI Primary Commands 2 SPC 2 for a definition of this data Note the vendor specific VS bit in byte 6 is not valid C141 C008 1 109 Fibre Channel Interface 1 110 Table 1 35 Device addresses page ee ed 22 2 rae ae aa e ESI Page 00h o 0o 0 0 Action Code 01h MSB Page Length 24h Node Name Port A 01h Port A Port _Identifier
302. h 1h by ACC when PRLO is executed 4 Originator Process Associator Byte8 11 0000h The drive does not support this field and responds with 0000h by ACC 5 Responder Process Associator Byte12 15 0000h The drive does not support this field and responds with 0000h by ACC C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 5 Port discovery PDISC PDISC_ACC The initiator issues PDISC to the drive to check if the drive address has changed immediately after initialization The drive responds with PDISC_ACC when the frame of the received PDISC is correct The payload field of the PDISC PDISC_ACC frame is described below For the header field refer to Section 1 7 Extended Link Service The PDISC has same information as the PLOGI except LS Command which is 50000000h The PDISC_ACC has same information as the PDISC_ACC if parameters have not changed from previous login 1 7 6 Discover address ADISC ADISC_ACC Word Word 22 XX XX XX 23 XX XX XX 1 SID 1 S_ID xX xx XX XX xx xX 2 TYPE F_CTL 2 TYPE F_CTL 01 29 00 00 01 98 00 00 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT 00 00 00 00 FF 00 00 00 4 OX_ID RXx_ID 4 OX_ID RX_ID XX XX FF FF xX XX FF FF 5 PARAMETER 5 PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Payload 0 LS_Command Code Payload 0 LS_Command Code 52 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 1 Hard Address of Originator 1 Reserved Hard Address of Originator 2 3 Port Name of Originator 2 3 Port Name of Originator 4 5 Node Name of Originat
303. h Device Control Codes as defined in SFF 8045 are supported by the drive A one in a bit position indicates the corresponding Device Control Code is supported e g a one in bits 7 and 6 indicates that Device Control Codes 7 and 6 are supported This indicates the drive supports Fibre Channel link rates of 1 and 2 GHz e LSP CHG Link Status Page Change A one in this field indicates the data in the Link Status Page has changed since the enclosure last read the Link Status Page A zero indicates the Link Status Page data has not changed When the enclosure reads the Link Status Page this bit is cleared e Port Link Fail A one in this field indicates the drive is currently detecting a Loop Failure condition as defined in FC AL for the port e Port Link Rate This field is the value defined for the Fibre Channel link rate by the Device Control Code inputs in SFF 8045 i e 7 represents 1Ghz e Port Bypass A one in this field indicates the drive is asserting the ENBL BYPCH signal in the SCA connector for the port A zero indicates the drive is not requesting bypass C141 C008 1 113 Fibre Channel Interface Table 1 41 Link status page 1 2 EASES EEA 0 0 0 ESI Page 00h 0 0 0 0 0 Action Code 07h MSB Page Length 60h Link Failure Count Port A Loss of Sync Count Port A Loss of Signal Count Port A Primitive Sequence Protocol Error Port A Invalid Transmission Word Count Port A Invalid CRC Count Port A L
304. hall be following e the sector where the error occurs and the latter sectors and e the sectors whose data are logically continual and stored in Cache e the sectors which will be processed in this Write command and e the sectors which locate between erroneous Servo 1 and 1 including Split sector This function is also applied for the sector which has already been re assigned 5 3 3 Error recovery processing control 5 28 The INIT can by specifying the MODE SELECT parameters can control the error recovery processing retries of the IDD with respect to each type of error related to the disk drive Table 5 7 shows the types of error and the method of specifying the number of retries for those errors for those items where the INIT can specify the number of retries normally it is recommended that the default value or a greater number of times be specified If a value smaller than the default value is specified and commands are terminated abnormally without error recovery processing succeeding the INIT should reset the corresponding MODE SELECT parameters at the default value then reexecute the original commands The MODE SELECT parameters related to disk drive error recovery processing which the INIT can specify are shown below See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 concerning details of the functions of each parameter The INIT can issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command as necessary and s
305. he INIT by this command In this case the IDD reports a GOOD status and terminates this command at the point when preparation of the response data is completed after completing the specified operations The INIT can read the execution results response data by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command When the PF page format bit in the CDB is 1 the parameter list transferred from the INIT by this command shows the page format explained later but the IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and always handles the page format according to the specifications in the parameter list when the parameter list is transferred by this command Also when the SelfTest self test bit is 0 the specifications in the DefOfl device off line bit and the UnitOfl unit off line bit have no meaning and their specified values are disregarded The Parameter list length field in the CDB shows the length number of bytes of the parameter list that is transferred from the INIT when the SelfTest self test bit s specification is 0 When zero is specified in the Parameter list length field this command is terminated without anything being executed Also when the value specified in the Parameter list length field does not reach the specified length for the parameter list explained later and as a result not all the bytes in the parameter list can be received that command is terminated wi
306. he bits in byte 3 are reserved by Fujitsu The user should specify 0 in this bit 4 68 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 5 MODE SELECT EXTENDED 55 0 0 0 0 0 a a gt Jojo o o o o o This command performs setting and changing of each type of parameter related to disk drive physical attributes data format timing of Loop OPEN and error recovery procedures etc This command s function is the same as that of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 except that the format of its data transferred by the INIT differs partially from that of the MODE SELECT data format Table 4 33 shows the configuration of the parameter list MODE SELECT parameters transferred by this command from the INIT Compared to the 4 byte header in the Group 0 MODE SELECT command it is necessary for an 8 byte header to be transferred in this command The contents of each field in the header except that the byte positions differ are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command The contents of the other parameters Block descriptor Page descriptor are also the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command C141 C008 4 69 Command Specifications Table 4 33 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command group 2 parameter configuration Header pep dee DE E E a2 o X 00 Medium Type Se eo E e a 6 i Boek Desrinortenate ESB Block Descriptor PE ERIE ESESESET ES Po at ock Coon SB E tock Coun Page
307. he data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the defect position information for only the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is recorded in the G List The contents which need to be specified at this time are as follows a CDB specification Specify 0 in the FmtData bit and the CmpLst and 000 in the Defect List Format field in the CDB b FORMAT parameters If the items values in the previous item are specified in the CDB the Format parameter is not necessary 6 2 2 Re initialization The INIT can reinitialize the disk drive after it has been operated using the FORMAT UNIT command IMPORTANT If it is necessary after reinitialization to restore the data that were stored on the disk media it is necessary to save the data before executing reinitialization then execute data restore using system software after reinitialization The INIT can change the size of the spare sector area and its location as well as the number of logical data blocks before reinitialization The recommended procedure for reinitialization is shown below However in cases where the logical data block length is changed the initialization procedure described in Section 6 2 1 must be followed during installation 1 MODE SELECT command C141 C008 If the logical data block count size of the User Space or the size of the sp
308. he element of the logical unit defined by the Scope specific Address field in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list An element is defined by the SCSI 3 Medium Changer Commands SMC standard The Element scope is optional for all device servers that implement PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT e Persistent reservations type The value in the Type field shall specify the characteristics of the persistent reservation being established for all data blocks within the element or within the logical unit Table 4 87 defines the characteristics of the different type values For each persistent reservation type table 4 87 lists code value and describes the required device server support In table 4 87 the description of required device server support is divided into two paragraphs The first paragraph defines the required handling for read operations The second paragraph defines the required handling for write operations C141 C008 4 123 Command Specifications Table 4 87 Persistent reservations type codes a Write Reads Shared Any application client on any initiator may execute Exclusive tasks that request transfers from the storage medium or cache of the logical unit to the initiator Writes Exclusive Any task from any initiator other than the initiator holding the persistent reservation that requests a transfer from the initiator to the storage medium or cache of the logical unit shall result in a reservation conflict Exclusive Reads Shar
309. he example that three ports exist on the loop and each port has an unique Port Name which algebraic relationship is n 2 gt n 1 gt n Steps 1 through 6 are for selecting a port with the smallest unique port name of those assigned at manufacture as the loop master Steps 8 and 9 are for confirming that the port which became the loop master by steps 1 through 6 has become the loop master again 1 26 C141 C008 Step 1 2 7 1 4 Drive Operation on the Loop Port Name n n l n 2 Transmits LISM with its own LISM n LISM n 1 LISM port name to the next port oE lt lt Receives LISM from the upper loop port LISM n 2 LISM n LISM n 1 gt Compares the port name with its own port name and transmits LISM n LISM n LISM n 1 LISM with lower port name Receives LISM from the upper loop port LISM n 1 LISM n LISM n Compares the port name with its own port name and transmits LISM n LISM n LISM n LISM with lower port name C Receives LISM from the upper loop port LISM n LISM n LISM n gt gt gt Compares the port name with its own port name and if they are the same the port becomes loop master lt loop master gt lt non loop master gt lt non loop master gt Loop master transmits ARB F0 ans waits for the ARB F0 ARB F0 comes back r Loop master checks ARB F0 ARB FO gt Note The value is assigned to ea
310. he positions of defective blocks detected during the data block Verify operation Certification after initialization by the FORMAT UNIT command This information is generated internally by the IDD when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed This list is composed from the defective logical data block position information specified by the INIT in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command defective logical data block position information from alternate blocks which have been allocated by the IDD s auto alternate block allocation processing information specified as the D List and information generated as the C List Disk Media Management The P List and G List are recorded in the system space on the disk media The INIT can read the contents of these lists by the READ DEFECT DATA command 2 Alternate block allocation Alternate data blocks are allocated in defective sector units for defective data blocks sectors on the disk media by the IDD s internal defect management methods a Spare sector area Spare sectors for allocation as alternate blocks are secured in one or both of the following areas When the INIT initializes the disk media it can specify the spare sector area to be prepared on the disk drive and the size of that area Spare sectors within a cell Spare sectors are secured in the final track of each cell They are used as alternate blocks for defective sectors within the same cell Alternate cells This is an exclusive c
311. he specified buffer address it shall return CHECK CONDITION status and it shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 The Transfer Byte Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that shall be present in the Data Out Buffer to be stored in the specified buffer beginning at the buffer offset The INIT should attempt to ensure that the parameter list length plus the buffer offset does not exceed the capacity of the specified buffer The capacity of the buffer may be determined by the BUFFER CAPACITY field in the READ BUFFER descriptor If the BUFFER Address and Transfer Byte Length fields specify a transfer in excess of the buffer capacity the IDD shall return CHECK CONDITION status and shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 4 191 Command Specifications 7 Mode 0 1 1 1 Microcode Download with offset with saving In this mode the INIT may split the transfer of the controller s microcode or control information over two or more WRITE BUFFER commands If the last WRITE BUFFER command of a set of one or more commands completes successfully the microcode or control information shall be saved in a non volatile memory space Since the downloaded microcode or control information may be sent using several commands when the IDD detects the last download microcode with offsets and save mode W
312. heck the system s FC Loop operation Reissue the original command Retry If the command is terminated with the same error when retried perform recovery method 3 or 1 If the command is terminated with a different error when retried execute the recovery processing procedure for that error After waiting about 1 second reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 1 Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 3 Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 1 If the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameter is 0 perform recovery method 0 If the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameter is 1 execute one of the following according to the content indicated by the sense data Ifthe Valid bit is 1 and if the address of the final data block in the data block group in the area specified in the command is indicated in the information field perform recovery method 0 If the Valid bit is 0 or even if the Valid bit is 1 but the address of a data block which is not that of the final data group in the area specified in the command is indicated in the information field reissue the original command If this error Other than a positioning error 15 xx occurs repeatedly in the same data block implement alternate block allocation processing shown in Sec
313. hether or not to report detailed parameters and successfully recovered errors related to error recovery processing using either the MODE SELECT or the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command Also by the INIT specifying those parameters they can be saved in the system space on the disk medium and they can be changed temporarily without being saved After the power is turned on or after reset LIP XY or TARGET RESET the IDD reads out the saved parameters and initializes the error recovery processing procedure See Chapter 4 Command Specifications concerning details of the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands An outline of the error recovery processing executed by the IDD is shown below 1 Recovery processing for errors on FC Loop The IDD does not perform recovery processing for errors detected on the FC LOOP When a major error related to the FC Loop is detected the IDD may clear the command which is currently being executed 2 Recovery procedures for disk drive errors The IDD executes error recovery processing like that shown in Table 2 9 for errors detected during data access on the disk medium Caution is necessary when performing these recovery processing procedures because they are accompanied by rotational delays for repositioning data blocks on the disk medium or by added command processing time due to initialization of the positioning control system etc The INIT can control the number of retries by page 1 Read Wr
314. his bit indicates whether or not the initiator allows the data transfer to be re ordered by the target The IDD are not supported a MODIFY DATA POINTER message Therefore The IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and operates according to the Default value 0 The IDD cannot transfer a MODIFY DATA POINTER message 1 The IDD can transfer a MODIFY DATA POINTER message FARd FAWrt FAStat fair arbitration read write status When connected is requested for Read Write or Status transfers this specifies whether Arbitration Fairness Control is enabled or disabled The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates in accordance with the default value Dlmm disconnect immediate not supported This controls when to execute Loop CLOSE after receiving the frame The IDD does not support this bit If 1 is specified in this bit the command is terminated with the CHECK CONDITION status Burst size during the initial connection This parameter specifies the maximum data volume that can be transferred in the connected state when the TARG receives a command as a multiple of 512 bytes The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates in accordance with the default value 0000 unlimited 4 37 Command Specifications 3 Format parameters page code 3 The Page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 4 17 Table 4 17 MODE SELECT parameters form
315. his time the sense key indicates RECOVERED ERROR 1 and the content of the final error to be corrected successfully is reported 0 Even when several errors errors related to the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected that command is completed with a GOOD status and the contents of the recovered errors are not reported DTE disable transfer on error 1 Even when several errors on the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected execution of that command terminates at that point 0 When several errors on the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the IDD s error recovery processing have been detected execution of that command is continued The IDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 0 C141 C008 4 27 Command Specifications h DCR disable correction 1 Even when a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is prohibited However On the fly correction processing is not prohibited 0 When a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is applied The IDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 0 i Number of retries during read This parameter specifies the number of retries that should be executed for Data Check type erro
316. hronization The Fault LED out signal is an open collector output The LED and the current limiting register are external to the drive See Table 1 10 Table 1 10 Characteristics of Fault LED out signal LED off 100uA lt IOH lt 100A IOL gt 30mA 0 lt VOL lt 0 5V C141 C008 1 17 Fibre Channel Interface 3 Active LED out The signal indicates that the drive starts and is active Two alternative indication pattern is defined in SFF 8045 Specification Rev 4 2 One is hot plug implementation for the drives in hot plugged environments The other is legacy implementation where the compatibility with previous SCSI indication system is required The drive supports hot plug implementation described below a The Active LED out signal does not light if the drive is not connected b The Active LED out signal blinks for approximately 0 5 sec intervals when the drive is spinning It turns to light when the drive is ready c The Active LED out signal blinks for approximately 0 5 sec intervals when the drive is spin down It is turned off when the drive is not ready d The Active LED out signal is turned off when the SCSI command is received by the drive and during processing And it changed to blink when the command processing is completed e The Active LED out signal blinks for approximately 1 0 sec intervals during being processed Format Command 4 Start_1 Mated Start_2 Mated These signals controls
317. hrough the system shown in Chapter 5 or reconfirm the use conditions of the disk drive such as the installation environment Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 13 1 Issue the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command and read the Current values in the MODE SELECT parameters 2 Ifthe parameters values are appropriate reissue the original command Note This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the values in the parameters read in are illegal recovery method 2 should be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed Issue the READ or READ EXTENDED command and read the data for the block where the error occurred Investigate the cause of the data not matching and perform data recovery processing from the INIT Reissue the original command Retry It is desirable at this time to confirm the operations of the other INITs Issue the LOG SENSE command and read the Current values of the LOG SELECT parameters Search for any parameter values which exceed the threshold value or have reached the maximum value then issue the LOG SELECT command from the INIT and perform resetting Reissue the original command 1 Issue the INQUIRY command and read the operation mode information 2 If the parameter values are appropriate reissue the original comma
318. hysical Requirements Electrical Requirements 0 0 0 0 eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 15 1 3 1 Interface connectors 2 3 s204 Hate alta kak easel cents eet 1 15 1 3 2 Signal function in SFF8045 mode eeeeseceseceseceeceseeeseeeeseees 1 17 1 3 3 Signal function in SFF8067 mode eee esecsseceseceseceteeeseeeeaeens 1 23 1 4 Drive Operation on the LOOP ee eeeeesceeseeeseeeseecssecsecesaecaecaeeeaeen 1 24 LAT LCoopinitialization onai aariin svete ech EA debe AREE AEE 1 24 14 2 Arbitration soinen na EE N E EE TE E E E 1 29 1 4 3 Communication between initiator and target 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 29 1 6 Basic Link Service cecccccccccsseccecsessececsessececsessececseseeecsesaeeecneseesenensaes 1 33 1 6 1 Abort sequence ABTS 0 eeeeeccceeseeceeseeeeseeceeaeeceeaeecseeesaeceeaeeesaes 1 35 1 6 2 Basice accept BA ACE renine eE E ER 1 36 1 6 3 Basic reject BA RIT Jetsin iae E E 1 37 vii Contents Vili 1 7 Extended slink Serve eare ve coxa seh sides oes sannedssdees deed sean eotadeduaveesearstigionsees 1 38 1 7 1 N_Port login PLOGI PLOGI_ACC oie eeceeeceseceseeeeeeeeneeenes 1 40 1 7 1 1 Port node name format 000 0 cece ceeecceesseceeececeeeeeeaecceeeeeceaeeeeaeceeneeees 1 42 1 7 1 2 Common Service parameter oo eee eeceseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeseeeaeeenaes 1 44 1 7 1 3 Class 3 service parameter eee eeeceseeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeneeeaeeesaeenaes 1 46 1 7 2 Port logout LOGO LOGO_ACC oo ceeeeeeceeseeeseec
319. i AE Eae 4 164 Table 4 103 READ DEFECT DATA command defect data C nNouratio Moe ree i R ei Sane 4 164 Table 4 104 Defect data conditions 2 0 lees eeseeeseecncecesecesecesecesaecaecnaeeaeens 4 166 Table 4 105 READ DEFECT DATA command B7 defect data Configuration eee eeeeseesseeereeeseeeeeceecsseeeeeeeeenaes 4 169 Table 4 106 Self diagnosis test ee eee eesceeseeeseecsseeeseeeseeeseecsaecaeeeaeeenaeenaees 4 170 Table 4 107 Error recovery control flags during the self diagnosis test 4 171 Table 4 108 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameter list COMPUTATION nesini E E EEE E ose 4 173 Table 4 109 Pase code sie 28 Lethe uel nin aar e ane 4 173 Table 4 110 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters page code list eee 4 174 Table 4 111 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters logical physical address CONVELSION isseire iea E EE T sovdedeeee estes ts 4 175 Table 4 112 Specifying address format seseeeseeseeeeeseeereseesresresrrsserrrssreresreee 4 175 Table 4 113 SELF TEST neeese aeae ee ki a r raeg iaeei riait 4 176 Table 4TA ESL p e uinean athe E E E in S 4 178 Table 4 115 ESI page format 0 ccececseesecsescesscesscecececcerscesesecsecetecstecetense es 4 178 Table 4 116 Fault LED test pageri ieceres eeeceseeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeenaeenaees 4 179 Table 4 117 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command response data configuration eels ceseceteceeeeceseceseeeseeeseeenseeees 4 181 Table 4 118 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response
320. iability outside the limits specified by the manufacturer of the device 4 110 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 8 Start stop cycle counter page X 0E Table 4 70 Start stop cycle counter page X 0E po e XO REN Pag Length VSB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e Date of manufacture page OE code 0001 Table 4 71 Date of manufacture page 0E code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Date of Manufacture X 06 Parameter Length Year of manufacture 4 ASCII characters Week of manufacture 2 ASCII characters LSB The year and week in the year that the device was manufactured shall be set in the parameter field defined by parameter code 0001h The date of manufacture shall not be savable by the application client using the LOG SELECT command The date is expressed in numeric ASCII characters 30h 39h in the form YYYYWW as shown above C141 C008 4 111 Command Specifications e Accounting date page OE code 0002 Table 4 72 Accounting date page 0E code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Accounting Date X 06 Parameter Length Accounting date Year 4 ASCII characters Accounting date week 2 ASCII characters LSB The Accounting date specified by parameter code 0002h is a parameter that may be savable using a LOG SELECT command to indicate when the device was placed in service If
321. ied the IDD performs rounding processing and set 4 4 51 Command Specifications 4 52 This parameter indicates the same value for all initiators and if it is changed by any initiator a UNIT ATTENTION condition UNIT ATTENTION 6 Mode select parameter changed 2A 01 is generated for all the initiators that did not change it This parameter can be changed though the IDD disregards the specification of this field The IDD divided the Cache Segments according to the inherent algorithm That is the Cache Segment size is best tuned per the request data size of Host command Within one Cache Segment data for various commands are stored The biggest Cache Segment size is approximately 476 KB IDD does not support this parameter IDD disregards the specification of this field Non cache buffer size If this field is greater than zero this field advises the device server how many bytes the application client requests that the device server allocate for a buffer function when all other cache segments are occupied by data to be retained If the number is at least one caching functions in the other segments need not be impacted by cache misses to perform the SCSI buffer function The impact of this field equals 0 or the sum of this field plus this field greater than the buffer size is vendor specific This bit is not supported for the IDD The IDD disregards the specification in this bit C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands
322. ient shall terminate the Sequence and update the Exchange Status Block Update LESB The Link Error Status Block is updated to track errors not directly related to an Exchange Perform loop failure Protocol If a Loop failure occur the L_Port which detects the failure shall issue LIP F8 AL_PS if it has a valid AL_PA or LIP F8 F7 if it doesn t 13 Error Policy processing When an error is detected within a Sequence the Sequence is discarded discard policy 1 98 C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI Enclosure Service Interface provides the protocol defining the information between the enclosure and the drive The drive starts to execute Enclosure Service when the drive receives Send Diagnostic command or Receive Diagnostic Result command with Enclosure Service page specified a SFF8045 Two modes in SFF8045 exist which are Without Parallel ESI and With Parallel ESI SFF8045 w o Parallel ESI only includes the function that the enclosure provides SEL_ID defined in FC AL to the drive On the other hand SFF8045 with Parallel ESI provides an additional function that the drive can read the status from the enclosure b SFF8067 This mode covers SFF8045 function and has a purpose for diagnostics and receiving the status of the enclosure in the next manner The drive receives Send Diagnostic command from the initiator Then the drive transmits the
323. ier PL W01 B1 3 The value of S_ID of the frame header is used 3 Port Name PL W02W03 Unique 8 byte value for the port which has issued LOGO 1 49 Fibre Channel Interface 1 7 3 Process login PRLI PRLI_ACC 1 50 Word Header 0 2 3 Payload 0 1 2 3 4 PRLI PRLI_ACC WE SEQ ID OF agit On ID XX PARAMETER PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 00 PRLI Payload PRLI_ACC Payload Figure 1 25 Process login PRLI PRLI_ACC The initiator issues PRLI to the drive to establish an operating environment The drive responds with PRLI_ACC when the frame of the received PRLI is correct The payload field of the PRLI PRLI_ACC frame is described below For the header field refer to Section 1 7 Extended Link Service Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 2 3 LS_Command code PL Byte0 20h Indicates PRLI 02h Indicates PRLI_ACC Page Length PL Byte1 10h Service Parameter page length in bytes of PRLI or Service Parameter Response page length in bytes of PRLI_ACC The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 00h when this field 10h For ACC the drive responds with 10h Payload Length PL Byte2 3 14h Payload length 20 bytes of PRLI or Payload length 20 bytes of PRLI_ACC The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 00h when this field 4 14h For ACC the drive responds with 14h C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 3 1 Service parame
324. ill 2 byte valid 3 byte of fill 1 byte valid Read Data frame from drive to initiator a not last frame of sequence al with Relative Offset 800008h b last frame of sequence 88000xh X indicates 4 bit as below when x is 1 with Relative Offset 0 Reserved bit 1 0 Fill Data Byte 0 0 0 byte of fill 4 byte valid 0 1 1 byte of fill 3 byte valid 1 0 2 byte of fill 2 byte valid 1 1 3 byte of fill 1 byte valid In case of accessing media buffer this drive demands that the byte velocity is a multiple of 4 byte 1 90 C141 C008 C141 C008 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 6 SEQ_ID Sequence Identifier Incase of transferred Data Frame from the initiator to the drive the drive has the memory of the first frame SEQ_ID of the sequence and checks the frame SEQ_ID belonging to the sequence Incase of the drive sends to the initiator the data frame the drive institutes 00h to SEQ_ID in the first sequence In case of issuing the sequence on and after twice in the command exchange SEQ_ID is used the added value one 7 DF CTL Data Field Control Set 00h because no optional header is used 8 SEQ _CNT Sequence Count 0000h is instituted in the transferred first data frame by the command Whatever used multiple sequences by transferring the data on CMD the drive demands that the SEQ_CNT value is lasted in the whole transferring data 9 OX_ID Originator Exchange Id
325. in ESI 1 11 4 READ WRITE phase 1 READ phase READ phase is a process that the drive receives the information stored by the enclosure a c DER f FOF D03 KOON OO OO XOX XOXO ENCL_ACK AS A i OAA NAAA CS b d gt min 100 nsec Figure 1 59 READ phase C141 C008 1 103 Fibre Channel Interface a The drive asserts DSK_RD and requests the data to the enclosure b The enclosure asserts ENCL_ACK after enabling the data on D 0 3 c The drive reads the data and negates DSK_RD d The enclosure negates ENCL_ACK by DSK_RD being negated 2 WRITE phase WRITE phase is the same as COMMAND phase The protocol is shown in Figure 1 57 1 11 5 SES sense codes Table 1 30 ASC ASCQ defined for ESI conditions 35h 01h Unsupported Enclosure Function 35h 02h Enclosure Services Unavailable 35h 03h Enclosure Transfer Failure 35h 04h Enclosure Transfer Refused 1 11 6 Enclosure Initiated ESI transfer Enclosure initiated ESI EIE provides a means for the enclosure to request information or action from a SCSI device that supports an 8067 ESI interface The transfer of information is independent of the SCSI interface The format of the information however is similar to the SES information transferred on the SCSI interface for ease of implementation 1 11 6 1 EIE discovery 1 104 A discovery phase is defined to allow the enclosure to initiate an information request and allow the SCSI d
326. in the block descriptor the value specified in the block descriptor has priority Interleave factor This parameter field has meaning only with the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands The interleave factor in the IDD this is always X 0001 non interleave of the disk drive s current data format The value specified in this field is disregarded in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands 4 40 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Track skew factor This parameter indicates the number of physical sectors existing between the data block with the highest order logical block address on a track and the data block with the next logical block address on the next track of the same cylinder track skew This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the value specified in this field and sets the optimum track skew value in the specified data block length See Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual for details about track skew This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in active notch of Page C If it is 0 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 Cylinder skew factor This parameter indicates the number of physical sectors existing between the data block with the highest order logical block address in a cylinder and the data block with the next logical block address in the next cylinder cylinder skew This parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the value specified in this
327. in this page descriptor so this parameter cannot be changed The IDD disregards the value specified in this field This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in Active Notch of Page C If it is 0 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 c Parameters specifying sector format bytes 12 to 19 Data byte length physical sectors This parameter specifies the data length per 1 physical sector as the number of bytes In the IDD the data byte length per 1 physical sector is the same as the data byte length in 1 logical data block The INIT can specify the value of this parameter at 0 or 512 to 528 bytes 4 byte boundary If a value less than 512 bytes the IDD sets a byte length of 512 If more than 528 bytes is specified the IDD performs rounding processing and sets a byte length of 528 If an odd number of bytes is specified within the specified range the IDD performs rounding up processing If the above rounding processing is performed the IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 Rounded parameter 37 00 for that command If 0 is specified in this parameter the value calculated based on the value of the Data block length in the block descriptor is used as this parameter value When both this page descriptor and the block descriptor are specified by the same MODE SELECT command and a nonzero value is specified in this parameter which differs from the value in the Data block length parameter
328. ing Sequence 4 Delimiter Errors Class not support 5 Address ID Errors incorrect D_ID 6 Frame_control Errors CRC C141 C008 timeout at end of Sequence Delimiter usage error SOFc1 while connected Abnormal frame termination EOFa received Incorrect SOF or EOF incorrect S_ID TYPE not support Invalid Link Control Invalid R_CTL Invalid F_CTL Invalid OX_ID Invalid RX_ID Invalid SEQ_ID k Invalid SEQ_CNT 1 Invalid DF_CTL o N N m Exchange Error 1 97 Fibre Channel Interface Table 1 27 Detail errors and action 2 2 Error Category Specific Error Seq Recp Action 6 Frame_control Errors Protocol Error Incorrect length Unexpected Link_Continue Unexpected Link_Response Login Required Excessive Sequences attempted Unable to Establish Exchange RO out of bounds 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 7 Data Frame Errors Buffer not available Class 3 missing frame error detected Note The contents of Seq Recp Action for each error item are described for each item number in Table 1 28 Action by recipient Table 1 28 Actions by recipient Discard policy If an invalid frame is detected the entire invalid frame shall be discarded If a valid frame is received and a rejectable or busy condition in Class 3 is detected the entire frame shall be discarded Abnormally terminate Sequence When a Sequence Recipient detects a Sequence timeout and no Data frames are being received for the Sequence the Recip
329. inis rie ga eire 3 10 3 2 3 Look Ahead operation Look Ahead volume eeceeeeceereeeeeeee 3 12 33 Write Cache recio iee eii En T E E E ene al Siete eines 3 13 Command Specifications cccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 1 4 1 Control Sense Commands 00 0 eee eeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeesaeceaecaecnaeeenaees 4 1 41 1 TEST UNIT READY 00 resinen ae a a Lice acid 4 1 41 2 INQUIRY Q2 ae a aa vad hie 4 2 4 1 3 READ CAPACITY 25 reoni aai 4 15 4AA MODE SELECT 15 rninn e nai aie tins 4 16 4 1 5 MODE SELECT EXTENDED 55 eeeseseesseesesseesessessessessessessessesses 4 69 4T6 MODE SENSE IA Jerie a e EE AE A e o e ieta 4 71 C141 C008 C141 C008 Contents 4 1 7 MODE SENSE EXTENDED SA eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenecnsecnaeenaeees 4 78 4 1 8 REZERO UNIT OL takai ditties pal dees 4 80 4 1 9 START STOP UNIT UB erni a in aa i 4 80 4 12 10 RESERVE J6 eni eten e eiee a n RE V Ea dale eel 4 82 4 1 11 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 n eiecsnnnrscnsniiisri ni 4 85 4112s RELEASE 7 ecsiincn ces aba Tenis dial WRAL 4 86 4 1 13 RELEASE EXTENDED 97 iiti8 siccecbenecdeecteegbtenisbeceseats oo uadseiseceeetecs 4 87 4 114 REQUEST SENSE 03 emcee ee Bie lee ede 4 87 4 15 LOG SELECT 4G sas avescieseeti ten anata ie tenia 4 90 4 E16 LOG SENSE 4D Jri onie ene ee uae ee ahead 4 94 4 1 17 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 5E not supported eee 4 118 4 1 18 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT SF not supported 0 0 4 125 4 1 19
330. iolation of the DATA PROTECT 7 No additional sense information 00 00 RdInh flag When this command is issued again in a group of commands linked in a series the 2nd SET LIMITS command is rejected and a CHECK CONDITION status DATA PROTECT 7 Command sequence error 2C 00 is reported C141 C008 4 145 Command Specifications IMPORTANT 1 Commands which come under restrictions in read operations or write operations when 1 is specified in the RdInh read inhibit or WrInh write inhibit flag are as follows RdInh READ READ EXTENDED READ LONG VERIFY WRITE AND VERIFY PRE FETCH WriInh FORMAT UNIT REASSIGN BLOCKS WRITE WRITE AND VERIFY WRITE EXTENDED WRITE LONG WRITE SAME When zero is specified in the processing block count that command is not executed 2 Even if a write operation is prohibited by this command 0 is indicated in the WP write protect bit reported to the INIT in the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands 3 If 0 is specified in this command in the WrInh flag execution of a FORMAT UNIT command or REASSIGN BLOCKS command issued in linked form following this command is permitted the specification of the range where access is permitted is not applied 4 146 C141 C008 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 10 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 SEA Os CUED ENED CRESTS X35 es se ee L
331. ion 1 117 Q QAS bitne neti eee ae 4 9 OR Dip tanen Riaieltaiia fat etna aS 4 55 Qualiherizcs sacha edie 4 10 qualifier Helderse aie eed 4 5 queue algorithm qualifier 4 54 queue error manageMent cece 4 55 quick arbitrate supported bit 4 9 R RECT seriseriaticess tees testo eek 1 10 RAC asi nei nese ts 4 56 RAERP is sega cots ute hoist es 4 56 RGB ies LE E a tare aerate 4 27 ROD veri tndee hain Wan Sees 4 48 READ 08 cose cetieicees nls teseeeeeee 4 135 READ BUFFER 3C 4 193 READ BUFFER command 2 24 4 194 4 196 4 197 READ BUFFER transfer mode 4 193 read cache disable 0 eee eeeeeeeseereeeees 4 48 READ CAPACITY 25 wo eeeeeeeeeeeereee 4 15 READ CAPACITY data 00 eee 4 16 read Continuous eee eeeeeeeeereeereeeeeeees 4 27 read data transfer seese 1 31 READ DEFECT DATA 37 eee 4 163 READ DEFECT DATA B7 004 4 168 READ DEFECT DATA command 4 164 C141 C008 Index READ DEFECT DATA command BY st einen ee ac hee 4 169 read error count page X 03 o e 4 102 read error in uncorrectable data 5 25 read error recovered with possible delay arsin eels eects 4 103 read error recovered without delay 4 102 READ EXTENDED 28 eee 4 136 READ KEY S isnin his 4 119 read link error status block 0 0 eee 1 62 READ LONG 3E seese 4 197 read Operation sees eeecsseceseceeceseeeeees 3 2 READ phas ic cicsccctacn sen
332. ions ssseseeseseeeseereesesressesresserrrsseeserssesees 2 21 2 7 1 Overlapping Commands cee eeecescesseceseceeeceeeeeseeseneeeaeeeneeeaeeeaes 2 21 2 7 2 Mlegal LUN specification nss nanio ariii eese 2 22 2 7 3 Reserved operation COd ei ceicesceseceseeceseceseceseeeseeseneeeneeeneeeaaeenaes 2 22 2 7 4 Command processing in the not ready state eee eeeeeeeeseeeereeeneee 2 23 2 7 5 Error reCOVELy PLOCESSING sc eeceeseceeeceseceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeneeeaeeseneesaes 2 25 2 7 6 Reset Processing s 2i etc ed eee Re aetna 2 26 2 7 7 Fatal hardware errors 0 escescescceseecsseceseceseeeseesseeesseeeseeseneeeaeeeneeeees 2 30 2 8 Data Block Addressing esenee atun irent e e a e a aeaa Ee 2 30 2 8 1 Definition of data space 0 cece escesceseceseeeeeeeeceeeseeseeeesaeseaeeeaeeenaes 2 30 2 8 2 Logical block addressing 0 eeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceseeeseeeeneeeneeeseeeaeeesaes 2 33 2 8 3 VariablesT PUB PD seco site ccces obi ie ae test aga e aee bes eda A r AE eE 2 34 Data Buffer Management eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 1 Sele Data Butler deron e E ENEE EE E E EER 3 1 3 1 1 Data buffer configuration and basic operation eseeeseeeeeeeereereeeee 3 1 3 1 2 Operation MOde setting ccinniecieinii iiia i 3 5 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feat re cncnsicec ennie 3 7 3 2 1 Caching operation x22 psdessscsiees neal ccectes stated i ot ddan snide heehee 3 8 3 2 2 Caching parameters csse nie i
333. ions of the disk media in accordance with the specifications in this command Furthermore when the disk media is initialized with any of the following format attributes changed the INIT must issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command before issuing this command and specify those format attributes in advance e Logical data block length e Logical data block count e User space cylinder count e Spare sector count for alternate blocks 4 148 C141 C008 1 Defect list C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands In order to register or specify the positions of defects on the disk media in connection with defect management processing that can be specified from the INIT the following types of Defect List are defined a P List primary defect list Defect position information permanent defects is registered in this list at the time the disk drive is shipped from the factory The P List registers areas on the disk media which clearly cannot be accessed from the INIT The INIT can refer to the contents of this list by the READ DEFECT DATA command only but cannot change or erase it D List data defect list The defect information in this list is defect position information transferred from the INIT when this command is executed The IDD registers this defect information on the disk media as the G List C List target certification list This defect list contains position information on defective data blocks detected in th
334. is detected the INIT should issue the REQUEST SENSE command and gather sense data then judge the error recovery method according to the contents of the sense data or system information 5 2 2 Sense data analysis and error recovery methods 5 16 The INIT can judge the procedure for error recovery by analyzing the contents of the sense data Table 5 5 the classifications of error information displayed in the sense data are shown and in Table 5 6 the procedures for error recovery recommended for the INIT to execute are shown The error recovery procedure which can be executed by the INIT will differ depending on the system s condition so the optimum processing procedure should be selected for the user system with reference to the following descriptions C141 C008 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 5 Sense data error classification 1 3 Recovery Method eee See Table 5 6 Sync byte not found for data field Positioning error Recovered data without ECC Recovered data with error correction applied These errors are errors detected during accessing of the disk media but they are recovered from through the IDD s retry processing However when 1 is specified in the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters the command may not necessarily be executed until it is completed Rounded parameter The IDD s rounding processing was applied to the MODE SELECT parameters specified by the INIT Logical unit
335. ite error recovery parameters page 7 Verify error recovery parameters or page 21 Additional error recovery parameters of the MODE SELECT parameters but during normal use it is recommended that the default values specified by the IDD be used Table 2 9 Outline of disk drive error recovery processing Type of Error Error Recovery Processing 1 Seek Error Rezero Return to Zero Cylinder readjustment of positioning control system and repositioning to the data block Correctable Data Error Correct by ECC C141 C008 2 25 Command Processing IMPORTANT The start of execution timing for this automatic readjustment operation is ordinarily impossible for the INIT to predict The automatic readjustment operation is performed when there is no command being executed or waiting in the queue but execution of commands issued immediately after the IDD starts a readjustment operation is caused to wait until the readjustment operation is completed 2 7 6 Reset processing Reset measures which can be performed by the INIT on the FC Loop are as shown below e LIP e TARGET RESET e CLEAR TASK SET e ABORT TASK SET e ABTS Table 2 10 Comparison between FC and SCSI about definition Definition by FC Definition by SCSI LIP YX Comparable to SRST TARGET RESET Bus Device Reset Message CLEAR TASK SET Clear Queue Message ABORT TASK SET Abort Queue Message ABTS Abort Tag Message An outline of each processing operation is shown be
336. ivides data buffer into 64 Pages which are minimum allocation size for Cache Actually two or more Pages are linked and a Cache Segment is constructed per the requested data size from INIT Since IDD automatically controls the best suitable Cache Segment INIT cannot be changed neither the Page size nor the Segment size Each data buffer is a 2 ports of FIFO First In First Out ring buffer with one port allocated for transfers with the disk media and the other port for data transfers with the FC interface Mutual ports operate asynchronously and since it is possible to efficiently absorb variations in data transfer speed between the ports the INIT can perform data transfer operations with the IDD while being virtually unaware of differences between the FC interface data transfer rate and the disk drive data transfer rate Even if the data transfer capacity of the FC interface INIT is lower than the disk drive s data transfer rate the data buffer can perform data transfers to the system under optimum conditions without using sector interleave Also if the data transfer capacity of the FC interface INIT is higher than the disk drive s data transfer rate it is possible to minimize the occupancy time on the FC Loop by accumulating an appropriate amount of data in the data buffer Only one cache segment of the divided data buffer is used by one command and the data in the other cache segments are held Figure 3 1 shows the data buffer image
337. ject in this command is 1 data block only Remark The Pad Byte and Sync Byte patterns are not included in the transfer data When 0 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the CORRCT Corrected bit the IDD does not implement ECC correction processing of data read from the disk media When 1 is specified in the CORRCT Corrected bit data errors that can be corrected by ECC are transferred to the INIT after being corrected in the IDD s data buffer When the Transfer byte length specifies zero this command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track existing in the logical data block which is specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB then is terminated without data being transferred to the INIT When a length other than zero which does not match the data format on the disk media is specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without executing a data transfer to the INIT At this time the sense data indicate the following contents and the INIT can determine the correct Transfer byte length from their contents e Sense Key 05 ILLEGAL REQUEST e Sense Code Sub sense Code 24 00 Invalid field in CDB e VALID Bit read e e JIT bit 2 e Information Field Transfer byte length in the CDB Original Transfer byte length Remark The calculation formula for the information fie
338. l layer The following procedures are followed to send FC 4 device data e Issue ARB by which the source of FC 4 device data asserts the occupation of the loop e After occupying the loop the source issues Open to the destination e The receiving station responds by R_RDY by the count by which it can receive FC 4 device data e The sending station sends FC 4 device data e The sending station sends CLS to terminate the occupation of the loop A description of each FC 4 device data follows C141 C008 1 29 Fibre Channel Interface 1 Command Transfer Target Initiator ARBx K OPN R_RDY K FCP_CMND_IU gt CLS gt When the initiator issues FCP_CMND_IU Figure 1 13 Command transfer 2 Transfer Ready X_RDY Response Transfer RSP 1 30 Initiator Target ARBx gt OPN lt R_RDY FCP_XFER_RDY_IU or FCP_RSP_IU CLS K When the target issues FCP_XFER_RDY_IU or FCP_RSP_IU Figure 1 14 Transfer ready X_RDY response transfer RSP C141 C008 1 4 Drive Operation on the Loop 3 Write Data Transfer Initiator Target yar When the target recognizes the sending of write data OPN R_RDY R_RDY R_RDY R_RDY Write Data 1 R_RDY Write Data 2 FCP_Data_IU R_RDY Write Data n CLS Figure 1 15 Write data transfer 4 Read Data Transfer Initiator Target ARBx When the target sends read data OPN R
339. l speed in rpm rotations minute This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this field and operates according to the Default value C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 5 Verify error recovery parameters page code 7 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 4 20 Table 4 20 MODE SELECT parameters verify error recovery parameters pee eh Seibel Ave Be Ise Ie 0 0 1 1 1 ea S T GS De X OA Page Length See te veme o fo o o a pap ft Number of retries during VERIFY X FF MAT3 Series or X T B D MAU3 Series The error recovery parameters divided in this page descriptor are applicable for the following commands e VERIFY e WRITE AND VERIFY verify operation C141 C008 4 45 Command Specifications a Error recovery flags EER enable early recovery PER post error DTE disable transfer on error DCR disable correction The definitions and functions of these control flags are the same as for the read write error recovery parameters See item 1 concerning the details b Number of retries during VERIFY This parameter specifies the number of times reading of the disk media should be retried when a Data Check type error is detected in a read operation the number of retries specified by this parameter is the maximum number of times reading of each individual data area in each logical
340. ld expresses 1 logical data block as n physical sectors and when negative as a complement of 2 Error recovery processing during execution of this command is in accordance with the specifications in Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter Page code 21 Additional error recovery parameters e The ARRE flag and the DTE flag are not applied e The TB flag is treated as if 1 was specified 4 198 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 4 6 WRITE LONG 3F Logical Block Address MSB a ae ss eo 0 0 0 o 0 a ee Sa gt fe oto 0 0 ofoqa This command writes the data block data transferred from the INIT together with the ECC to form bytes in the logical data blocks on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB Normally this command is used for checking the ECC function in combination with the READ LONG command The object of this command s operation is only 1 data block Also the data transferred from the INIT by this command must have the same order and the same length as the data transferred to the INIT from the IDD by the READ LONG command The Transfer byte length field in the CDB indicates the number of bytes of data transferred from the INIT by this command When the Transfer byte length specification is zero this command is terminated normally without performing anything If a value specifying a length other than zero that does not match
341. leared by another INIT None 25 Commands were cleared by another INIT Peripheral device write fault Need Unrecovered read error Sync byte not found for data field Record not found Mechanical positioning Synchronous data transfer error offset Message error Need SPC detected Sync offset error interrupt Select Reselect failure SCSI parity error INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message received Invalid message error An unrecoverable SCSI related error occurred in the command execution sequence Overlapped commands attempted None 2 Before execution of a command was completed a new command was issued by the same INIT Tagged overlapped commands Miscompare during verify operation None 24 Data failed to match in the Byte check mode of the Verify command _K Sense Key C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier L Logging Necessary shown in Section 5 2 3 C141 C008 5 19 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 5 6 Error recovery processing procedures 1 4 Recovery f Method Recovery Processing Procedure It is not necessary to perform the error recovery processing Continue processing Error recovery processing is impossible Terminate processing 2 This is a programming error and error recovery processing is impossible Terminate processing and correct the error in the system INIT programming This is an error in the FC protocol and error recovery processing is impossible Terminate processing and c
342. list 26 00 and all the MODE SELECT parameters transferred in the command are disabled C141 C008 4 23 Command Specifications Table 4 13 MODE SELECT parameters Page Descriptor Read Write Error Recovery Parameter Disconnect Reconnect Parameter oe 6 Drive Parameter 20 or 24 Verify Error Recovery Parameter Caching Parameter 2 0 Control Mode Parameter 2 4 2 Fibre Channel Control Parameter Information Exception Control Parameter 1 Additional Error Recovery Parameter IMPORTANT 1 The MODE SELECT parameter is ordinarily different in its configuration depending on the input output device and the type of controller It is also possible that current definitions may be expanded in accordance with the expansion of the functions of the IDD in the future In order to assure independence of software from the individual specifications of input output devices before the INIT issues this command it should follow the procedure of using the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED command to determine the types of parameters the TARG is actually equipped with and the attributes of those parameters such as whether or not they can be changed 2 After changing anything in the Block descriptor Format parameters Page 3 or Drive parameters Page 4 with the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command it is impossible to execute a command to access the data on the disk media until execution of the FORMAT UNIT command is
343. llowing are the alert signals and their meanings This indicates a hazardous situation likely to result in VND ANG E R serious personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This indicates a hazardous situation could result in AWARNING serious personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This indicates a hazardous situation could result in AC AUTION minor or moderate personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This alert signal also indicates that damages to the product or other property may occur if the user does not perform the product correctly This indicates information that could help the user IMPORTANT use the product more efficiently In the text the alert signal is centered followed below by the indented message A wider line space precedes and follows the alert message to show where the alert message begins and ends The following is an example Example IMPORTANT It is possible to use bit 7 and bit 6 of the control byte as an inherent control field in future product specifications It is recommended that the INIT specify zero in this field Please forward any comments you may have regarding this manual To make this manual easier for users to understand opinions from readers are needed Please write your opinions or requests on the Comment at the back of this manual and forward it to the address described in the sheet C141 C008
344. lly during execution Normally the INIT can COMMAND attempt to recover by reissuing that command VOLUME Not Used OVERFLOW E MISCOMPARE During execution of a Byte Check with the VERIFY command the data transferred from the INIT were compared to the data read from the disk drive but they did not match 5 6 C141 C008 5 1 Sense Data Table 5 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 1 6 paa No additional sense No specific sense code exists information No index sector signal The target sector was not detected by the sector counter within the specified time Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally e Offtrack during write Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally e Write current abnormality 82 Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally e Servo mark not found during write Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally e Servo cell detected was detected during write e Write gate and sector pulse were activated at the same time during write 87 Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally e No write gate detected reached its regular rotation speed but is still reading the Logical unit in process of Disk drive is getting ready becoming read
345. low 1 LIP LIP is a primitive defined by FC AL and by this primitive appearing in multiple loops the loop initialization sequence for ALPA acquisition is implemented Generally there are 3 types of LIP 1 LIP F7 F7 LIP that is output when ALPA is not fixed 2 LIP ALPD ALPS LIP that is output when the ALPS transmission source desires to reset the ALPD transmission destination device 2 26 C141 C008 2 7 Command Processing Exceptions 3 LIP F8 F7 LIP F8 ALPS LIP that is output when the device recognizes that the loop has been disconnected for some reason LIP can implement loop initialization of all FC devices connected on the same FC LOOP and can return the state of the loop to the normal state LIP YX initializes the only specific FC device TARG selected by the INIT to the same state as when the power is turned on All commands which are currently being executed or which are queued are cleared and all connections with all connected INITs are broken Therefore after issuing LIP YX it is always necessary to establish logical connections PLOGI PRLI 2 TARGET RESET This processing is the same as the processing of SCSI equivalent messages as can be understood from Table 2 10 However this processing is transferred to the IDD by the FCP_CMND frame and after processing is completed notification is made of completion by the FCP_RSP frame INIT initiator side IDD Drive side FCP_CMND
346. lusive access to the logical unit IDD under a multi initiator environment C141 C008 4 85 Command Specifications 4 1 12 RELEASE 17 x x C o ae oe ee This command releases the reserve state of an IDD in relation to the INIT that issued this command When a reserve State in relation to the INIT that issues this command or an IDD does not exist this command is terminated normally with a GOOD status Also the value specified in CDB byte 2 has no meaning and is disregarded but it is desirable for X 00 to be specified by the INIT in this byte Also the value specified in CDB byte 3 to 4 reports CHECK CONDITION status 05 24 00 except for X 00 is specified 1 Release function This command releases a reserve state if a reserve state exists and if the INIT which issued this command has a reserve right for the entire IDD logical unit 2 Release object and third party release function 4 86 IMPORTANT The third party reserve function is not supported by the drive When the 3rd Pty bit in CDB byte 1 is 0 this command cancels a reserve state if it exists in the IDD that has been reserved by a RESERVE command without the INIT that issued this command specifying the third party reserve function When the 3rd Pty bit is 1 the third party release function is specified and this command can release a reserve state established in the past by the third party reserve function When the third party release
347. mal rotation of spindle motor SA Read error on track failure Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 5 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 6 6 E ae ae Before execution of an untagged command was completed the same INIT issued a new command to the same LUN Before execution of a tagged command was completed the same INIT issued a command to the same LUN with the same tag Or an untagged command was issued when not in the sense hold state 55 04 Insufficient Registration PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is issued from Resource insufficient device server resource SMART predictive failure SMART related sense data 12 The read error rate attribute has reached the failure threshold 14 The frequency of grown defect allocation attribute has reached the failure threshold The seek error rate attribute has reached the failure threshold The spin up time attribute has reached the failure threshold The remaining alternate sector count attribute has reached the failure threshold The drive is in test mode nn Drive Failure A serious error was detected in the drive s control system nn is a Fujitsu unique code 00 Abnormal Rotation of Spindle Motor 0O1 Any error at Spindle Motor Start 30 On track failure C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier 5 12 C141 C008 5 1 3 Sense data additional information 5
348. mand Specifications Page Code Table 4 34 Mode page 4 72 1 2 3 A 7 8 A C Read Write Error Recovery Parameter 12 bytes Disconnect Reconnect Parameter 16 bytes Format Parameter 24 bytes Drive Parameter 24 bytes Verify Error Recovery Parameter 12 bytes Read Caching Parameter 20 bytes Control Mode Parameter 12 bytes Notch Parameter 24 bytes Fibre Channel Control Parameter 16 bytes Information Exception Control Parameter 12 bytes Additional Error Recovery Parameter 4 bytes All Page Descriptors Supported by the IDD 176 bytes When the value specified in the Page code field is other than X 3F the specified Page descriptor only is transferred to the INIT and when X 3F is specified all the Page descriptors supported by the IDD are transferred to the INIT in the ascending order of the page code Also when X 00 is specified in the Page code field the Page descriptor is not transferred If page codes other than the above mentioned ones Page descriptors which are not supported by the IDD are specified the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 Also the PC page control field in CDB byte 2 specifies the type of parameter value in the Page descriptor transferred to the INIT by this command as shown in Table 4 35 IMPORTANT Even in cases where the value specified in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is described in Table 4
349. mational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to UNIT ATTENTION and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall not be executed before the informational exception condition is reported Conditionally generate recovered error This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions dependent on the value of the per bit of the error recovery parameters mode page by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without error before any informational exception condition may be reported Unconditionally generate recovered error This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions regardless of the value of the per bit of the error recovery parameters mode page by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without error before any informational exception condition may be reported C141 C008 4 61 Command Specifications Ta
350. may result in duplication of the previously issued command and the Reserve state The TEST UNIT READY and INQUIRY commands do not exert an influence on the IDD s state so they can be issued together with a HEAD OF QUEUE The INIT can specify two recovery options by the QErr bit of the control mode parameter Page A of the Mode Select parameters but this IDD does not support the QErr bit Reporting of commands for which deferred errors were previously terminated is done Therefore the queue tag values assigned to those commands are not reported Use ABORT TASK SET ABTS TARGET RESET or CLEAR TASK SET to clear some or all of the queued commands If 0001 is specified by the Queue algorithm modifier in the control mode page the IDD performs reordering processing of commands with respect to commands issued together with the SIMPLE QUEUE Reordering processing is performed with the purpose of reducing the total processing time in command processing C141 C008 2 5 UNIT ATTENTION Condition e Conditions for Reordering If commands which are objects of reordering are issued by an INIT which permits reordering together with a SIMPLE QUEUE e Commands which are Objects of Reordering READ READ EXTENDED WRITE WRITE EXTENDED If the INIT permits command reordering processing the IDD changes the command processing order It is necessary for the INIT to control concerning the validity of data For details of the control mode pa
351. mmand The functions of this command and the format of data transferred from the INIT are specified in the Mode field in byte 1 of the CDB and any of the transfer modes shown in Table 4 124 can be selected 4 186 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 124 WRITE BUFFER transfer mode Mode Bi 3 2 1 0 Transfer Mode Header Data without Address Specification Header Data with Address Specification Data Only with Address Specification Microcode Download without Saving 1 Mode 0 0 0 0 Header data without address specification In this mode a 4 byte header with all zero s specified for the contents must be added to the top of the data transferred from the INIT Also zero must be specified in the Buffer address field of the CDB The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred form the INIT The transfer byte count specification includes the 4 bytes of the header The IDD stores the data transferred from the INIT with the header omitted Transfer byte length 4 bytes in the data buffer beginning in order from the top of the data buffer Address X 000000 Furthermore a value which is less than the IDD s buffer size 4 bytes must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value that is larger than this is specified no data transfer with the INIT is executed Also when zero is specified in
352. models but it is recommended that the INIT use the X 16 page length to support expanded specifications in the future Cylinder count This parameter specifies the total number of cylinders configured in the user space on the disk media This value includes the number of cylinders for alternate blocks specified in the Alternate Track Count Drive parameter of the format parameters Page code 3 It is impossible to change this parameter Number of heads This parameter indicates the number of data Read Write heads in the disk drive Itis impossible to change this parameter If zero or a value which differs from the Default value is specified in this parameter field the IDD performs rounding processing of the parameter setting a value which is the same as the default value in it Bytes 6 to 16 The parameter defined in bytes 6 to 16 of this page descriptor is a parameter that it is clearly not necessary for the INIT to specify The IDD disregards the values specified in this field RPL rotational position locking These bits are used for rotational synchronization of the disk and can be specified The IDD disregards the value specified in this field Rotational synchronization offset This is a field which specifies the offset value used for rotational synchronization of the disk but it is not supported in the IDD The IDD disregards the value specified in this field Rotational speed This specifies the disk s rotationa
353. more if the addresses of logical data blocks specified in the defect descriptor list overlap each other This command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and none of the alternate block allocation processing in that command is executed The IDD allocates alternate blocks to the specified data blocks in order from the top of the defect descriptor list When all the usable spare sectors have been used up and it is impossible to allocate alternate blocks execution of this command is terminated at that point and a CHECK CONDITION status is reported The sense data at this time indicate the following contents e Sense key 4 HARDWARE ERROR e Sense code Sub sense code 32 00 No defect spare location available e VALID bit 1 e Information field Logical block address specified in the defect descriptor at the point when alternate block allocation becomes impossible Command inherent information field Also when this command is terminated abnormally with a CHECK CONDITION status due to any one of several other types of error besides the above error the logical block address specified in the first defect descriptor which did not undergo alternate block allocation is reported in the Command inherent information field in the sense data However if alternate block allocation processing of the defect descriptors for which alternate block allocation has not b
354. multiple selection This bit specifies how to specify the minimum prefetch count bytes 6 and 7 and maximum prefetch count bytes 8 and 9 parameters in this page descriptor 1 The minimum prefetch count and maximum prefetch count parameters indicate a multiplier The number of data blocks to be prefetch is calculated that the value in the transfer byte count in the CDB specified by the READ or READ EXTENDED command X multiplier 0 The minimum prefetch count and maximum prefetch count parameters indicate the data block count to be prefetched with the logical data block count This bit cannot be changed and the IDD ignores this bit specification and operates according to the default value 0 c WCE write cache enable This bit can be specified and its operation is as specified This bit specifies whether or not to activate the cache operation for a write command C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 1 This enables the write cache Write data remains in the buffer memory the cache is made the object even for a read command and when all of the write data has been received GOOD status is reported without disconnecting Sequential writing is performed without waiting for rotation 0 This prohibits operation of the write cache function Write data remains in the buffer memory the cache is not made the object even for a read command and as soon as all the data has been written to the
355. n error of the disk drive s write system Defect list update failure These are errors detected in the operation of the disk drive 2 3 Recovery Method See Table 5 6 5 18 No defect spare location available No usable alternate blocks exist on the disk drive Diagnostic failure on component nn An error was detected in the IDD s self diagnosis Internal target failure An internal hardware error or a microcode detection error was detected in the IDD Calibration failed Drive failure The initial seek was terminated abnormally Or a serious error was detected in the drive s control system Invalid command operation code Logical block address out of range Invalid field in CDB Logical unit not supported Invalid field in parameter list There is an error in the command specification contents Invalid bits in IDENTIFY message Initiator s SCSI ID not identified An error was detected in the SCSI protocol in the command execution sequence K Sense Key C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier L Logging Necessary shown in Section 5 2 3 C141 C008 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 5 Sense data error classification 3 3 Te e Power on reset or BUS DEVICE RESET occurred None The IDD was initialized by a Power on RESET condition or BUS DEVICE RESET message Mode parameters changed None The MODE SELECT parameters were changed by another INIT Commands c
356. n such specialized use First Edition July 2004 The contents of this manual may be revised without prior notice The contents of this manual shall not be disclosed in any way or reproduced in any media without the express written permission of Fujitsu Limited All Rights Reserved Copyright FUJITSU LIMITED 2004 C141 C008 Revision History Za Revised section 1 Edit Dat Detail THOR Added Deleted Altered es o ooa S S SSS 1 1 Section s with asterisk refer to the previous edition when those were deleted C141 C008 This page is intentionally left blank Preface This manual explains concerning the MAT3073FC MAT3147FC MAT3300FC MAU3036FC MAU3073FC MAU3147FC series 3 5 inch hard disk drives with internal Fibre channel controller The purpose of this manual is to provide the specifications and functions of Fibre channel FC for use of these magnetic disk drives incorporated into user systems and to present the information necessary for creating host system software This manual is written for users who have a basic knowledge of hard disk drives and their use in computer systems The composition of manuals related to these disk drives and the range of subjects covered in this manual are shown in Manual Organization provided on a subsequent page Please use these other manuals along with this manual as necessary The organization of this manual related reference manual and conventions for
357. nce total numbers of ones or zeros This balancing is called running disparity 1 4 C141 C008 1 2 Information Transmitted on the Loop 1 1 6 Buffer to buffer frame transfer As shown in Figure 1 3 data transmission occurs from an output buffer in the node part to an input buffer in the node port The basic unit of buffer to buffer transfer is the frame Transmit Buffer a oe J e in NL_Port V 8B 10B Encoder V Serializer Serial Transfer on FC loop Deserializer V 8B 10B Decoder in NL_Port V a a i Receive Buffer Lt LJ Figure 1 3 Buffer to buffer frame transfer 1 2 Information Transmitted on the Loop This section explains the Ordered Sets and Frame propagated on the loop Since information is exchanged between the ports through serial signals both loop control information and information at user level are defined in frame format The information on the loop is categorized into two groups One is ordered sets and the other is called frame Ordered sets consist of four 10 bit character to control port circuit mainly And the frame consists of FC 4 Device Data for SCSI protocol and Link Data to control Fibre Channel layer The communication between the ports is done by using the frame defined in FC PH The frame has the port address of source and destination frame control information and user protocol SCSI Command data and etc information C141 C008 1 5
358. nction This IDD operates with the Auto Sense function activated at all times and this function cannot be deactivated Also since this IDD does not support ACA it does not enter the ACA state 2 7 Command Processing Exceptions 2 7 1 Overlapping commands C141 C008 The IDD recognizes when overlapping commands have occurred when the following conditions occur and terminates the commands abnormally a If while the IDD is executing a tagged command or is queuing it the initiator that issued the command issues a tagged command with the same tag specified or a command without a tag before execution of the first command has been completed After execution of the command is completed normally the TARG notifies the INIT of its RESPONSE Also execution of a command is terminated by LIP TARGET RESET CLEAR TASK SET ABORT TASK SET or ABTS The IDD terminates abnormally all commands which are being executed or are being queued which it has already received from an overlapping INIT and also terminates abnormally both the commands that caused the overlap in the order described below 2 21 Command Processing 1 2 If during execution of a command received from an INIT the IDD terminates execution of the command If the command is still in the queue and has not yet been executed the IDD clears that command The IDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status with for the command that caused the overlap The sense data generated by
359. nd Note This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the values in the parameters read in are illegal recovery method 2 should be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed C141 C008 5 23 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 5 2 3 Error logging In order to collect information that is effective in maintenance it is desirable for the INIT to accumulate log error information related to the FC interface which it has detected itself Loop error command completion wait time out etc and error information reported by the IDD By specifying 1 in the PER bit in the Read Write Error Recovery parameter Page 1 and the Verify Error Recovery parameter Page 7 of the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command the INIT can know of the occurrence of errors which were recovered from successfully by the IDD s internal error recovery processing and their contents By logging that error information the INIT can obtain data for more detailed analysis of the disk drive s operating condition Concerning the contents of the error log it is recommended that the data have a time stamp affixed so that they can be edited in a time series of the times the errors were detected and that they include the following information e The source which issued the command and the ID of the device which was the target of the command e
360. nd or a READ EXTENDED command it reads the requested data from the disk media and transfers it to the INIT while at the same time reading looking ahead at data blocks which are subsequent to the last logical data block specified in that command to the data buffer Then when a READ command or READ EXTENDED command issued later specifies any of those Look Ahead data blocks the IDD transfers those data directly to the INIT from the data buffer without accessing the disk media In this way when continuous logical data block groups are read sequentially by multiple commands mechanical access operations can be eliminated and effective access time greatly reduced An INIT can prohibit the operation of this Look Ahead cache feature by setting the caching parameter described in section 3 2 2 1 Caching object commands Commands which execute caching operations are the commands shown below e READ e READ EXTENDED If all the data block groups which are objects of the processing specified in these commands or a portion of the data blocks including the top logical data block specified in these commands are relevant data See item 2 for caching in the data buffer if they hit when the IDD receives a command it immediately opens the loop and sends the data on the data buffer which can be transferred to the INIT The caching operation can be disabled by the FUA bit of the READ EXTENDED command If 1 is specified in the FUA bit the IDD reads
361. nd the sense code indicates Mechanical positioning error 15 01 or Positioning error detected by read of medium 15 02 2 Read error in uncorrectable data This error is a failure to detect the Sync Byte pattern during reading of data or an ECC error for which correction processing is impossible If this error is detected the IDD after waiting one revolution of the disk media tries reading again When the error is not recovered from reading is retried repeatedly the number of times specified in the MODE SELECT parameter Number of Retries during Read or Number of Retries during Write In cases where correction is possible during execution of retry processing the processing procedure is according to Correctable Data Read Error in item 3 If errors cannot be recovered from even after retry is executed the specified number of times the IDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is MEDIUM ERROR 3 and the sense code indicates Sync byte not found for data field 13 00 or Unrecovered read error 11 01 In this error retry processing rereading accompanied by head offset processing is performed 3 Correctable data read error C141 C008 This error is a correctable ECC error when data are being read Processing methods when this error is detected differ depending on the values specified in the EER flag and DCR flag in th
362. neeseceeeeeeeeeeneenaes 1 49 1 7 3 Process login PRLI PRLI_ACC eecceecceeeseceeseceeeeeceeeeenaeceeaeeees 1 50 1 7 3 1 Service parameter pages 0 cece esceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeneeeaeeesneeeaes 1 51 1 7 3 2 Service parameter response pages eee eeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 1 53 1 7 4 Process logout PRLO PRLO_ACC ceceecccceesceceeeeeeteceeaeeceeeeees 1 55 1 7 4 1 Logout parameter pages cee ceeceecesseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseeeeneeeaes 1 57 1 7 4 2 Logout parameter response Pages eeeeseseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenes 1 58 1 7 5 Port discovery PDISC PDISC_ACC ieee eeeeeeeseeeeereeeneeeneeenaes 1 59 1 7 6 Discover address ADISC ADISC_ACC ceccccccsceceesenteeesenneees 1 59 1 7 7 Reinstate recovery qualifier RRQ RRQ_ACC ceeceeeceesnteeetreees 1 61 1 7 8 Read link error status block RLS RLS_ACC ccccccccseesseeeseeneees 1 62 1 7 9 Third party process logout TPRLO TPRLO_ACC eee 1 64 1 7 9 1 Logout parameter pages osteitis ieres iiaeie 1 65 1 7 10 Link service reject LS_RIT eee eecscceeneceeeecesneeceeeeeeseeeenaeceeaeeees 1 67 1 7 11 Fabric login FLOGI FLOGI_ACC ec ceeceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 1 69 T712 RNC RNC ACC sss cule sie ee lena Aah A 1 71 EFIS BANG sts ciGel nents edie eee e a bee ieee ela eles gets 1 74 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization 00 ec eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 75 1 8 1 Loop initialization select master LI
363. nges TPI Seven types within a range defined by the maximum value 20 BPI Eight types within a range defined by the standard value 10 Up to four TPI types can be selected in a single device Only the required BPI types can be selected determined by factory settings Accordingly in an area in which TPI and BPI differ the number of cylinders in the user space the number of cylinders in a cell and the number of sectors in a track vary according to the head Basic device capacity The basic capacity of a device is defined as its maximum TPI 3 3 29 cylinders per cell standard BPI This basic device capacity is guaranteed for any combination of TPI and BPI Basic device performance The performance of a device is defined as its maximum TPI 30 cylinders per cell standard 3 3 BPI Devices with other combinations of TPI and BPI also satisfy this basic performance value 2 34 C141 C008 CHAPTER 3 Data Buffer Management 3 1 Data Buffer 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature 3 3 Write Cache In this chapter the configuration of the data buffer with which the IDD is equipped its operation and the operation of the cache feature are described 3 1 Data Buffer 3 1 1 Data buffer configuration and basic operation C141 C008 The IDD is equipped with a 6 797 KB data buffer which makes it possible to efficiently execute data transfer operations between INIT initiator and a disk drive The IDD d
364. nk control drive protocol transfer and detect error condition The frame header format is listed in Table 1 1 Table 1 1 Frame header format m 31 24 1 bits 23 16 2 bits 15 08 3 bits 07 00 R_ RCT D_ID za l OFFSET R_CTL Routing Control to categorize the frame D_ID Destination Identifier N_port address to which the frame is being sent S_ID Source Identifier N_port address originating the frame 2 TYPE Data Structure Type identifies the frame protocol 3 gt F_CTL Frame Control information SEQ_ID Sequence Identifier uniquely identifies frames in a non streamed sequence DF_CTL Data Field Control specifies the optional headers in the payload This field is not supported by the drive and used as 00h SEQ_CNT Sequence Count identifies the order of the frames 1 8 C141 C008 1 2 Information Transmitted on the Loop OX_ID Originator Exchange Identifier assigned by the originator of an exchange This value is similar to Queue Tag in SCSI and must be unique for a pair between the initiator and the drive RX_ID Responder Exchange Identifier generated by the responder for an exchange OFFSET Defines the relative displacement of the first byte of the payload from the base address of the command c Payload Data field must be multiple of four bytes Ifthe frame is FC 4 Device Data the payload has SCSI CDB Read Write Data or status sense information
365. ns parameters which are necessary in executing a command are specified in the DATA frame Details concerning these commands are described in the specifications for individual commands in Chapter 4 The CDB used by the IDD has 3 formats one with a length of 6 10 bytes and the other with a length 12 bytes The basic format of each respective CDB is shown in Tables 2 1 2 2 and 2 3 2 1 Command Processing Table 2 1 6 Byte CDB basic format Operation Code Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address CE Table 2 2 10 Byte CDB basic format Operation Code Ti eens o fo To o Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Logical Block Address LSB Transfer Data Length MSB Transfer Data Length LSB Control Byte 2 2 C141 C008 2 1 Command Format Table 2 3 12 Byte CDB basic format SN EZEIEIESES ESE A i o SOS Pa meee To os Tololo cal e S e S a T S a walaa eoe aae Oon 1 Control Byte The meanings of each of the fields in the CDB are explained below Depending on the type of command the basic format of the CDB and the definition and meaning of a field may differ Details are described in the specifications for individual commands in Chapter 4 1 Operation code Table 2 4 Operation code pBr7 6 5s 4 3 2 i o Group Code Command Code The top byte of all CDBs shows the format and type of command that is being executed a G
366. nsferred IMPORTANT The disk media defect processing method implemented during FORMAT UNIT command execution is specified by the CDB and by header of the format parameters transferred from the INIT By specifying zero in the Defect list length field in the Format parameter header the INIT can specify the control flags related to formatting processing without transferring the defect list D List C141 C008 4 153 Command Specifications b Defect list D List The defect list D List contains defect position information about the disk media specified by the INIT and is configured from one or more Defect descriptors Defect descriptors must be described in the format specified in the Defect List Format field of the CDB The configurations which it is possible to specify for the Defect descriptors in the defect list D List and their description formats are shown below Furthermore it is possible only to specify User Space and CE Space address information on the disk media in the Defect list D List Byte distance from the index format defect descriptor Table 4 97 lists this description format of the defect descriptor Defect descriptor in this format specifies the cylinder number head track number and byte distance to the top byte of those data 8 bytes of the data which includes defective bits on the disk media One defect is treated as a defect with a length of 8 bytes 64 bits length There
367. nt when error recovery processing is completed and the sense data indicate the data block address where that error occurred Transfer to the INIT of data in blocks with recovered errors is done but transfer to the INIT of data blocks in which the errors were unrecoverable is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter Data correction is not executed according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded or even when recovery is impossible execution of the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status at the point when error recovery processing is completed and the sense data indicate the data block address where that error occurred Transfer to the INIT of data in blocks with recovered errors is done but transfer to the INIT of data blocks in which the errors were unrecoverable is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands 4 31 Command Specifications Table 4 15 Combinations of error recovery flags 3 4 EER PER DTE DCR Error Recovery Procedure When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count p
368. o 1 in the ascending order of cylinder numbers 3 Within the next head of the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the sectors in each track according to 1 and 2 in the ascending order of track numbers 4 On the last track inside the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to sectors except for spare sectors according to 1 5 After all the allocation in 1 to 4 is completed within the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the next cell beginning with track 0 according to 1 to 3 and so on to each cell number in ascending order until the last cell in each zone refer to alternate cell b 1 in Figure 1 5 in the user space with the exception of alternate cells C141 C008 2 33 Command Processing 2 Alternate area The alternate area in user space spare sectors within each cell and alternate cells are excluded from the abovementioned logical data block addresses Access to allocated sectors as alternate blocks within the alternate area is performed automatically by the IDD s defect management sector slip processing and alternate block processing so it is not particularly necessary for the user to access the alternate area Also data blocks in the alternate area cannot be clearly specified and accessed directly 2 8 3 Variable TPI BPI The IDD selects a possible combination of TPI tracks per inch types per head and BPI types per head x zone from the following ra
369. o consecutive multiple logical blocks A Logical Block data LBdata bit of zero and a Physical Block data PBdata bit of zero indicates that the single block of data transferred by the application client shall be used without modification A LBdata bit of one requests that the device server replace the first four bytes of the data to be written to the current logical block with the logical block address of the block currently being written C141 C008 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands A PBdata bit of one requests that the device server replace the first eight bytes of the data to be written to the current physical sector with the physical address of the sector currently being written using the physical sector format The IDD is not supported a PBdata bit Therefore if PBdata bit is one this command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 A Relative Address RelAdr bit of zero indicates that the Logical Block Address field specifies the first logical block of the range of logical blocks for this command A RelAdr bit of one indicates that the Logical Block Address field is a two s complement displacement But the IDD is not supported this bit Therefore if this bit is one this command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Number of Blocks field specifies the number of contigu
370. o reissue this command by the following procedure after executing recovery processing shown in Section 5 2 in accordance with the contents of the sense data 1 Delete the defect descriptors which precede the defect descriptor that specifies the logical block address displayed in the Command inherent information field of the sense data from the defect descriptor list specified in this command and leave that defect descriptor in the list Defect Descriptor List Eee t Logical block address that indicates the Command inherent information field of the sense data Delete Figure 4 4 Correction of the defect descriptor 2 Change the Defect List Length in the header and add the new Defect descriptor list corrected in 1 then reissue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command 4 162 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands 4 3 3 READ DEFECT DATA 37 0 a T S S T gt o oo o o o fe o This command transfers the list described in the defect position information of the disk media defect data to the INIT There are two types of defect data the P List primary defect list and the G list grown defect list The P List indicates the defect position information at the time the disk drive was shipped from the factory On the other hand the G List shows the defect position information specified from the INIT by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command or automatic alternate block allocation processing or when executing
371. o the other NL_ports e To reset particular drive by the initiator And the trigger to start Loop Initialization is called LIP Loop Initialization is occurred as follows a The drive is powered on b The drive or all NL_Ports if powered on simultaneously requests to start Loop Initialization see 1 4 1 3 LIP c Select loop master responsible for processing Loop Initialization see 1 4 1 4 LISM d Each NL_ports on the loop starts the process for obtaining AL_PA see 1 4 1 5 LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA e Each NL_Ports obtains unique AL_PA and Loop Initialization is terminated C141 C008 1 4 Drive Operation on the Loop 2 AL_PA This sub section describes the addresses AL_PA used on the loop AL_PA is an 8 bit character and when encoded to 10 bits AL_PA has an equal number of ones or zeros to maintain neutral running disparity Table 1 18 shows the AL_PA values and the priority used on the loop Details of AL_PA is described in Table 1 16 Table 1 18 AL_PA value priority Values hex Priority amp Use Highest priority and assigned for FL_port The drive does not assume the existence of this value on the loop because of assuming private loop 126 valid NL_Port address 01 highest priority lt gt EF Lowest priority Initialization process vendor Specific reset Most common method for the disk drive will be to have the backpanel provide a hard assigned address If the driv
372. ocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter Data correction is not executed according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued The contents of recovered errors are not reported If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands Rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter If possible data correction is executed afterward according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands When recovery from all detected errors has been successful a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after all processing of the command is completed and the sense data indicate the content
373. of frames at the interface is defined as shown in Table 1 42 1 118 C141 C008 1 13 Dual Loop Table 1 42 Transmitting and receiving of frames at the interface Initializing Initializing Receiving Receiving Executing Transmitting Transmitting LISM to LIRP and FCP_CMD FCP_LNK FCP_DATA FCP_XRDY FCP_RSP LISA LILP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes S Yes Yes s Yes At 2Gbps Link Rate while the one port is executing FCP_DATA the alternate port can not be executed FCP_DATA C141 C008 1 119 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 2 Command Processing 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 Command Format Status Byte Outline of Command Processing Command Queuing Function UNIT ATTENTION Condition Sense Data Hold State Command Processing Exceptions Data Block Addressing In this chapter the basic theory and specifications concerning IDD command processing functions are described IMPORTANT The IDD operates as the target TARG in the FC LOOP In the explanations given in this chapter the IDD is labeled TARG except in cases where a particularly clear distinction is necessary 2 1 Command Format Input Output commands from the INIT Initiator to the IDD are executed by the CDB Command Descriptor Block The CDB is information which is transmitted from the INIT to the TARG in the FCP_CMND frame In a number of commands other than the CDB specificatio
374. of the drive is set in N_Port ID of Responder C141 C008 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 7 7 Reinstate recovery qualifier RRQ RRQ_ACC C141 C008 Word Header 0 1 2 3 4 5 Payload 0 1 RRQ RRQ_ACC e t 2 j J e d oid e as Word SOF R_CTL D_ID Header 0 R_CTL D_ID 22 XX xX XX 23 XX XX xX es ee e e XX XX xx XX XX xX TYPE F_CTL 2 TYPE F_CTL 01 29 00 00 01 98 00 00 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT 3 SEQ_ID DF_CTL SEQ_CNT 00 00 00 00 FF 00 00 00 Ox_ID RX_ID 4 ox_ID RX_ID XX XX FF FF XX XX FF FF PARAMETER 5 PARAMETER 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 LS_Command Code Payload 0 LS_Command Code 12 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 Figure 1 33 Reinstate recovery qualifier RRQ RRQ_ACC The initiator issues RRQ to the drive to notify the drive of reuse of Recovery Qualifier S_ID D_ID OX_ID RX_ID SEQ_CNT aborted by ABTS The drive responds with RRQ ACC when the frame of the received RRQ is correct The payload field of the RRQ RRQ_ACC frame is described below Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 2 3 4 5 LS_Command code PL W00 BO 12h Indicates RRQ 02h Indicates RRQ_ACC Originator S_ID PL W01 B1 3 N_Port_ID of the initiator is set OX_ID PL W02 B0 1 OX_ID of Exchange aborted when the initiator previously issued ABTS RX_ID PL W02 B2 3 FFFFh RX_ID of Exchange aborted when the initiator previously issued ABTS Drive responds with LS_RJT 03h
375. ogical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address ia a a E S 2 gt Jojo o o ojoo This command matches the logical block data in the data buffer with the same logical block data recorded on the disk media If the data in the logical block in the data buffer is newer than the data on the disk media those data are written to the disk media When the write cache is used unwritten data held in the data buffer which are written to the disk media are written using this command The values specified in the Logical block address field and Block count field in the CDB are disregarded and if any unwritten data exist in the data buffer writing of all those data to the disk media is performed If bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the Immed immediate bit is 1 a GOOD status is reported immediately at the point when the legality of the CDB is confirmed and the command is terminated If this bit is 0 a GOOD status is reported at the point when writing of the unwritten data in the data buffer is completed and the command is terminated C141 C008 4 147 Command Specifications 4 3 Format Commands 4 3 1 FORMAT UNIT 04 Defect List Format 3 Interleave factor MSB pmerteave facton MSB fe A E OG 1 This command initializes formats the entire area of the disk media that can be accessed from the INIT User Space At the same time the IDD also implements defect management processing allocating alternate blocks for defective port
376. onal Length field shall still contain the actual number of bytes in the reservation key list without consideration of any truncation resulting from an insufficient allocation length This shall not be considered an error The reservation key list contains the 8 byte reservation keys for all initiators that have registered through all ports with the device server C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 3 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS The format for the parameter data provided in response to a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with the READ RESERVATIONS service action is shown in Table 4 84 Table 4 84 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS Header C141 C008 Generation Additional Length n 7 3 Reservation descriptor s a E see below LSB The Generation field shall be as defined for the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN READ KEYS parameter data see 4 1 17 2 The Additional Length field contains a count of the number of bytes to follow in Reservation descriptor s If the allocation length specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list then only first portion of the list byte 0 to the allocation length shall be sent to the application client The incremental remaining bytes shall be truncated although the Additional Length field shall still contain the actual number of bytes of Reservation descriptor
377. op master 1 28 Figure 1 12 Loop master operation The abbreviation in this section is below LIFA Loop Initialization Fabric Assigned LIPA Loop Initialization Previously Acquired LIHA Loop Initialization Hard Assigned LISA Loop Initialization Soft Assigned LIRP Loop Initialization Report Position LILP Loop Initialization Loop Position C141 C008 1 4 Drive Operation on the Loop 1 4 2 Arbitration For information to be exchanged between the ports connected to a loop generally the two ports send side and receive side must occupy the loop placed in point to point connection state Arbitration is a process to win access right on the loop and must be done before communicating with another port When the arbitration is finished only a pair of a initiator and a target can communicate each other on the loop The drive supports the method called Access fairness The process on the port supporting fairness movement is below a If two or more ports request to arbitrate the port with the highest priority the port with smallest AL_PA value wins the arbitration b The port once won the arbitration cannot participate in the arbitration until other port wins the arbitration and release the loop This method protects that the same port uses the loop consecutively 1 4 3 Communication between initiator and target This section shows the figure of the protocol using FC 4 Device Data on Fibre Channe
378. or 4 5 Node Name of Originator 6 N_Port ID of Originator 6 N_Port ID of Originator C141 C008 ADISC_ACC Figure 1 32 Discover address ADISC ADISC_ACC The initiator issues ADISC to the drive to check if the drive address has changed immediately after initialization The drive responds with ADISC_ACC when the frame of the received ADISC is correct The payload field of the ADISC ADISC_ACC frame is described below For the header field refer to Section 1 7 Extended Link Service 1 59 Fibre Channel Interface 1 60 Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 2 3 4 5 LS_Command code PL W00 BO 52h Indicates ADISC 02h Indicates ADISC_ACC Hard Address of Originator PL W01 B1 3 For ADISC the initiator sets the address set by the SEL signal in the low order 8 bits For ADISC_ACC the drive sets the address set by the SEL signal in the low order 8 bits Port name PL W02 03 For ADISC Port_name of the initiator is set in Port name of Originator For ADISC_ACC Port_name of the drive is set in Port name of Responder Node name PL W04 05 For ADISC Node_name of the initiator is set in Node name of Originator For ADISC_ACC Node_name of the drive is set in Node name of Responder N_Port ID PL W06 For ADISC Port_ID of the initiator is set in N_Port ID of Originator For ADISC_ACC Port_ID
379. otal write bytes processed page 02 code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed X 0A Parameter Length Total Write Bytes Processed 10 bytes ase The Total Write Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during write operations e Total unrecoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0006 Table 4 51 Total unrecoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during write operations C141 C008 4 101 Command Specifications 4 Read error count page X 03 Table 4 52 Read error count page X 03 po hd XO REN Pag Length MS All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e Read errors recovered without delays page 03 code 0000 Table 4 53 Read errors recovered without delays page 03 code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered read errors that would not be reported to the initiator during read operations because no delay is incurred 4 102 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands e Read errors recovered with possi
380. ous logical blocks to be written A Number of Blocks field of zero requests that all the remaining logical blocks on the medium be written 4 201 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 5 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 5 1 Sense Data 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended 5 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing In this chapter the configuration and contents of sense data reported to the INIT initiator when an error occurs etc key information for interpreting error states recommended procedures for error recovery processing that should be executed by software in the INIT and error recovery processing executed internally by the IDD are described 5 1 Sense Data When the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status or in cases when some fatal error is detected in connection with the FC interface and as a result the command that is currently being executed or the commands in the stack are cleared it generates sense data for the INIT that issued that command Sense data are returned to the INIT at the same time as the status is sent in response to the command 5 1 1 Sense data format C141 C008 The IDD s sense data is in the so called Expanded Sense Data format The expanded sense data format supported by the IDD is shown in Table 5 1 IMPORTANT 1 Inthe specifications each device is permitted to define whatever it chooses after byte 18 of the expanded sense data
381. ow Revision 78h 18 High Revision 78h 19 Flag 00h 20 Document 13h 21 Low Revision 2Dh 22 High Revision 2Dh 23 Flag 00h 24 Document 25h 25 Low Revision 15h 26 High Revision 15h 27 Flag 00h 28 Document 26h 29 Low Revision 1Bh 30 High Revision 1Bh 31 Flag 00h 1 73 Fibre Channel Interface 1 7 13 FAN 1 74 Fabric F_Port sends FAN to the drive to confirm Loop Fabric Address Fabric Port Name and Fabric Name Payload of FAN frame is described below Word Header Payload 0 FAN Byte D_ID XX S_ID FF FE TYPE F_CTL 00 00 ss ID DF CTL ee CNT 00 OX_ID RX_ID PARAMETER LS_Command Code Loop Fabric Address Fabric Port Name Fabric Name Figure 1 41 FAN 1 Loop Fabric Address 2 3 Drive responds Domain Area OOh Fabric Port Name Drive responds Fabric Port Name Fabric Name Drive responds Fabric Name The drive FAN is received compares between Fabric Port Name Fabric Name Domain Area and them which is received in FAN if all of them are not identical drive issues FLOGI C141 C008 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization Word 0 1 2 3 Byte Header lt R_CTL gt i lt D_ID gt of 2 i 1 Reserve 2 lt TYPE gt lt F_CTL gt o i 3 lt SEQ_ ID gt lt DF cm lt SEQ_CNT gt 4 lt OX_ID gt lt RX_ID gt Note xxxxxx 000000 FL_Po
382. own in Table 4 100 Table 4 100 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list configuration am X00 X00 Defect List Length m MSB L Defect List Length m LSB E Defective Block Logical Block Address MSB Header Defective Block Logical Block Address Defect Descriptor Oo 6 Defective Block Logical Block Address Last Defective Block Logical Block Address LSB Defective Block Logical Block Address a The Defect data list is configured from a 4 byte header and one or more defect descriptors which follow it One defect descriptor has a length of 4 bytes The Defect list length field in the header indicates the total number of bytes m of the defect descriptor list transferred after the header and must be a multiple of 4 Also when zero is specified in this field this command is terminated without transfer of the defect descriptor list and allocation processing of alternate blocks IMPORTANT The Defect list length that can be specified for the IDD is 2 044 X 7FC bytes or less Therefore a maximum of 511 defective blocks can be specified in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command The logical block address of defective data blocks is described in 4 byte format in the defect descriptor When multiple defect descriptors are specified it is best for the INIT to describe defect descriptors in the ascending order of the logical data block addresses 4 160 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands Further
383. page specified in Send Diagnostic command to the enclosure The drive receives Receive Diagnostic Result command from the initiator Then the drive receives the page specified in Receive Diagnostic Result command from the enclosure 1 11 1 Data transfer protocol When powered on the enclosure operates as SFF8045 w o Parallel ESI and provides SEL_ID to the drive The communication starts upon receiving Send Receive Diagnostic command as described in Figure 1 55 C141 C008 1 99 Fibre Channel Interface Receive SCSI command from the initiator Parallel ESI a o Enclosure DLY gt K max lus gt K max Ips ESIPhase K AA A SEL_ID DISCOV COMMAND READ WRITE SEL_ID Figure 1 55 Enclosure service data transfer protocol Detail of DISCOV discovery phase is shown in Figure 1 56 This process is executed every time when Parallel ESI signal is asserted The target of DISCOV phase is that the drive acknowledges the enclosure can operate as SFF8067 mode If the enclosure cannot operate as SFF8067 the drive performs one of the following a assuming that the enclosure can operate as SFF8045 w o Parallel ESI then transmits sense data to the initiator case in Figure 1 56 b assuming that the enclosure can operate as SFF8067 then transmits sense data to the initiator case 2 in Figure 1 56 1 100 C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI 1 11 2 Enclosure discovery phase assert
384. parameter are explained below 4 58 ND Notch Drive 0 Since the device is not in the notched state 0 is reported for LPN active notch starting boundary and ending boundary 1 Since the device is in the notched state the starting boundary and ending boundary for the zone number 1 shown in the active notch is set in the format specified in the LPN Bit LPN Logical or Physical Notch 0 This shows that the boundary address is based on the physical address format At that time the higher order 3 bytes show the logical cylinder number and the lowest order byte shows the logical head number 1 This shows that the boundary address is based on the 4 byte logical block address format This bit is a bit which must be set during MODE SELECT Maximum Number of Notches This indicates the number of device zones 18 X 12 zones are set for all drives Active Notch This specifies the zone number 1 to 18 of a notching zone If 0 is specified the page and parameter changed by the notch page and the notch page itself are changed to the initial value If a value which exceeds the maximum number of notches has been specified the test ends by CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in List 26 00 This field is a field which must be set during MODE SELECT C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Starting Boundary This field is enabled by the MODE SENSE command This field indicates
385. positions However when the address information specified in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command points to a position on the disk media which is not used as physical data blocks X FFFFFFFF 00000000 is reported as the logical block address after conversion 3 ESI Enclosure Services Information 4 184 Connection to SFF 8067 compliant Enclosure enables information acquisition from Enclosure by specifying the page codes in Table 4 121 Table 4 121 ESI page code Enclosure Configuration Enclosure Control Status Enclosure Help Text Enclosure String Out In Enclosure Threshold Out In Enclosure Array Control Status Enclosure Element Descriptor Enclosure Short Status Reserved Vender specific SES page C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Be sure to set up PCV in 1 when you transfer information on ESI PCV works supposing that it is ignored and 00 is set up in the page code even if any page code is specified when 0 is set up Information from Enclosure is transferred to INIT by specifying the above page code with CDB with the designation of PCV 1 by the following page format Remark The page code 0x09 OxOF is a reserve in the specification of SES ESI It is issued as an ESI command to Enclosure at present without taking an error when the 0x09 0x0F is specified in the page code When it has the 0x80 0x8F specified it is issued as Vendor unique Page as an ESI command to Enclosure Table 4 122 ESI page format
386. pport Link so this bit should be set on 0 6 Handling an illegal CDB If there are errors in the contents of a CDB description specification or if there is an error in the specification of a parameter transferred from the INIT in accordance with a CDB specification that command ends with the CHECK CONDITION status In the case of a command that changes data on the disk medium when there is an error in the CDB specification the disk medium is not changed by that command but when there is an error in a parameter transferred in a DATA frame the contents of the disk medium in the area specified in that command may be changed Also a DATA frame request may be executed after receiving a DATA frame but those data are not used 2 2 Status Byte 2 6 The format of the status byte and the types of status which the IDD supports are shown in Table 2 6 The status byte is 1 byte of information in the STATUS frame which notifies the INIT from the TARG after a command is completed and which shows the results of executing the command Also when an Input Output operation request has been received even if the TARG cannot execute the command the status byte is reported However by forcibly interrupting execution by an abnormal state such as ABORT TASK SET ABTS CLEAR TASK SET TARGET RESET LIP XY or FC LOOP if the command is cleared the status byte for that command is not reported Table 2 6 Status C141 C008 1 2
387. pported by this drive 1 9 1 FCP CMND The initiator issues FCP_CMND frame when it issues SCSI Command The header field of the FCP CMND is defined in Figure 1 46 Byte Header F_CTL SEQ_ID DF CTL Sa CNT XX RX_ID PARAMETER Payload FCP_LUN FCP_CNTL FCP_CDB ADDITIONAL_FCP_CDB n l FCP_DL Figure 1 46 Header field of the FCP CMND 1 R_CTL Routing Control 06h Indicates FCP CMND 2 D_ID Destination Identifier Destination address for the frame 3 S_ID Source Identifier Source address for the frame 1 80 C141 C008 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 4 Type The FCP_CMND frame uses 08h 5 F_CTL Frame Control Set 290000h for the FCP_CMD Originator of Exchange First Sequence of Exchange Last Data frame of Sequence Transfer Sequence Initiative 6 SEQ_ID Sequence Identifier Set the optional value 7 DF_CTL Data Field Control Set 00h because no optional header is used 8 SEQ _CNT Sequence Count Set 0000h because it is used single frame sequence 9 OX_ID Originator Exchange Identifier Assign an unique value from initiator to the drive The drive does not check Command Over Lap 10 RX_ID Responder Identifier Set FFFFh to indicate that RX_ID is unused 11 Parameter Unused the parameter in the FCD_CMD and 00000000h entered The payload field of the FCP CMND frame is defined below Word xx and byte y of the payload
388. pre fetched to the data buffer in order and when the empty space in the data buffer reaches the amount specified in this parameter it executes reconnection processing requesting transfer of the succeeding data However if the number of data blocks remaining to be transferred according to the command being executed does not reach the amount of data specified in this parameter the IDD executes Loop OPEN processing at the point when the number of data blocks remaining in the data buffer s empty space reaches the specified number of data blocks and requests transfer of the succeeding data Note If the value specified for the buffer full ratio or the buffer empty ratio is not within double the integral boundary of the logical data block length the IDD rounds up the specified value which is the nearest data block boundary Also if zero is specified in any of these parameters the IDD treats that parameter as though 1 logical data block has been specified 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature In order to use the data buffer more effectively and improve the disk drive s effective access speed the IDD is equipped with a simple cache feature called a Look Ahead Cache Feature The Look Ahead cache feature is an effective simple cache function for an INIT which reads data block groups on the disk media sequentially using multiple commands C141 C008 3 7 Data Buffer Management 3 2 1 Caching operation When the IDD is executing a READ comma
389. ptors eseeseeeeseesreeresreereeseesresresresre 4 122 C141 C008 Contents Table 4 86 Persistent reservations SCOPE ssceseceseceseceseecsseceseceseeeeecnaeenaeees 4 123 Table 4 87 Persistent reservations type codes 2 0 0 eeeceecesseceseceteceeeecnaeenseees 4 124 Table 4 88 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action codes eee 4 126 Table 4 89 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list eee eres 4 127 Table 4 90 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action and valid PALAMCLELS nnani erne EE EE o E EES he eesti 4 129 Table 4 91 REPORT LUNS parameter list eee ee eeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeenaees 4 131 Table 4 92 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list eee 4 133 Table 4 93 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list eee eee eseeneereees 4 135 Table 4 94 Combinations of RdInh and WrInh 0 eee eeeesecneceeceeeeeaees 4 145 Table 4 95 Defect list format cninn nenia i 4 150 Table 4 96 FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration 4 151 Table 4 97 Defect descriptor byte distance from index format 4 154 Table 4 98 Defect descriptor physical sector address format eee 4 155 Table 4 99 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 2 0 ee eeeeeseeeteee 4 157 Table 4 100 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list CONMSUTANON sche esi ese des ha eal See 4 160 Table 4 101 Defect data type oo eee eeeeeeseeereeeseeeeeeeeseeeseesseecsaecnaecaecnaaeenaees 4 163 Table 4 102 Defect data format misiis e ecreis iiaeaa de
390. queued or being executed the newly queued command will be forced to wait a long time until it is executed 2 Inthe following cases a command may not be executed even after it has been queued a When there is an error in the CDB the IDD responds with a CHECK CONDITION status at the point when that command is fetched from the queue b Ifthe IDD is in the not ready state at the point when the queued command is fetched it responds with a CHECK CONDITION status c IfaUNIT ATTENTION condition is generated before the queued command is fetched a CHECK CONDITION status may be replied 2 4 2 Tagged queuing C141 C008 Through the tagged queuing function the IDD can receive multiple commands from the same INIT or from different INITs until the command queue is full The number of commands that can be received by the IDD is 128 per IDD without relation to the INIT When the IDD receives a new command if the command queue is full the new command is responded to with the TASK SET FULL status The IDD controls the command queue but it is possible for the INIT to delete commands from the queue by adding a command When adding a command to the queue it is possible for the INIT to specify to the IDD the command execution sequence and the command to be executed next An inherent tag OX_ID is added to each exchange As long as a single INIT has inherent OX_IDs for respective exchanges It can issue multiple exchanges to the IDD So th
391. r AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY The parameter list values for each service action are specified in 4 1 18 2 4 126 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list The parameter list required to perform the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command are defined in Table 4 89 All fields shall be sent on all PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT commands even if the field is not required for the specified service action and scope values Table 4 89 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list Reservation Key S x Service Action Reservation Key ia z G Scope specific Address X 000000 Reserved The Reservation Key field contains an 8 byte value provided by the application client to the device server to identify the initiator that is the source of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command The device server shall verify that the Reservation Key field in a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command matches the registered reservation key for the initiator from which the task was received except for a the REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY service action where the Reservation Key field shall be ignored and b the REGISTER service action for an unregistered initiator which shall have a reservation key value of zero Except as noted above when a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command specifies a Reservation Key field other than the reservation key registered for the initiator the device server shall return a RESERVATION CONFLI
392. r failed reconnect optional 3h Per unit of time optional 4h 7h Reserved The drive does not support this field Zero is always reported e Data Underrun Count of data underruns which occur during write operation when a buffer empty condition prevents continued transfer of data to the media from the buffer The drive does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported e Data Overrun Count of data overruns which occur during read operation when a buffer full condition prevents continued transfer of data from the media to the buffer The drive does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported 3 Write error count page X 02 Table 4 45 Write error count page X 02 ee We eee eal ee 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 X 00 Reserved Pag Length SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 4 98 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Write errors recovered without delays page 02 code 0000 Table 4 46 Write errors recovered without delays page 02 code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered write errors that would not be reported to the initiator during write operations because no delay is incurred The drive does not support this field due to
393. red by another A command was forcibly terminated by another INIT during execution or queuing By a CLEAR TASK The sense hold state was entered when the QErr bit was set on 0 The DQue bit was changed from 0 to 1 C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier C141 C008 5 9 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 5 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 4 6 Sense 31 Medium format corrupted The media format is different from the original format The 3 media was not formatted after the data format specification was changed by the MODE SELECT command 01 FORMAT command failed For some reason formatting cannot be completed and 3 reformatting is necessary 32 No defect spare location No usable alternate block area exists Or alternate block 4 available processing cannot be performed due to control table overflow Defect list update failure Updating of the defect list G List failed 4 01 Unsupported Enclosure An attempt was made to use a function not supported by the Function enclosure service 02 Enclosure Services The enclosure service currently cannot be used Unavailable 2 4 03 Enclosure Transfer Failure A transfer to or from the enclosure service failed 4 04 Enclosure Transfer Refused An error or incorrect format was detected during a transfer to or 4 5 from the enclosure service Rounded parameter Rounding processing of the MODE SELECT parameter 1
394. reshold met criteria 4 93 TMO a ea E ere E AE E 4 93 topologies in fibre channel interface 1 2 total read byte processed eee 4 104 total read error posted eee 4 103 total recoverable read error posted tOdIN Pisce ile teresa i ene 4 104 total recoverable verify error posted tOUINT Digest eae siteehte ei eteti eck 4 107 total recoverable write error posted to INT asane iei 4 100 total unrecoverable read error posted to INI esineen 4 105 total unrecoverable verify error posted to INi neee 4 108 total unrecoverable write error posted to INIT 4 101 total verify byte processed 4 108 IN 11 Index total verify error posted ee eee 4 107 total write byte processed eee 4 101 total write error posted eee eee 4 100 TPRLO y 803 cevsstiee ess tees teater akeeh e eeth 1 64 TPRLO_ACCE rnancnnonnn 1 64 track CouUnt Zone eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereesreereeee 4 39 track skew factor 4 41 transfer block ienei toniet 4 27 transfer block count essessseeeeesseesseeseee 2 4 transfer byte length eee 2 5 4 3 transfer data length eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 4 transfer of odd numbered byte 2 15 transfer ready X_RDY eeeeeeeeees 1 30 transmitting and receiving of frame tinterf ac nae ieena iiinn betes 1 119 TS Dirue e i a i RRR 4 93 TSP een g E eet 4 54 AA EE E PE E SET 1 10 U UAAERP srian neha aes 4 56 UNIT ATTENTION condition 00 2 19 UNIT ATTEN
395. rformed through the Start bit in bit 0 of the CDB byte 4 The spindle motor can be stopped if this command is issued with the Start bit as 0 On the other hand the spindle motor can be started by specifying 1 in the Start bit Bit 1 LoEj load eject of byte 4 of the CDB is the exclusive bit which controls devices with replaceable recording media and it has no meaning for the IDD The IDD disregards the value specified in this bit and controls starting and stopping of the spindle motor in accordance with the Start bit only C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands It is possible to select the disk drive s spindle motor starting mode through the extrnal setting terminal If prohibition of motor starting control is set by this command at the setting terminal the spindle motor starts automatically when the IDD s power is switched on It is possible to delay the starting time by the value of SEL_ID When the setting terminal is being set to perform motor starting control by command the IDD s spindle motor will not start even when the power is switched on In this case it is necessary for the INIT to issue a command to start the spindle motor IMPORTANT The setting terminal specifies only the spindle motor starting method at power on time and whichever mode is set this command is valid The INIT can issue this command whenever it is desired and stop or start the spindle motor regardless of the state of the setting terminal
396. rmation for the disk media other than the system space is reported Defect position information is also reported for areas which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT such as the spare sectors for alternate blocks 2 Logical data blocks which have undergone slip processing due to defective sectors and logical data blocks which have undergone alternate processing are reported Defect position information is not reported for areas which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT areas which do not have logical block addresses such as cylinders and sectors etc which are not used as User Space or CE Space 3 The byte position which indicates the first byte in defective sector data is reported 4 166 C141 C008 C141 C008 4 3 Format Commands The number of defects reported by this command differs depending on the defect data format When data are in the Block Address Format defect position information is not reported for portions which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT When data are in the Block Address Format or the Physical Sector Address Format even if defects exist in multiple locations within that sector that defect information is reported by one defect descriptor When data are in the Byte Distance from the Index Format all the registered defect positions are reported when the P List is reported but in the case of the Block Address Format and the Physical Sector Addre
397. rmed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed If the PRIORITY RESERVE command issued by another INIT is proper in the system perform the necessary recovery processing in the system If not perform recovery method 2 Issue the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command and confirm the values of the disk media data format related parameters Block descriptor Page 3 Format parameters Page 4 Drive parameters If the parameter values are correct issue the FORMAT UNIT command and initialize the entire disk media surface Note If the parameter values are not correct issue a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and reset the necessary parameters then reinitialize the entire disk media surface by the FORMAT UNIT command Note Note In a system where multiple INITs are connected together an error may have been reported due to a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command or a FORMAT UNIT command issued by another INIT so before executing this recovery method it is necessary to confirm the operations of the other INITs C141 C008 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 6 Error recovery processing procedures 4 4 Recovery Method Recovery Processing Procedure Initialize the entire disk media surface It is desirable at this time to increase the number of spare sectors as much as possible If this error occurs repeatedly it is necessary to perform alternate block allocation processing t
398. rohibits to order queued commands When other value is specified in this parameter the IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in List 26 00 GLTSD global logging target save disable not supported This bit specifies whether or not to permit the saving treatment of peculiar logging parameter within the IDD Since the IDD performs the saving treatment with itself algorithm regardless of specified value in this bit disregards the specification in this bit RLEC report log exception condition not supported This bit controls operations in cases where the accumulated value log parameter reaches the maximum value 1 The IDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status UNIT ATTENTION 6 Log counter at maximum 5B 02 0 The IDD executes the command which is issued next normally C141 C008 10b 11b C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Since the IDD does not support the reporting function of exception condition the IDD disregards the specification in this bit e DQue disable queuing This bit specifies whether the IDD will execute processing of tagged commands or not 1 The IDD prohibits tagged queuing processing The IDD clears queued commands and generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition Command cleared by another initiator 2F 00 for each of the INITs that issued the commands which were cleared After that the when a QUEUE TAG message is received it is rejected with
399. rol 05h Indicates FCP XFER RDY D_ID Destination Identifier Destination address for the frame S_ID Source Identifier Source address for the frame Type SCSI FCP frame uses 08h F_CTL Frame Control Set 890000h for the FCP XFER RDY Responder of Exchange Last Data frame of Sequence Transfer Sequence Initiative Fibre Channel Interface 6 SEQ _ID Sequence Identifier The drive responds FFh 7 DF_CTL Data Field Control Set 00h because no optional header is used 8 SEQ_CNT Sequence Count Itis responded 0000h because it is used single frame sequence 9 OX_ID Originator Exchange Identifier The drive responds the OX_ID of FCP CMND received from the initiator 10 RX_ID Responder Identifier Set FFFFh to indicate that RX_ID is unused 11 Parameter Unused the parameter in the FCP XFER RDY and 00000000h entered The payload field of the FCP XFER RDY is defined below Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 Data Relative Offset Data_RO PL W00 For this FCP XFER RDY frame The drive specifies the byte Offset value of the first WT data sending the initiator The initiator describes the value of this field in the Relative Offset of the first WT data for this FCP XFER RDY frame 2 Burst Length BURST_LEN PL W01 The initiator can be transferred number of WT Data Byte for this FCP XFER RDY frame The BURST_LEN is
400. roup code The group code decides the number of bytes in the CDB and its format The IDD uses the commands of the groups shown below Group 0 000 6 byte CDB Shown in Figure 2 1 Group 1 001 10 byte CDB Shown in Figure 2 2 C141 C008 2 3 Command Processing Group 2 010 10 byte CDB Shown in Figure 2 2 Group 3 011 Reserved Operation Code Shown in Section 6 Group 4 100 16 byte CDB Group 5 101 12 byte CDB Shown in Section 2 3 b Command code The command code specifies the type of command in each group 2 LUN Logical Unit Number This IDD operates only by 0 defined in the FCP_CMND frame Concerning INQUIRY this limitation does not apply 3 Logical block address This field shows the top logical data block address of the data block group on the disk medium that is to be processed by the command In a Group 0 CDB 21 bit block addressing can be used and in a Group 1 Group 2 or Group 5 CDB 32 bit block addressing can be used Standards for logical data block addressing in the IDD are described in Section 2 8 4 Transfer data length 2 4 This field specifies the length of data to be transferred between the INIT and the TARG by execution of the command either as the number of logical data blocks or the number of bytes In subsequent descriptions the former is called the Number of Transfer Blocks and the latter is called the Transfer Byte Length
401. rs detected in read operations on the disk media The number of retries specified in this parameter is the maximum number of times reading is retried for each individual portion of data in each logical data block If the IDD cannot perform correction of the data On the fly for each portion of data in the data block it retries the reading of those portions The reread retry is executed the number of times specified by the drive parameter internally by the IDD before this retry is executed so actually the retry is executed the number specified here plus the number of internal retries The value specified in this parameter is applicable to the READ READ EXTENDED commands and the read test in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command When the page length in Page 1 is specified as X 06 the value specified in this field is copied to the Number of retries during WRITE on this page and Number of retries during VERIFY on Page 7 j Correctable bit length This parameter indicates the burst error length bit length which it is possible to apply data correction according to the ECC to It is impossible to change this parameter from the INIT The IDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operates according to the Default value k Head offset count not supported This field specifies in two s complement notation an incremental offset position from the track center to the radial position the heads are moved Any value specified in this field
402. rt lt cshvi ssctestek icon ieee ears eee 1 101 COMMAND WRITE phase ee eee ceeesecseceseceeeceseeeseeeeeeeeneeenes 1 102 Byte bit alignment in EST ee eeeeeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeaes 1 103 RPEAD phase ean RR ee EE Oe ee ae 1 103 Enclosure initiated ESI request ee eee eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 1 105 Prepare for removal on c824r eck nine ii eve ed title 1 106 BIE operation phases cse0ceccciys hl siie iniaeeai 1 107 Public loop configuration ec eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeenaes 1 117 General public loop initialization sequence cee eeeeeeseeeeseeeeeee 1 118 General read data transfer SeqUeNCe eee eeeeceseceseceeceseecnseensecnaeees 2 8 General write data transfer sequence 20 00 eee ceseceseceneecneecnsecnseeenaees 2 9 Combination of SOF and EOF primitives used for transferring frames ee oaii Sted ei Aldea es 2 11 Example of establishing logical connections between the INi and IDD rean ean enlisted ai ai a ie 2 12 Loop initialization after establishing connections with the INIT and subsequent processing eseeeeseeereerssreerrsrrsserrresresersresees 2 14 TARGET RESET outline sequence 0 0 0 cee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeneeeneeeneee 2 27 Data space configuration 0 0 eee eeceeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeneeeaeeeneeseneeeaee 2 32 Data buffer configuration in the case of 8 cache segments 3 2 XV Contents xvi Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2
403. rt or OOOOEF NL_Port Figure 1 42 Extended link service loop initialization Listed below are the frames used by Loop Initialization in the Extended Link Service supported by this drive 1 LISM frame Used for selecting Loop Master 2 LIFA LIPA LIHA LISA frame Used to assign AL_PA in Loop Initialization 3 LIRP LILP frame Used for collection and notification of connection information for the initiator and drive connected on the loop The header field of Extended Link Service is defined below 1 R_CTL Routing Control The high order 4 bits 2h represent Extended Link Service and the low order 4 bits 2h Initialization frame 2 D_ID Destination Identifier OOOOEFh In the case of NL_Port 000000h In the case of FL_Port 3 S_ID Source Identifier OOOOEFh In the case of NL_Port 000000h In the case of FL_Port C141 C008 1 75 Fibre Channel Interface 4 Type Olh is used for Extended Link Service F_CTL Frame Control 380000h is set for Initialization frame of Extended Link Service 5 SEQ_ID Sequence Identifier The drive does not check this item The drive responds with 00h 6 DF_CNTL Data Field Control Set 00h because no Optional Header is used 7 SEQ_CNT Sequence Count The drive does not check this item The drive responds with 0000h 8 OX_ID Originator Exchange Identifier FFFFh is set to indicate that OX_ID is unused 9
404. s Associator Reserved Reserved 18 Reserved ie N Reserved Initiator Target Command Data Function Functon Data Response RDV Mix Mix Disable Disable 0 0 1 0 0 1 Figure 1 27 Service parameter response pages These pages are used by PRLI_ACC 1 Type Code Byte4 08h Denotes SCSI FCP process The drive responds with 08h by ACC 2 Type Code Extension Byte5 00h Not used by SCSI FCP The drive responds with 00h by ACC 3 Originator Process Associator Validity Byte6 bit7 Ob The drive neither supports nor checks this bit 4 Responder Process Asscociator Validity PL Byte6 bit6 Ob The drive does not support this bit and responds with Ob by ACC C141 C008 1 53 Fibre Channel Interface 5 6 7 8 9 1 54 Establish Image Pair Byte6 bit5 1b The drive establish connection with the initiator Ob The drive responds with ACC but does not establish connection with the initiator The drive responds with the value specified by PRLI Response Code Byte6 bit3 0 1h Request executed The drive responds with 1h by ACC when PRLI is executed Originator Process Associator Byte8 11 00000000h The drive does not support this field and responds with 0000h by ACC Responder Process Associator Byte12 15 00000000h The drive does not support this field and responds with 0000h by ACC Service Parameters Byte19
405. s ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter lists are shown in Table 4 93 4 134 C141 C008 4 2 Data Access Commands Table 4 93 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list Identifier The Identifier field shall be a vendor specific value to be returned in subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 1 READ 08 Oo oe l a al Logical Block Address 3 Logical Block Address LSB 4 Transfer Block Count ee a ee C141 C008 This command reads the number of blocks of data in continuous logical data blocks specified in the Transfer block count field with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The transfer block count can be specified up to a maximum of 256 logical data blocks When zero is specified in the Transfer block count field in byte 4 of the CDB it specifies transfer of 256 logical data blocks and when a value other than zero is specified it specifies the number of logical data blocks that should be transferred When transfer of multiple data blocks is instructed by this command when the data blocks which are to be processed come to a track boundary cylinder boundary or zone boundary a head switch or cylinder switch is executed automatically and reading of the specified number of blocks is performed 4 135 Command Specifications When the specifi
406. s and shall not be affected by the truncation This shall not be considered an error The format of the Reservation descriptors is defined in Table 4 85 There shall be a Reservation descriptor for the persistent reservation if any present in the logical unit and a Reservation descriptor for each element if any having a persistent reservation 4 121 Command Specifications Table 4 85 Format of reservation descriptors ae ps Reservation Key sa Scope specific Address 5 X 00 Reserved 3 1 14 15 X 00 Reserved If a persistent reservation is present in the logical unit that does not contain elements there shall be a single Reservation descriptor in the list of parameter data returned by the device server in response to the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with a READ RESERVATIONS service action The Reservation descriptor for each reservation shall contain the RESERVATION KEY under which the persistent reservation is held The Type and Scope of each persistent reservation as present in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command that created the persistent reservation shall be returned If a persistent reservation is present in the logical unit that does contain elements there shall be a Reservation descriptor in the list of parameter data returned by the device server in response to the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with a READ RESERVATIONS service action for the Logical Unit persistent reservation that is held if any
407. s described below For the header field refer to Section 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 Loop Initialization Identifier W00 11020000h 11030000h 11040000h 11050100h 11050000h Indicates LIFA Indicates LIPA Indicates LIHA Indicates LISA LIRP LILP frame supported Indicates LISA LIRP LILP frame not supported The received frame will be discarded when this field is an unsupported Link Service code 2 Port Name PL W01 04 16 byte AL_PA bit map is entered C141 C008 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization 1 8 3 Position map information LIRP LILP C141 C008 Figure 1 45 Position map information LIRP LILP Used for collection and notification of connection information for the initiator and drive connected on the loop in initialization The payload field of the LIRP LILP frame is described below For the header field refer to Section 1 8 Extended Link Service Loop Initialization Word xx and byte y of the payload are represented by PL Wxx By 1 Loop Initialization Identifier W00 11060000h Indicates LIRP 11070000h Indicates LILP The received frame will be discarded when this field is an unsupported Link Service code 2 Port Name PL W01 02 128 byte Position Map is entered 1 79 Fibre Channel Interface 1 9 FC 4 Device Data FC 4 Device Data indicates su
408. s on D 0 3 b The enclosure asserts ENCL_ACK after receiving the data c The drive negates DSK_WR and the data by ENCL_ACK being asserted d The enclosure negates ENCL_ACK by DSK_WR being negated 2 Definition of COMMAND bytes If the drive acknowledges the drive should issue COMMAND to the enclosure after receiving SCSI command then transmits the COMMAND as shown in Table 1 29 Table 1 29 COMMAND bytes definition Page Code Reserved except bit 0 data transfer direction in SEND DIAG Parameter Length high byte in SEND DIAG Parameter Length low byte in SEND DIAG 1 102 C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI COMMAND bytes length is always four bytes e Page code in byte 0 is defined as SES page for communicating with the enclosure e Bit 0 in byte 1 defines the direction of the data transfer Onas from the drive to the enclosure IEAA from the enclosure to the drive e Parameter Length in byte 2 and byte 3 defines data length The value 0000h is used when receiving the data Receive Diagnostic Result command 3 Byte bit alignment The COMMAND and READ WRITE data are transferred in the following alignment Figure 1 58 byte number 0 HO eai n 1 n byte transfer order in ESI 2nd n 1 th nth bit 7 6 3 A By 2 1 0 transfer order in ESI lt gt lt gt 1st nibble 2nd nibble bit alignment D 3 D DQ DO D 3 D 2 D 1 D 0 Figure 1 58 Byte bit alignment
409. s possible but the IDD would not function 4 55 Command Specifications 4 56 RAC report check not supported The IDD is not supported in this bit Therefore the IDD always report 0 and ignore specified value SWP soft write protect not supported This bit specifies whether or not to execute for the device server write operation to the medium The IDD is not supported this bit Therefore the IDD always report 0 and ignore specified value RAERP UAAERP EAERP READY AER HOLDOFF PERIOD not supported These field specify the action method of asynchronous event reporting protocol The IDD is not supported these field Therefore the IDD always report 0 and ignore specified value Extended self test completion time This field contains advisory data that an application client may use to determine the time in seconds that the device server requires to complete an extended self test when the device server is not interrupted by subsequent commands and no errors occur during execution of the self test This field only use to report the value by the MODE SENSE MODE SENSE EXTENDED command Therefore the IDD ignores specified value by the MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED command C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 8 Notch parameters page code 0C Table 4 25 MODE SELECT parameters notch parameters PERG X 16 Page ee w on we O eper e E 0 a oe os oo This page is used to
410. s processed page 03 code 0005 Table 4 57 Total read bytes processed page 03 code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed X 0A Parameter Length K ae Total Write Bytes Processed 10 bytes aso The Total Read Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during read operation The bytes includes the total processed bytes during verify operation page X 05 Parameter code X 0005 4 104 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands e Total unrecoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0006 Table 4 58 Total unrecoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted unrecovered verify errors page X 05 Parameter code X 0006 5 Verify error count page X 05 Table 4 59 Verify error count page X 05 pe ehd TEE KO REN Page Lena MSE All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 C141 C008 4 105 Command Specifications e Verify errors recovered without delays page 05 code 0000 Table 4 60 Verify errors recovered without delays page 05 code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without D
411. s ready to begin communication with the Enclosure Services Processor 3 SCSI device determines that enclosure is SFF 8067 compliant by noting that SEL_ 0 3 bits have inverted and that SEL_6 and SEL_7 have the value that the device is presenting 4 The Enclosure Services Processor asserts ENCL_ACK to indicate it is ready to begin communication with the SCSI device 5 The SCSI device negates PARALLEL ESI to end the ESI transfer and prepares for power removal This drive does not support this function Figure 1 61 Prepare for removal 1 11 6 2 EIE operations 1 106 Following successful discovery of an EIE transfer request the SCSI device transfers an ESI command to the enclosure using the write and command phase procedure The contents of the command are defined in 1 11 6 3 The device follows the command with a read phase procedure to retrieve the transfer request information from the enclosure The definition of the enclosure request is in 1 11 6 3 If the enclosure is requesting information the SCSI device sends an ESI command with Send 1 to indicate to the enclosure it is ready to transfer the requested information The command is followed by a write of the information requested by the enclosure This information is defined in 1 11 6 3 Following the write the device negates Parallel ESI to end the operation Figure 1 62 is a summary of these operations C141 C008 1 11 Enclosure Service Interface ESI Parallel
412. s the method for specification of the range where access is permitted in this command 4 144 C141 C008 4 2 Data Access Commands n Value specified in the Logical block address field oman nt m l n m SS 5 m Value specified in the Block count field gt K Range where access is permitted by linked commands Figure 4 3 SET LIMITS command specifying the range where access is permitted If 1 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 RdInh read inhibit flag or in bit 0 WrInh write inhibit flag read operations or write operations is prohibited for linked commands following this command as shown in Table 4 94 Table 4 94 Combinations of Rdinh and Wrinh E ace Read write operations are permitted in the specified range RARA Read operations only are permitted in the specified range EMET Write operations only are permitted in the specified range 1 1 Both read and write operations are prohibited Only access by the SEEK and SEEK EXTENDED commands is permitted within the specified range When access to logical data blocks outside the address range defined by this command by linked commands which follow this command is specified or when a prohibited type of access operation is specified that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without being executed When there is a violation of the DATA PROTECT 7 Write protect 27 00 WrInh flag or when there is a v
413. s the target enables background functions An EBF bit of zero indicates the target disables the functions Perf performance This bit of zero indicates that informational exception operations that are the cause of delays are acceptable A Perf bit of one indicates the target is not cause delays while doing informational exception operations A Perf bit set to one may cause the target to disable some or all of the informational exceptions operations thereby limiting the reporting of informational exception conditions MRIE method of reporting informational exceptions This field indicates the methods that is used by the target to report informational exception conditions The priority of reporting multiple informational exceptions is vendor specific C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 27 MRIE 1 2 X 00 No reporting of informational exception conditions This method instructs the target to not report informational exception conditions Asynchronous event reporting This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by using the rules for asynchronous event reporting as described in the SCSI 3 Architecture Model and the relevant Protocol Standard setting The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional prohibited sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition Generate unit attention This method instructs the target to report infor
414. same memory surface same head it is proceeding to the next memory surface next head after all the sectors have been done When this bit is 0 it indicates that after logical data block address allocation is performed over all the sectors in order in the same cylinder all heads it is proceeding to the next cylinder In the IDD only the latter type of addressing is possible so this bit is disregarded It is also impossible to change this parameter Table 4 18 lists each parameter of pages 3 4 and C in detail The contents are subject to change without notice Table 4 18 MODE SELECT parameters each parameters of pages 3 4 and C in detail Page C Page 3 Page 4 LPN 0 Default LPN 1 Byte Byte Byte Byte 2 3 10 11 16 17 18 19 Byte 2 4 Byte 5 Byte 8 11 Byte 12 15 Byte 8 11 Byte 12 15 Number of Number of tacks acids Track skew Cylinder Number of Number of Starting Ending Starting Ending Sone ta k factor skew factor cylinders boundary boundary boundary boundary MAT3300 Sector lengt Ox00E8S 0x048D 0x0124 0x0071 0x0133A1 0x08 0x00000000 0x0133A007 0x00000000 0x22EF6677 512 MAT3147 Sector lengt 0x0091 0x048D 0x0124 0x0071 0x0133A1 0x05 0x00000000 0x0133A004 0x00000000 0x15DIES8C 512 MAT3073 Sector lengt 0x003A 0x048D 0x0124 0x0071 0x0133A1 0x02 0x00000000 0x0133A001 0x00000000 0x08B464A 1 512 For the MAU3xxx TBD 4 42 C141 C008 4 1 Control
415. satisfied with the following the conditions BURST_LEN WT Command to transfer data rest of byte velocity BURST_LEN Maximum Burst Size of Disconnect Reconnect SCSI mode page BURST_LEN Available transferring maximum byte velocity in FC Sequence 1 88 C141 C008 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 1 9 3 FCP DATA The header field of the FCP DATA is defined in Figure 1 50 ens Header lt D_ID gt 0 01 Po Xx X XX 1 i lt S_ID gt 00 XX XX XX 2 i lt F_CTL gt 00 i XX XX XX 3 lt SEQ_ID gt lt SEQ_CNT gt Xx H 00 i Xxx XX 4 lt OX_ID gt i XX XX i FF FF 5 Relative offset Figure 1 50 Header field of the FCP DATA This frame is used for transferring between the initiator and the drive The header field of the FCP DATA is defined below 1 R_CTL Routing Control Olh Indicates FCP DATA 2 D_ID Destination Identifier Destination address for the frame 3 S_ID Source Identifier Source address for the frame 4 Type SCSI FCP frame uses 08h C141 C008 1 89 Fibre Channel Interface 5 F_CTL Frame Control Table 1 26 F_CTL Section Write data frame from initiator to drive a not last frame of sequence a2 without Relative Offset 000000h b last frame of sequence 09000xh x indicates 4 bit as below when x is 1 with Relative Offset when x is 0 without Relative Offset Fill Data Byte 0 0 0 byte of fill 4 byte valid 1 byte of fill 3 byte valid 2 byte of f
416. sesi aiei oeeie hetat 4 145 SSEC rt o ae haat ee 4 41 standard INQUIRY data 4 3 4 4 Start specification seee 4 81 START STOP UNIT 1B 4 80 START STOP UNIT command 2 24 start D enn e EEE EET ERAEN 1 18 T E RAE E AEE A E TS 1 18 starting boundary 4 59 start stop cycle Counter s es 4 113 start stop cycle counter page X OE 4 111 En T REENE T 2 6 Status byten oane st aie sities 2 6 Stop fonat eiiiai et 4 153 stop specification 4 81 SPPE aere e toon eed 4 153 C141 C008 superseding reserve ereere 4 83 S PPOrT kon aa a iaat 4 10 4 11 support log page X 00 eeeeeeeeen 4 96 supported function 00 ee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 SURE ious soci Sabina hie ass 4 42 Surface addressing 4 42 SW Psi EAA E 4 56 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 4 147 T tagged queuing 2 17 target certification list eee 4 149 TARGET RESET 0 eee 2 26 2 27 TARGET RESET sequence Outline OL 55 020 olee chose eh rhe acess 2 27 target save disable 4 93 TASK FULL status eeeeeeeeeeee 5 15 TASK SET FULL status ee 2 7 task set ly pec iesies isn chin en eE 4 54 EB siseu tases ene ET 4 27 TEMPETALUTE sinine a iat 4 110 temperature page X 0D eee 4 109 termination status analySis cee 5 14 TES T eg iicetie sail n ents ty 4 60 TEST UNIT READY 00 ee 4 1 third party process logout eee 1 64 third party release function 4 86 third party reserve function ee 4 84 th
417. set AWRE 1 up to eight unrecoverable media errors MEDIUM ERROR 3 Read Retries Exhausted 11 01 detected during the read operation of the READ or READ EXTENDED command can be recorded This recorded information is cleared when power is turned off or microcode is downloaded with the WRITE BUFFER command regardless of whether save is specified Remark 2 Before data for a data block is allocated to an alternate block in AWRE processing the data is written again to the data block and verified re read If error recovery is completed by rewriting the data to the data block alternate block allocation is not performed for this data block The data block is removed as the target of AWRE processing 5 27 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 3 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a write operation 2 servo auto alternate This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the AWRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e WRITE command e WRITE EXTENDED command e WRITE AND VERIFY When this function is permitted if during WRITE WRITE EXTENDED command detects any Servo error e g Write offtrack error and cannot be recovered within pre determined retry number specified in Mode Parameter For the sectors around defective Servo alternate blocks are allocated and the data of this WRITE commands are re written Sectors to be made AWRE s
418. set bit6 The drive does not check this bit and does not support this function For ACC the drive responds with Ob Valid Vendor Version bit5 The drive does not check this bit and does not support this function For ACC the drive responds with Ob N_Port F_Port bit4 The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h OFh when this bit 1b For ACC the drive responds with Ob Alternate BB_Credit Management bit3 The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h OF when this bit 0 For ACC the drive responds with 1b E_D_TOV Resolution bit2 The drive does not check this field For ACC the drive responds with Ob Dynamic Half Duplex bit2 The drive does not check this field For ACC the drive responds with Ob Continuous Increase SEQ_CNT bit1 The drive does not check this field For ACC the drive responds with Ob Payload Length bit0 The drive does not check this field For ACC the drive responds with Ob 5 Receive Data Field Size Byte6 7 The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 07h when 256 lt this field lt 2112 not a multiple of 4 C141 C008 The drive responds with the value of the receive data field size of class 3 parameter of PLOG1 by ACC 2048 1 45 Fibre Channel Interface 6 Total Concurrent Sequence Byte9 The drive does not check this field For ACC the drive responds with FFh 7 Relative Offset by category Byte10 11 The drive does not check this
419. sfer Table 4 128 READ BUFFER command buffer descriptor oy eee el ae FO X 02 Addressing Boundary X 69 Buffer Capacity MSB X36 Buffer Capacity X 60 Buffer Capacity LSB The Addressing boundary field in the buffer descriptor indicates the addressing boundary in the data buffer which can be specified in the WRITE BUFFER Command and the READ BUFFER Command as a Power when expressed as a Power of 2 The IDDs report X 02 2 indicating that it is possible to specify the address in 4 byte units Also the Buffer capacity field indicates the byte length of the size of the data buffer which can be operated by the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands IMPORTANT Exercise caution regarding the following points when using this command If the WRITE BUFFER command or READ BUFFER command is used under a multi initiator or multitask environment it is necessary to be careful of the contents of the data buffer being changed by another initiator or a command that issues another task during the interval between completion of WRITE BUFFER command execution and execution of the READ BUFFER command 5 Mode 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer 4 196 In this mode the IDD transfers data to the INIT from the echo buffer The echo buffer shall transfer the same data as when the WRITE BUFFER command with the mode field set to echo buffer was issued The BUFFER ID and BUFFER OFFSET fields are ignored in this mode C14
420. specifications for the contents of each page and the length because it is prescribed with each Enclosure C141 C008 4 177 Command Specifications Table 4 114 ESI page reserve SES page Enclosure Control reserve SES page Enclosure String Out Enclosure Threshold Out Enclosure Array Control reserve SES page reserve SES page reserve SES page Vender specific SES page Table 4 115 ESI page format a o o a S SES A header the byte 1 of page s isn t checked by firmware 4 178 C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 5 Fault LED test page Table 4 116 Fault LED test page X AO Page Code This page is a page of the Fault LED test The value of that bit isn t confirmed with firmware in reserved in the parameter and the written territory Taking usually 0 is recommended This page is to be only for the Send Diagnostic command and don t specify this page with a Receive Diagnostic Results command And the movement when it is specified isn t assured After executing the operation for turning on the Fault LED using this page be sure to turn off the Fault LED by executing the operation for turning it off The condition of Fault LED isn t assured when download of Firmware and Reset from the interface are carried out with turning it on a FLTLED bit 1 Fault LED is turned on when 1 is set up to this bit 0 Fault LED turns off the lights when 0 is set up to this bit
421. specifications of the SCSI commands which the IDD is equipped with and how to use them 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 1 TEST UNIT READY 00 C141 C008 This command checks the status of the disk drive If the IDD is in the ready state and it is possible for it to be used by the INIT initiator which issues this command a GOOD status is reported for this command If the IDD is not in the ready state it reports a CHECK CONDITION status for this command The sense data generated at this time indicate the IDD s state at this time 4 1 Command Specifications 4 1 2 INQUIRY 12 E RIESE X127 O peo o p a o OOo o e Page Code Operation Cpde Transfer Byte Length Oep e ee e 4 2 This command transfers the information showing the IDD s characteristics INQUIRY data to the application client This command is executed immediately without queuing in a system which issues only commands with no tags or links This command is executed normally even in cases where the UNIT ATTENTION condition is held and the UNIT ATTENTION condition is not cleared This command is also executed normally when the disk drive is not in the ready state or even when an illegal logical unit number LUN is specified A CHECK CONDITION status is reported for this command and it is terminated abnormally only in the case that one of the following conditions is detected e There is an error in the specifications other than the LUN field o
422. specified by the command was performed 4 4 x i r 05 Device identifier was changed Diagnostic failure on An error was detected in self diagnosis nn is a Fujitsu component nn unique code D 81 Buffer RAM compare error bus error 82 Program RAM compare error bus error 83 HDC register check error 84 Firmware header check sum error 85 Firmware type unmatch 86 Parameter header check sum error 88 Drive Serial No unmatch 89 DE type unmatch 8F Other MPU peripheral circuit diagnostic error 92 Spindle motor firmware initialize error z 5 C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier 5 10 C141 C008 5 1 Sense Data Table 5 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 5 6 ee ee Internal target failure An error was detected in self diagnosis nn is a Fujitsu unique code 90 91 i 92 i 94 i i i i 99 9A i 9B i i 9C i ite i 9D i AO i ipti A3 A4 i i A8 BO i iled B1 i i iled Co D1 i i D2 i 3 D3 i D4 eae eee error was reported from DSP Next sector IDD compare error WCS RAM parity error Unexpected FMT interrupt NRZ parity error during Write MAS3 Series only Overflow error occurred at SPC FIFO Unexpected SPC interrupt SPC detected illegal command interrupt SPC detected illegal write interrupt SPC detected Sync offset error interrupt Error interription from DBM DBM buffer CRC error DBM internal parity error
423. specified in the FmtData format data bit it indicates that the format parameters header and defect list described later are transferred from the INIT when this command is executed When this bit s specification is 0 it indicates that the format parameters are not transferred When the CmpLst complete list bit is 1 it indicates that the previously existing G List is replaced with the defect list D List transferred from the INIT when this command is executed When this bit is 0 the contents of the D List are added to those of the previously existing G List The Defect List Format field specifies the format of the defect list D List transferred from the INIT when the FmtData format data bit is 1 Any one of the following formats can be specified for the defect list Table 4 95 Defect list format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format If 0 0 0 is specified in the Defect List Format field and a value other than 0 is specified in Defect List Length in the Format parameters this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST Invalid field in parameter list The Interleave factor field in the CDB specifies the method of positioning logical data blocks in physical sectors on the disk media Whichever value is specified in this field the IDD does not apply sector interleave but physically positions logical data blocks
424. ss Format the defect position information is not reported for defects which do not have an influence on data block read write operations When data are in the Byte Distance from the Index Format when the P List is reported multiple defect position information may be reported for a single sector or 2 defective sectors may be reported as a single item of defect position information due to defects which extend across sector boundaries In defect data in the block address format all the physical defect position information on the disk media cannot be described universally For example defect position information in areas without block addresses spare sectors or cylinders which are not being used as User Space or CE Space cannot be described The defect data in this format are provided in order to preserve continuity with previous specifications but it is recommended that as much as possible the INIT not use the Block Address Format 4 167 Command Specifications 4 3 4 READ DEFECT DATA B7 ao 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Remark 00 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 X B 01 0 0 0 PList GList Defect List Format 02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X00 03 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X00 04 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 00 05 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X00 06 Transfer Byte Length MSB 07 Transfer Byte Length 08 Transfer Byte Length 09 Transfer Byte Length LSB 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X00 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link
425. ssing The previously existing G List is saved Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing Neither the P List or the G List is used in defect processing alternate block allocation processing is not performed The P List is saved but the previously existing G List is erased Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List in the previously existing G List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The D List is added to the previously Note 3 existing G List C141 C008 4 157 Command Specifications Table 4 99 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 2 2 FmtData CmpLst Defect list FOV DPRY Defect Defect Processing Method format List Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the previously existing G List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The P List is saved but it is not used in defect processing Note 1 Note 3 The D List is added to the previously existing G List Alternate block allocation is performed for defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing The D List is registered as the new G list Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List an
426. ssued the IDD may not necessarily respond with the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid command operation code 20 00 The INIT must not issue commands which have these operation codes 2 22 C141 C008 2 7 Command Processing Exceptions 2 7 4 Command processing in the not ready state If the initial self diagnosis after the power is turned on is completed normally and the spindle motor reaches its rated speed the IDD reads out the System Information such as information on MODE SELECT parameters or disk medium defects from the system space on the disk drive and initializes each type of control information When this operation is completed the IDD enters the Ready state Furthermore the Not Ready state is when the IDD is in either of the following states e When the spindle motor has not reached the rated speed e When a system information reading operation is not completed or the IDD failed Also in cases where initialization of the disk medium formatting did not terminate normally for any number of reasons accessing of the data on the disk medium becomes impossible Below the IDD s processing and response to commands received in the case that it is in a not ready state or in a state where initialization is incomplete are described Furthermore the spindle motor starting control method when the power is turned on can be selected by means of the setting information motor start mode given from the
427. sure DEFective block Device Offine Disable Page Out Disable PRimarY Disable Saving Parameters Data Transfer Disconnect Control C141 C008 DTE Disable Transfer on Error E ECC Error Correction Code EER Enable Early Recovery EVPD Enable Vital Product Data F FC Fibre Channel FG Frame Ground FIFO First In First Out FmtData Format Data FOV Format Options Valid FUA Force Unit Access G G Gap G list Grown defect list H H Height HSEC Hard SECtor I O Input Output ID IDentifier IDD Intelligent Disk Drive ILBN Ideal Logical Block Number Immed Immediate INDX SCT INDeX SeCTor IP Initialization Pattern ISG InterSector Gap L LBdata Logical Block data LBN Logical Block Number LED Light Emitting Diode MR Magnetro Resistive MS Multiple Select MSG MeSsaGe AB 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations O OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer P P list Primary defect list P N Parts Number PBdata Physical Block data PC board Printed Circuit board PCA Printed Circuit Assembly PER Post ERror PF Page Format PLOSync Phase Lock Oscillator Syncronous PMI Partial Medium Indicator PR4ML Partial Response class 4 Maximum Likelihood R RC Read Continuous RCD Read Cache Disable REQ Request RH Relative Humidity RMB ReMovaBle RST ReSeT RSV ReSerVed S S N Serial Number SBd Synchronized Byte data area SBi Synchronized Byte identifier area AB 2 SCSI SCT SEL SelfTest SG SP SPR SR SSEC
428. t ed Reset Figure 1 47 Control field FCP_CNTL 1 82 C141 C008 1 9 FC 4 Device Data 1 Task Attribute PL W02 B 1 bit2 0 The initiator specifies the Command Queue type Oh 1h 2h 4h Sh Simple Queue Head of Queue Ordered Queue ACA Queue Untagged The drive handles ACA Queue as same as Simple Queue 2 Task Management flag PL W02 B2 The initiator uses to control the task a b c d C141 C008 Obsolete B2 bit7 Ob This drive does not support the bit If this bit set the drive respond FCP_RSP with Task Management Function Not Support of FCP_CODE Clear ACA B2 bit6 Ob This drive does not support the bit works as 0 Target Reset B2 bit5 This drive clears all commands queued when this drive receives the Target Reset The drive generates the UNIT ATTENTION condition internally for all of initiators If the drive receives the command after Target Reset the drive will respond check condition SenseXkey UNIT ATTENTION The drive aborts all of Open Exchange Logical Unit Reset B2 bit4 This drive clears all commands queued when this drive receives the Target Reset The drive generates the UNIT ATTENTION condition internally for all of initiators If the drive receives the command after Target Reset the drive will respond check condition Sensekey UNIT ATTENTION The drive aborts all of Open Exchange Fibre Channel Interface e g h Cle
429. ta buffer to the disk media is executed immediately after positioning is completed See Section 2 1 Data Buffer for details of data buffer operation and control of the timing for starting reconnection processing by the MODE SELECT parameter buffer empty ratio If the write cache function is enabled the IDD reports a status byte at the point when reception of all the data transferred from the INIT is completed If an error occurs while data are being written to the disk media a CHECK CONDITION status is reported for the command to be executed next If the write cache function is disabled a status byte is reported after writing to the disk media of all the data transferred from the INIT is completed then execution of the command is terminated IMPORTANT Even when there is an error in the specification in the CDB or when a write operation to the disk media cannot be executed normally due to various other causes the transfer of data data is pre fetched to the data buffer from the INIT to the IDD may be executed In this case the length of data transferred from the INIT to the IDD is undefined Also all the data transferred to the IDD will not necessarily be actually written to the disk media However if the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key of the sense data indicates ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 the data from that command is not written to the disk media by a write operation 4 138 C141 C008 4 2 Dat
430. te length of the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT by this command If zero is specified in the Parameter length field this command is terminated normally without data transfer being executed with the INIT The MODE SELECT parameters have specifically defined formats and lengths as explained by the descriptions of each page descriptor in this item and the INIT must always specify transfer those formats and lengths If a Header Block Descriptor or any Page Descriptor cannot be transferred with all the defined length because the total defined length of the MODE SELECT parameters actually transferred from the INIT do not match the value specified in the Parameter List Length field or if the total of the MODE SELECT parameter s defined length transferred from the INIT exceeds the value specified in the Parameter list length field this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 and all the MODE SELECT parameters transferred in the command are disabled Three types of values exist in the MODE SELECT parameters Current Save and Default values Current values are parameters which actually control the IDD s operation and the parameters specified by this command are converted to Current values Save values are parameter values specified by this command which are preserved on the disk And Default values are values which the IDD uses as Current v
431. ted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during verify operations C141 C008 4 107 Command Specifications e Total verify bytes processed page 05 code 0005 Table 4 64 Total verify bytes processed page 05 code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed X 0A Parameter Length 7 as Total Verify Bytes Processed 10 bytes aso The Total Verify Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during verify operation e Total unrecoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0006 Table 4 65 Total unrecoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during verify operations 4 108 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 6 Non medium error count page X 06 Table 4 66 Non medium error count page X 06 X 00 Reserved X 00 Page Length X 08 Page Length X 0000 Parameter code Non medium Error Count Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all non medium errors 01 xx xx 02 xx xx 04 xx xx 05 xx xx 06 xx xx 07 xx xx 09 xx xx and OB xx xx posted to the interface Implementation If a non medium error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information 7 Temperature page X 0D Table
432. ter list is executed with the IDD transferring response data showing the execution results of the latest SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Also even if this command is executed the response data in not cleared and remains valid until the next SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is executed If this command is issued when valid response data do not exist the IDD transfers a maximum of 4 bytes of X 00 data to the INIT C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 117 lists the format of response data transferred to the INIT from the IDD by this command The response data are configured from a 4 byte Page header and the Page parameters which follow it Table 4 117 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command response data configuration Header Page Parameters A Sa au Parameter ne e Page code This field is the same value as the page code specified in the parameter list transferred form the INIT by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command executed last and shows a code which identifies the type of response data reported in this command e Page parameter length This field shows the byte length of the page parameter after byte 4 e Page parameter Data which show the execution results of the operation specified by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command are reported in this field C141 C008 4 181 Command Specifications 1 Page code list This response data reports the Page code list of the parameter page supported by the
433. ter 4 In commands which send the parameters which are necessary for command execution are sent from the INIT to the IDD this field is called Parameter List Length and specifies the total number of bytes of the parameter list sent by the INIT On the other hand with commands which receive information from the IDD REQUEST SENSE INQUIRY etc it is called Transfer Byte Length and specifies the maximum number of bytes that can be received from the INIT the number of bytes in the area secured in the INIT for receiving information The IDD transfers either the number of effective bytes of information specified by the command or the value specified in the Transfer Byte Length whichever value has the smaller number of bytes Table 2 5 Control byte C141 C008 Bits 7 6 vendor unique The values specified in these bits have no meaning except in cases where it is specified in individual commands and the IDD disregards the specified values IMPORTANT It is possible to use bit 7 and bit 6 of the control byte as an inherent control field in future product specifications It is recommended that the INIT specify zero in this field Bits 5 4 3 These should always be set on 0 Bit 2 ACA This IDD does not support ACA so this bit should be set on 0 Bit 1 Flag This IDD does not support Flag so this bit should be set on 0 2 5 Command Processing e Bit 0 Link This IDD does not su
434. ter pages PRLI Payload Service Parameter Page Bit 7 5 4 3 2 Byte LS_Command 0x20 Page Length 0x10 Payload Length 0x0014 Type Code 0x00 Type Code Extention 0x00 Originator Responder Establish 0 0 0 0 0 Process Process Image Associator Associator Pair Reserved Valid Validity Reserved 8 MSB Originator 9 Process 10 Associator 11 LSB 12 MSB Responder Process Associator LSB Reserved Reserved Reserved 8 19 0 Data Initiator Target Command Data RDXFR WTXFR Overlay Function Function Data Response RDV RDV Reserver Allow Mix Mix Disable Disable Figure 1 26 Service parameter pages These pages are used by PRLI 1 Type Code PL Byte4 08h Denotes SCSI FCP process The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 00h when this field is not 08h 2 Type Code Extension PL Byte5 00h Not used by SCSI FCP The drive responds with LS_RJT 03h 00h when this field is not 00h 3 Originator Process Associator Validity PL Byte6 bit7 Ob The drive neither supports nor checks this bit 4 Responder Process Asscociator Validity PL Byte6 bit6 Ob The drive neither supports nor checks this bit C141 C008 1 51 Fibre Channel Interface 5 Establish Image Pair PL Byte6 bit5 1b The drive establish connection with the initiator Ob The drive responds with ACC but does not establish connection with the initiator 6 Originator Process Associator PL Byt
435. th a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 Table 4 108 lists the format of the parameter list called the parameter page transferred from the INIT to the IDD by this command The parameter page is configured from the 4 byte Page Header and the Page Parameters which follow it Furthermore the INIT can specify only a single parameter page by this command Even when multiple parameter pages have been specified by the INIT the IDD executes only the operation specified by the top parameter page IMPORTANT 1 When 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in this command the INIT can specify only a single parameter page 2 In order to avoid loss of security to the execution results response data of this command due to another command issued by another INIT when 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit the INIT should issue this command linked to the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command or reserve the IDD before issuing this command and should release the reserve status after executing the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 3 When a command other than the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command is linked to this command the execution results response data may no longer be secure C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 108 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameter list configuration Header Page Parameter C141 C008 BS
436. th ports of the drive 1 20 C141 C008 1 3 Physical Requirements Electrical Requirements Table 1 16 Arbitrated loop physical address AL_PA values C141 C008 1 21 Fibre Channel Interface 8 Port out port A_out port B_out Port out signals are output by the drive These signals are differential copper with a termination of 50 Q embedded in HDC Chip and 100 to output ECL signal label on the loop The output circuit is shown in Figure 1 9 36Q TX Port Out HDC outside of the drive TX Port Out Figure 1 9 Fibre channel output circuit 9 Port in Port A_in Port B_in These signals are differential copper with 100 Q termination embedded in HDC chip and are AC coupled with capacitors The input circuit is shown in Figure 1 10 36Q Port In Port In Figure 1 10 Fibre channel input circuit 10 EN Bypass Port A EN Bypass Port B These Enable Port Bypass Circuit PBC by a bypass signals which is located external to the drive The functional diagram of these signals is described in Section 1 1 4 When the drive asserts this signal low the Port bypass circuit bypasses the drive which is connected 1 22 C141 C008 1 3 Physical Requirements Electrical Requirements This signal is asserted when a detecting of the Loop Port Bypass primitive sequence b being removed of the drive from the loop c loss of receive clock d loss of transmission clock e detectin
437. that INIT has the Reserve right for the IDD If the 3rd Pty bit is 1 the third party reserve function is specified An INIT which specifies the third party reserve function and issues this command can reserve the IDD for use by another FC device In this case this command reserves the IDD for the device called the third party device with the ALPA specified in the 3rd Pty FC Dev ID field in byte 1 of the CDB Even if the IDD is reserved for another FC device using the third party reserve function the reserve right for that ID resides with the INIT that issued this command Therefore in order to release that reserve state it is necessary for the INIT that issued this command to issue a RELEASE command shown in Section 4 1 12 with the third party release function specified Also the conditions for maintaining the reserve state established by the third party reserve function are the same as in the case where the third party reserve function is not used See item 1 3 Changing the reserve conditions Superseding Reserve C141 C008 The INIT which has the reserve right for an IDD the INIT which has issued this command in the past and has established the IDD reserve state can change the IDD s reserve conditions by issuing a another RESERVE command Superseding Reserve When a superseding reserve is executed the IDD releases the reserve state it was in up to that point and establishes a new reserve state in accordance with the sp
438. the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data being transferred Table 4 125 lists the format of data transferred from the INIT when this mode is specified C141 C008 4 187 Command Specifications Table 4 125 WRITE BUFFER command buffer data mode 000 001 Header Buffer Data Byte 1 Data v2 i v2 LL Buffer Data Byte n 4 2 Mode 0 0 0 1 Header data with address specification The format of data transferred from the INIT in this mode must be the same as in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 and the 4 byte header with zero specified in all its contents must be added to them In this mode the top address of the data buffer where the data transferred from the INIT are stored can be specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred by the INIT The transfer byte count specification includes the 4 bytes of the header The IDD stores data transferred from the INIT in a length in which the number of bytes in the header has been deleted from the data Transfer byte length 4 bytes in the data buffer beginning at the byte position specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB Furthermore a value less than the IDD s buffer size value specified in the Buffer address field 4 bytes must be specified in the Transfer byte length
439. the FC interface and avoid the occurrence of data overruns it is necessary to set the buffer full ratio see Section 3 1 2 of the MODE SELECT parameter so the difference in the data transfer rates between the INIT FC interface and the disk drive is maintained in a good balance 3 2 shows an example of the data buffer operating state during a read operation Details are explained in Section 3 1 2 Sector Disk Amount of Data in the Buffer Uy Buffer Full Ratio FC interface k gt OPN X DATA FRAME gt Loop OPEN Data Storage Completion Wait Figure 3 2 Example of data buffer operation during read C141 C008 3 3 Data Buffer Management 2 Write operation After data transferred from the INIT are stored temporarily in the data buffer they are written to the disk media The basic write operation procedure is as shown below 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 When the IDD receives a command it transfers the XFER_RDY flame to INIT Later it stores data transferred from the INIT to the data buffer data pre fetch At this time the IDD locates the position of the data block on the disk media specified by the command in parallel When storing of all the size of data specified in the XFER_RDY flame in the data buffer is completed the IDD performs Loop CLOSE processing When locating of the target data block on the disk media is completed the IDD writes the data in
440. the IDD is the REASSIGN BLOCKS command See the description of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Section 4 3 2 concerning details of the information shown in this field 8 Additional Sense code Additional Sense code Qualifier The codes which indicate the reason for the error displayed by the sense key in detail are reported in these fields The INIT can decide procedures for error recovery according to the sense key and these fields The sense code and sub sense code are defined in Table 5 4 9 SKSV sense key specific valid sense key inherent information When the sense key indicates one of RECOVERED ERROR 1 MEDIUM ERROR 3 or HARDWARE ERROR 4 and the SKSV bit indicates 1 indicates the number of times the IDD has attempted to recover from the detected error as shown in Table 5 2 a When the sense key indicates NOT READY 2 and the SKSV bit indicates 1 indicates the progressing rate of the formatting operation by the FORMAT UNIT command with n 65536 as shown in Table 5 2 b or the progressing rate of the drive self test operation by the SEND DIAGNOSTICS Command Self Test 0 5 4 C141 C008 5 1 Sense Data Table 5 2 Sense key inherent information Progressing rate of formatting or Progressing rate of Self Test operation C141 C008 5 5 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 5 3 Sense key Sense i NO SENSE The specific sense key does not exist
441. the informational exception condition one time A value of X FFFFFFFF in the Interval Timer field indicates the timer interval is vendor specific In the implementation actual period unit to be used in reporting information exception condition is minute Therefore a value is rounded up to minute as shown below a value of zero and X FFFFFFFF in the interval timer field indicates that drive report the information exception condition once Table 4 28 Interval timer A value of TIMER INTERVAL field Actual time interval minutes 0 OXFFFFFFFFh Drive reports the informational exception condition once OxFFFFFE1 1 OxFFFFFFFE 7158279 4 62 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands The Report Count field indicates the number of timer to report an informational exception conditions to the application client A value of zero in the Report Count field indicates there is no limit on the number of timers the target shall report an information exception condition 10 Fibre channel control parameters page code 19 Table 4 29 MODE SELECT parameters fibre channel control parameters ha ee TER ES ESEA EREA a eee ee e X 00 Reserved Come o X 00 Reserved Default 1 a a vain oe o o a E T C141 C008 4 63 Command Specifications a DTOLI disable target originated loop initialization This bit is possible to specify and operates according to the specification This bit specifies concerning LIP
442. the method to start the drive s motor as described Table 1 11 Also the signals are used to indicate to the drive that the drive has been mated to a backplane Table 1 11 Definition of motor start mated control Case Start_2 Start_1 Function Mated Mated onen Drive is not mated to a ee ee ee The drive s motor does NOT P ee ee ee up Drive is mated to a backplane The drive s motor spins up when 2 open ground the drive receives SCSI start command after a mating deskew time has passed 3 oand lonen Drive is mated to a backplane The drive s motor spins up after 8 p a delay after a mating deskew time has passed Drive is mated to a backplane The drive s motor spins up 4 ground ground immediately after a mating deskew time has passed 1 18 C141 C008 1 3 Physical Requirements Electrical Requirements The mating deskew time is minimum 250 msec A 10 KQ pull up register to 5V for each signal is asserted on the drive The open and ground states should be controlled as in Table 1 12 Table 1 12 Electric requirement for input control Lopen 20 WA lt ITH lt 20 uA 2 2V lt VIH lt 2 2V lt VIH lt 5 25V 25V 0 lt HL lt 20 mA 0 5V lt VIL lt 0 7V 5 Parallel ESI This signal is not supported in SFF8045 mode When receiving either Receive Diagnostic Result or Send Diagnostic Command the drive will assert this signal to initiate SFF 8067 Enclosure Discovery Phase and to execute ESI op
443. the number of bytes of sense data that can be received by the INIT The IDD transfers sense data with a length that is specified in the Transfer Byte Length field or the IDD s own sense data length 48 bytes whichever is smaller When the value specified in the Transfer Byte Length shows 48 bytes or more 48 bytes of sense data are transferred and the command terminates with the GOOD status C141 C008 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands This command reports the CHECK CONDITION status and terminates abnormally only in the cases where the conditions shown below are detected In this case new sense data are generated and the sense data held up to that time are lost 1 When sending of sense data is impossible due to an IDD hardware error 2 When an irrecoverable error is detected on the FC interface 3 Ifan overlapped command occurs 4 A error in a specification other than the LUN field of the CDB In cases other than the above this command sends sense data showing the status to the INIT there are sense data being held or if an error is detected during execution of this command when no sense data are being held and it terminates with the GOOD Status However if an error is detected which is recovered from by a retry during execution of this command and the mode which reports RECOVERED ERROR is set after this command sends the sense data to the INIT it terminates with the CHECK CONDITION status and sense dat
444. the size of the data buffer byte length This value indicates the size of the IDD s data buffer that can be used by the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands without relation to the length specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB or the length of the data actually stored in the data buffer by the WRITE BUFFER command When this mode is specified the Effective buffer data length shows the size cache segment volume of the IDD s entire data buffer area Also the length of the buffer data transferred to the INIT by this command is the value for the number of bytes in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB 4 bytes or the value indicated in the Effective buffer data length field in the header whichever is smaller C141 C008 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 2 Mode 0 0 0 1 Header data with address specification The format of the data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is the same as the format of the data in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 with the data stored in the IDD s data buffer transferred to the INIT following the 4 byte header In this mode the address in the data buffer can be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of header and buffer data that can be received by the INIT The IDD reads the data from the data buffer beginning from the byte position in
445. ther than the information in this field may be indicated in the command inherent information field The information shown in this field has the following meanings depending on the value of the ILT bit a When the ILI bit is 0 the logical block address of the data block where the error occurred is indicated b When the ILI bit is 1 the difference between the transfer byte length requested by the command and the actual data block length on the disk media is indicated If the difference is a minus value if the request transfer byte count is smaller it is expressed as a complement of 2 In the IDD only the READ LONG command and the WRITE LONG command display this information For details see the descriptions of these commands Sections 4 4 5 and 4 4 6 C141 C008 5 3 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 6 Additional sense data length This field indicates the length number of bytes after byte 8 of the sense data The value shown in this field shows the length of sense data provided by the IDD without relation to the value specified in the Transfer byte length in the CDB of the REQUEST SENSE command The length of the IDD s sense data is fixed at 48 bytes and this field always indicates X 28 40 bytes 7 Command inherent information This field indicates information that is inherent to the command where the error occurred The only command for which the value in this field is valid in
446. thin a Cylinder count value of page 4 If zero is specified for the Data block count or when the block descriptor is not specified the IDD retains its current capacity if the block size or alternate sector count has not changed If the Data block count is set to zero and the Data block size or alternate sector count has changed the IDD shall set to its maximum capacity when new block size or alternate sector count to be effect Data block length This field specifies the byte length of a logical data block on the disk media The logical data block length and physical data block length are the same in the IDD The data block length can be specified at 512 to 528 bytes 4 byte boundary 4 22 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands If less than 512 bytes is specified in this field the IDD performs rounding processing there is a rounding processing report setting the data block length at 512 bytes If more than 528 bytes is specified rounding processing is performed there is a rounding processing report setting the data block length at 528 bytes If the block length is not 4 byte boundary rounding processing is performed to change 4 byte boundary If zero is specified in this field the value specified in bytes 12 and 13 Data byte length sector of Page 3 Format Parameter is set At that time if Page 3 is not specified at the same time the current value in Page 3 is used If the value set in this field differs
447. thout anything being transferred 4 95 Command Specifications e Log parameters This clause describes the log page structure and the log pages that are applicable to all FC devices Pages specific to each device type are described in the command standard that applies to that device type The LOG SENSE command returns a single log page specified in the page code field of the command descriptor block 1 Support log page X 00 The supported log page returns the list of log pages implemented by the drive Table 4 43 Support log page X 00 pe PARRA eee Se e ea a a S E S E S E 4 96 C141 C008 4 1 Control Sense Commands 2 Buffer overrun underrun page X 01 Table 4 44 Buffer overrun underrun page X 01 me E E E g 2 Ka ics E 0 0 0 0 X 00 Reserved X 00 Page Length X 0C Page Length X 00 Reserved re O ce 0 0 0 TMC LBIN LP TSD ETC X 02 Parameter Length X 0000 Data Underrun X 00 Reserved ed ce ooo ow os ou ps as ere Tc ua tp fo fo fofo OOO OO O me O Type z ic z n Type Pood a7 S a E Ce M A E a _ ed I 14 15 X 0000 Data Overrun Cause Oh Undefined 1h SCSI bus busy optional 2h Transfer rate too slow optional 3h Fh Reserved The drive dose not supports this field Zero is always reported C141 C008 4 97 Command Specifications e Count Basis Oh Undefined 1h Per command optional 2h Pe
448. tialization on primitive 1 25 loop initialization select master 1 26 1 77 loop master operation 1 28 loop position Map Page eee 1 111 LP 4 94 LPNs ieee oleh ih di eae 4 58 ESRI Tienen e nae 1 67 EUN eere Ee E catcecth gs 2 4 C141 C008 M maintenance command cece 4 169 TMMALE AEE EAEE 1 18 maximum burst SIZE oe eee eset eeetee eee 4 36 maximum number of notch 4 58 maximum pre fetch s es 4 50 maximum pre fetch control block COUNT ereire oaii Ee a E a Ea 4 51 MCM time out value oo ee eeeeeee 4 67 MEM TOV oireena reeniris 4 67 media type ee eeeeeeeseeereeeeeeeeeee 4 22 4 76 method of reporting informational CXCEPUON feel Can Heiney 4 60 microcode download with offset With SAVING evi sedeiiceleecnelscseediiiee 4 192 microcode download with offset without saving 4 191 microcode download with saving 4 190 microcode download without SAVING AA EEEE OEE bike 4 189 minimum pre fetch eeeeeeeeeereeeeeeee 4 50 mode 0 0 0 Osses 4 187 4 194 mode 0 0 0 Lone eee eeeeeeeeee 4 188 4 195 mode 0 0 1 Osee 4 189 4 195 mode 0 0l Las seca ea 4 196 mode 0 T 0 Orori tote eiaei 4 189 mode 0 1 0p Dictate 4 190 mode 0 1 L Osei ana 4 191 mode Oi Te Telit cue iieii ai 4 192 mode 1 Q 1 Oses 4 192 4 196 mo de 1 0 1 L rrarena 4 197 mode page roerien t E E ime ets doe 4 72 mode parameter changed eee 2 19 MODE SELECT 15 nere iers
449. tient 1 103 READ RESERVATIONS eee 4 119 read write error recovery parameter 4 25 5 28 6 7 READ WRITE phase escent 1 103 reading and verification of data 6 8 READY AER HOLDOFF PERIOD 4 56 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list configuration 4 160 REASSIGN BLOCKS 07 eee 4 159 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 1O riein 4 180 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 4 181 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data 4 182 4 183 recovery procedures for disk drive EOT bis cnactiaseecaencatcae sess ae e 2 25 recovery processing for error on FC LOOP isi retan ite hee 2 25 recovery time limit 0 ee 4 29 4 46 reference temperature eee 4 110 re initialization oe lees eeeeeetee eee eeeeees 6 5 reinstate recovery qualifier 1 61 RELEASE 17 cssceate ucts i 4 86 RELEASE command ceceeeeeeneeeeee 2 24 RELEASE EXTENDED 57 4 87 release FUNCTION cee eee eeeeceseeeseeeeeeeees 4 86 release object deies ienee e e 4 86 removable medium qu ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 4 4 report check sevsesc ssorsecevscs weesteaczeseatscseaseets 4 56 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Aeree ri ta aula 4 132 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter list 0 eee eeteeeteees 4 133 IN 9 Index report log exception condition 4 54 REPORT LUN command 2 21 REPORT LUNS A0 uu eee cece 4 130 REPORT LUNS parameter list 4 131 REQUEST SENSE 03 heess 4 87
450. time specified with Interval Timer has elapsed The method and number of times of this reporting are determined according to the specifications in the MRIE and Report Count fields At this time the sense key of Ox5D and the additional sense code of OxFF are reported 0 This specifies that the test of the failure prediction function and its reporting method be disabled The value of this bit cannot be saved and the stored value is fixed at 0 The current value is initialized to 0 when power is turned on or when LIPyx or TARGET RESET is received DExcpt disable exception control This bit of zero indicates information exception operations is enabled The reporting of information exception conditions when the DExcpt bit is set to zero is determined from the method of reporting informational exceptions field A DExcpt bit of one indicates the target disables all information exception operations The method of reporting informational exceptions field is ignored when DExcpt is set to one EWASC enable warning This bit of zero indicates the target disables reporting of the warning The MRIE field is ignored when DExcpt is set to one and EWASC is set to zero An EWASC bit of one indicates warning reporting is enabled The method for reporting the warning when the EWASC bit is set to one is determined from the MRIE field EBF enable background function If background functions are supported this bit of one indicate
451. ting processing of a command from another INIT The IDD can receive one command at a time from each INIT Itis the role of the INIT to confirm that only one command is issued every time When the IDD receives a new command from an INIT if it is processing another command from a different INIT or if it is currently executing its initial self diagnosis that command is queued in the command queue In this case the IDD executes disconnect processing after command queuing processing is completed After the IDD finishes executing the current processing command if there is a command in the queue it fetches that command and executes it If there are multiple commands in the queue they are fetched and executed in the order in which they were received When a command is in the queued state if an IDD receives LIP YX or if the IDD receives a TARGET RESET message from any INIT it clears all the commands in the queue At this time the IDD generates on UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs Untagged queuing exception processing events and operations executed by the IDD is shown below e Ifthe TEST UNIT READY REQUEST SENSE or INQUIRY or Report LUN command is received When one of these commands is received if there is no link instruction in that command the IDD executes that command immediately without queuing the command or executing disconnect processing At this time there is no effect on the commands from other INITs which are c
452. tion 2 32 C141 C008 2 8 Data Block Addressing 2 8 2 Logical block addressing The IDD uses logical data block addressing which is not dependent on the disk drive s physical structure as the method of data access on the disk medium The IDD makes correspondence between each physical sector and each logical data clock address during formatting Access to the data on the disk medium is performed in logical data block units and the INIT specifies the logical data block address that is its object during access In logical data block addressing specifying of a data block address is a function which specifies 2 continuous binary numbers for each drive Furthermore the INIT can know the logical data block address range in the user space where specification is possible using the READ CAPACITY command 1 User space logical block addresses The top data block in the user space is made logical data block address 0 then continuous logical data block addresses are allocated to each data block until the last data block in the user space The IDD makes cylinder 0 track 0 and sector 0 the top logical data block and allocates subsequent logical data blocks in the order described below to addresses in ascending order 1 Within the same track logical data blocks are allocated to sector numbers in ascending order 2 Within the same head of the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the sectors in each track according t
453. tion 6 4 5 20 C141 C008 5 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 5 6 Error recovery processing procedures 2 4 Recovery Method Recovery Processing Procedure Issue the MODE SENSE command and when a RECOVERED ERROR is reported read the Current value in the changed MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED parameter If the value actually set in that parameter page is within the INIT s permissible range perform recovery method 0 If the value actually set in that parameter page is not within the INIT s permissible range adjust the value specified in the parameter and issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command again Issue the START instruction using the START STOP UNIT command Immed 0 When the START STOP UNIT command is terminated abnormally perform recovery method 1 When the START STOP UNIT command is terminated normally reissue the original command Retry Wait for formatting FORMAT UNIT command to be completed Reissue the original command Retry 1 Set the Number of Retries value in the MODE SELECT parameters at the Default value 2 Reissue the original command Retry Note 3 If the error is not recovered from after the first retry issue the REZERO UNIT command 4 Reissue the original command Retry Note 5 If the error is not recovered from perform one of the following When the sense key is HARDWARE ERROR 4 perform recovery method 1 Wh
454. tion with the Enclosure Services Processor SCSI device determines that enclosure is SFF 8067 compliant by noting that SEL_ 0 3 bits have inverted and that SEL_5 and SEL_6 have the value that the device is presenting The Enclosure Services Processor returns START_1 and START_2 to Case2 3 or 4 The Enclosure Services Processor asserts ENCL_ACK and discovery continues Figure 1 60 Enclosure initiated ESI request If discovery determines the enclosure does not support an 8067 capable interface or the enclosure has driven the START_1 and START_2 signals to an unmated condition and does not return the START_1 and START_2 signals to a valid mated condition the device negates PARALLEL_ESI and prepares for power removal Figure 1 61 shows a case where the enclosure does support 8067 ESI transfer but the enclosure is requesting the device to prepare for removal This drive does not support this function C141 C008 1 105 Fibre Channel Interface START_1 START_2 X gt 1 sec max device delay PARALLEL ESI a ee gt K 1 usec max enclosure delay gt 5ms K max drive delay _DSK_WR ss Z N S S DSK_RD ss Z7 O N 7 7 D 0 3 SEL_ 0 3 SEL_ID 0 3 ONON ENCLACK ses ZS N S gt K 1 second max enclosure delay Ae oh wo R 2 3 4 5 1 Enclosure Services Processor negates START_1 and START 2 to indicate that it is requesting communication with the SCSI device 2 SCSI device asserts PARALLEL ESI to indicate it i
455. tors n address information items are reported as the address conversion results In the current IDD specifications multiple address information items are not reported in this response data but the Page parameter length always shows X OO0A However considering expanded specifications in the future the INIT should make it possible to correspond to variable lengths for the Page parameter length C141 C008 4 183 Command Specifications The Address Format Before Conversion field in byte 4 and the Address Format After Conversion field in byte 5 are the same values as the codes which show the expression format for address information specified by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameters The Address Format After Conversion field shows the expression format of the address information reported in bytes 6 to 13 of this response data Address format codes are as shown in Table 4 120 Table 4 120 Address format Address Format Logical Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format The description of address information shown in bytes 6 to 13 is the same as the description specifications in the D List transferred from the INIT by the FORMAT UNIT command For details see the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 Furthermore When the logical block format is used the address is shown in bytes 6 to 9 and zero is reported in the remaining byte
456. uccessful When an error which cannot be recovered from is detected the diagnostic test terminates at that point with an error Even when all the detected errors have been recovered a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after the series of diagnostic tests is completed and the sense data show the contents of the last error to be successfully recovered from When error recovery is successful or even when error recovery is impossible the diagnostic test is terminated with an error at the point when the permitted error recovery processing is completed and a CHECK CONDITION status is reported The sense data show the contents of the detected error IMPORTANT When 1 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in this command the command execution results are reported by the status byte and the sense data Therefore even if the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command is executed after this command the self diagnosis test execution results are not reported as response data Remark The error recovery control flag is valid only for PER Therefore the only error recovery flag combination that is actually executed in the above self diagnosis tests is the PER DTE 1 0 combination 4 171 Command Specifications 2 Parameter specification 4 172 When 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in the CDB the IDD executes the operations specified in the parameter list transferred from t
457. upports the MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters page code 8 shown in Table 3 2 for controlling the cache feature See Section 4 1 concerning details of the MODE SELECT parameters 3 10 C141 C008 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature Table 3 2 Cache control parameters Caching Parameters Page Code 8 pened al a ee oO oe a a O 0 ie nar car psc se wee ws en pee o fo fof lo lofo y vais 1 fo e fofefsrfef a_ a al es i a Maximum prefetch limit block count eS po fo fo foe foo 04 a E e E Remark The variable column indicates whether the parameter can be changed or not if 1 the parameter can be changed C141 C008 3 11 Data Buffer Management 3 2 3 Look Ahead operation Look Ahead volume 1 2 3 4 5 Excluding the conditions in 3 and 4 for the amount of data specified as the minimum pre fetch volume data are read for look ahead irrespective of track boundaries or cylinder boundaries Commands which are already in the queue or commands which are newly received while a look ahead operation is in progress are executed after the look ahead operation is completed However if the new command is a READ or READ EXTENDED command and it is a command in which the first specified logical data block is a sequential access data block the command is executed without the look ahead operation being halted When a newly received command is a command which is not the object of caching
458. urrently being executed or on the commands in the queue e Ifthe IDD is reserved If the IDD has been reserved by an INIT using the RESERVE command and receives a TEST UNIT READY command after that when that command conflicts with the reserved state it responds with a RESERV ATION CONFLICT status Commands after that are queued and the reserved state is checked when a command is fetched from the queue Conflicts with the reserved state are explained in the description of the RESERVE command Section 4 1 11 C141 C008 2 4 Command Queuing Function Note Through the operation of the command queuing function except for exceptions described on this page the IDD does not respond to commands issued by the INIT with a BUSY status This function is applied under the multi initiator environment and overhead for re issuing commands caused by the BUSY status is unnecessary Normally the INIT does not have to be aware of the existence of a queuing function but it is necessary to exercise caution in the following items when controlling input output processing 1 When a command is queued the time from the queuing of the command to its actual execution will vary depending on the commands already in the queue or on the content of the processing currently being executed Particularly in cases where the FORMAT UNIT command and START STOP UNIT command Immed 0 and data access commands which specify large processing block counts are already
459. ut an implicit logout and interrupts the connection with the INIT If the connection is interrupted commands waiting in the queue are all aborted and no response is returned Also the LOGO Extended Link Service frame is returned as a response to the SCSI command from the INIT C141 C008 2 13 Command Processing An example of confirmation of connections that is performed by the INIT is shown below INIT initiator side INIT 1 FCP_CMND read INIT 2 FCP_CMND read INIT 3 FCP_CMND read INIT 1 FCP_CMND write LIRP LILP INIT 1 ADISC INIT 2 ADISC INIT 3 ADISC SS en ns es loop initialization occurs IDD Drive side LIRP LILP ADISC ACC ADISC ACC ADISC ACC FCP_DATA read INIT 2 FCP_RSP read INIT 2 FCP_DATA read INIT 3 FCP_RSP read INIT 3 FCP_XFER_RDY write INIT 1 FCP_DATA write INIT 3 FCP_RSP write INIT 3 Remark This example is described with the premise that the INIT 1 read command is aborted by loop initialization Figure 2 5 Loop initialization after establishing connections with the INIT and subsequent processing 2 14 C141 C008 2 3 Outline of Command Processing 4 Write related command operations During write related command operations before receiving of data the INIT is notified in the FCP_XFER_RDY frame of the volume of data which the device can receive and the pointer for those data The volume of data which can b
460. ve Signals must be transmitted between each frame The name and the function of Primitive Signals is below a Idle to indicate the port can transmit or receive the frame b R_RDY to indicate the port has an area for receiving the frame c ARBx to request the right to use the loop x AL_PA of the requesting port d ARB FO to request the right lowest priority to use the loop e OPN to inform the transmission of the frame to the destination port f CLS to inform the release of the loop 1 2 1 2 Frame delimiters Frame Delimiters mark the beginning and end of frames They are called Start of frame SOF delimiters and End of frame EOF delimiters 1 2 1 3 Primitive sequence Primitive Sequence is a control function and requires to be detected The name and the function of Primitive sequence is below a LPB When received the drive enables the port bypass circuit and bypasses the loop b LPE When received the drive disables the port bypass circuit and connects to the loop C141 C008 1 7 Fibre Channel Interface 1 2 2 Frame structure refer to FC PH chapter 17 A frame format is shown in Figure 1 6 byte count 4 24 0 2048 64 optional header 4 4 min24 T T T T T T fill words i SOF iFrame i Payload CRC EOF fill words Header i i i i i i word count 1 6 0 528 1 1 min6 Figure 1 6 Frame format a SOF Start of frame indicates the beginning of the frame b Frame Header Used as li
461. where the first alternate sector processing not including defective block sector slip processing is implemented However when alternate sector processing is being implemented in the specified block the data block specified in the CDB e When no alternate sector processed data block exists in the track where the specified block exists the last data block in that track By using this command with the PMI bit specified as 1 the INIT can search for usable data space continuously without being interrupted by data transfers for alternate sector processing or switching of cylinders The format of the data transferred to the INIT by this command is shown in Table 4 11 4 15 Command Specifications Table 4 11 READ CAPACITY data foo Logical Block Address MSB 1 This command performs setting and changing of each type of parameter related to disk drive physical attributes data format timing of FC interface transferring processing and error recovery procedures etc The INIT can know the types of parameters the current settings of each parameter and the types of parameters which can be changed and the ranges for such changes etc by using the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command The data MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT to the IDD by this command are configured from a Header Block Descriptor and one or more Page Descriptors which describe each parameter each of which will be explained later
462. writing data to the disk media it is using the data pre fetched to the data buffer in order and when the empty space in the data buffer reaches the amount specified in this parameter it opens the loop requesting transfer of the succeeding data If the total number of bytes in the transferred data block count specified in the command is less than the capacity of the buffer segment all the data are pre fetched in a batch so the specification in this parameter is not applied 4 35 Command Specifications 4 36 Note If the value specified for the buffer full ratio or the buffer empty ratio is not within double the integral boundary of the logical data block length the IDD rounds up the specified value to the value which is the nearest data block boundary Also if zero is specified in any of these parameters the IDD treats that parameter as though 1 logical data block has been specified However parameter values specified from the INIT in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command are held as is and those values are reported in response toa MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command Rounding processing of the parameters is not done by the IDD Also if the specified value does not reach 1 block it is regarded as having specified 1 block Bus inactivity limit not supported Disconnect time limit not supported Connect time limit not supported Maximum burst size This parameter specifies the maximum data that the T

Fujitsu 300GB Hard Disk Drive

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents